{"1": {"fulltext": "f AN ENGLISH\\ni\\ni\\nJAMES M.MILNE\\nY\\nGRAMMAR\\nQ\\nI\\nSI IYER, BURDETT COM PA\\n1 lllliilil", "height": "2960", "width": "1927", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0001.jp2"}, "2": {"fulltext": "LIBRARY OF CONGRESS,\\npenii\\nChap, Copyright No.\\nShelf M .5 ff.\\nUNITED STATES OF AMERICA.", "height": "2945", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0002.jp2"}, "3": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2961", "width": "1974", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0003.jp2"}, "4": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0004.jp2"}, "5": {"fulltext": "AN\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nFOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS\\nJAMES Mr MILNE, Ph.D.\\nFor my aim is not so much to say things that are new, as\\nthings that are true. .1. C. Shairp\\nVJ\\nSILVER, BURDETT AND COMPANY\\nNew York BOSTON Chicago", "height": "2988", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0005.jp2"}, "6": {"fulltext": "13335\\nLibrary of Congress\\nTwo Copies Received\\nJUL 2 1900\\nCopyrigM adry\\nSECOND COPY.\\nORDER DIVISION,\\nJUL 12 1900\\nCopyright, jyiWJ,\\nBy SILVER, BURDETT COMPANY.", "height": "2961", "width": "1925", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0006.jp2"}, "7": {"fulltext": "PREFACE.\\nIt has been assumed in the preparation of this text-\\nbook on English Grammar that it is for the use of\\nthose who can speak and read the English language\\nhence much usually found in books on English Grammar\\nhas been omitted.\\nIt has been the purpose of the author,\\nI. To present a work purely grammatical, both\\nin method and in facts emphasized.\\nII. To give emphasis to language study through\\nthe wealth and variety of illustrations used in the\\ndevelopment and elucidation of grammatical facts.\\nIII. To present English Grammar in such a\\nway that only a minimum of it will have to be\\nmil earned in studying the grammar of any other\\nlanguage.\\nIV. So to present the method that the maxi-\\nmum of strength will be reached through the\\nminimum of facts learned.\\nV. To use illustrative sentences of such value\\nin giving pleasure and in stimulating thought that\\nthe pupils will be led into a love for grammar and\\nthence into a love of literature.\\nIn short, the author has regarded grammar as look-\\ning toward both logic and literature, as a process\\nof intellectual discipline and a means of intellectual\\nculture.\\niii", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0007.jp2"}, "8": {"fulltext": "iv PREFACE.\\nThe method of the book, by bringing the pupils face\\nto face with numerous examples from literature, Leads\\nthem through a study of forms and relations to an\\nunderstanding of how grammatical statements are for-\\nmulated and applied.\\nThe aim of the book is to emphasize the practical\\nrather than the theoretical side of grammar; to place\\nthe emphasis on the process of reaching conclusions\\nrather than in memorizing them to magnify the spirit\\nof power rather than the spirit of acquisition.\\nGreat care has been exercised in selecting sentences\\nthat should be at once apposite for illustration, rich in\\nthought, and healthful in sentiment. It is. perhaps,\\nnot a vain hope that some of these literary gems may\\nprove potent factors in quickening and refining the\\nliterary taste of pupils and in giving to their thoughts\\nrich coloring, thus awakening a greater interest in\\nthe treasures of literature and an eager craving for\\nthem.\\nThe author has attempted to rob grammar of some-\\nthing of its mystery, and to give to the study of it\\nsomething of freshness, interest, and pleasure. The\\nplan of the book follows the highways rather than\\nthe byways of grammar, but the view of the subject\\nhas been constantly in the direction of understanding\\nand mastering the fundamental principles and. essential\\npractical facts.\\nNo attempt has been made to present the work in a\\ngranulated or diluted form, but an earnest effort has\\nbeen made to have it clear and understandable, giving\\nat all times needed help to those who try to help\\nthemselves.\\nSome parts of the book may seem at first glance", "height": "2967", "width": "1990", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0008.jp2"}, "9": {"fulltext": "PREFACE. V\\ntoo difficult for the pupils, but such portions must be\\nviewed in the light of the strength acquired by them\\nin the complete mastery of the work contained in the\\npreceding pages. In the discussion of potential verb\\nphrases, for example, the work may seem over-difficult,\\nyet it has stood the test of the class-room, and has\\nthere won success and commendation. Many former\\npupils of the author certify to the easy grasp of the\\nsubject, and the practical strength acquired in the\\napplication of the uses of these potential verb phrases\\nto literature.\\nThe arrangement of the subject-matter of the book\\nis based on the natural order of presentation, that\\nthe pupil should not be encumbered with technicalities\\nbefore he has use for them that the same subject must\\nbe noted in different relations and observed by repeated\\nviews before it can be thoroughly grasped; and that\\nnot only must a subject be mastered in parts, but each\\npart must be understood in its relation to the whole.\\nThe author s experience and observation in the class-\\nroom have led him to omit the subject of false syntax\\nfrom this A\\\\ r ork, on the ground that if that subject\\nshould receive consideration anywhere, it should be in\\nthe rhetoric and not in the grammar class.\\nParsing and diagramming, which have come some-\\nwhat into disrepute through abuse or misapprehen-\\nsion of their province and use, have been given due\\nconsideration as formulas of investigation ait J aiurfysis\\nexpression.\\nPart I. is introductory in its nature, and must be\\nthoroughly mastered before any work in Part II. is\\nundertaken. In fact, a complete ami accurate under-\\nstanding of the parts of the book preceding any subject", "height": "2961", "width": "1965", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0009.jp2"}, "10": {"fulltext": "vi PREFACE.\\nis the condition on which rests the easy mastery of that\\nsubject.\\nCarrying out the suggestions of the Committee of\\nFifteen and other scholarly educators lively con-\\nsulted, the author has added as appendices chapters\\non Word Building, History of English Language, and\\nProsody.\\nThe leading works on English and general grammar,\\npublished in Germany, England, and America, have\\nbeen freely consulted, and to them the author freely\\nacknowledges his indebtedness.\\nHe also wishes to express his appreciation of the\\ngenerous services rendered by the friends who looked\\nover his preliminary manuscript and gave him the bene-\\nfit of their valuable suggestions. He is indebted in a\\nmarked degree to Dr. E. J. Peck for many valuable\\nsuggestions, especially on the subjects of Prepositions\\nand Relatives.", "height": "2961", "width": "1965", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0010.jp2"}, "11": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS\\nIntroductory Chapter\\nPAGE\\n1\\nPART I\\nThe Unit Sentence\\nForms of Sentences\\nSubject and Predicate\\nParts of Speech\\nSummary\\nThe Interjection\\nThe Expanded Sentence\\nTails of Speech determined by Use in Sentence\\nGroups of Words used as Parts of Speech\\nSentences according to Rank\\nSentences according to Composition\\nAnalysis\\nSummary\\nOutline Classification\\nPART II\\nTHE MODIFICATIONS AND RELATIONS OF PARTS\\nOF SPEECH\\nNouns\\nClasses 59\\nGender 68\\nvii", "height": "2953", "width": "1960", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0011.jp2"}, "12": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS\\nNumber\\nCase\\nInflection and Declension\\nConstruction and Parsing\\n.Summary\\nOutline Classification\\n70\\n77\\n95\\nm;\\n98\\n101\\nPronouns\\nPersonal and Neuter\\nDemonstrative\\nIndefinite\\nInterrogative\\nRelative\\nSummary\\nOutline Classification\\n103\\n115\\n117\\n125\\nISO\\nltl\\nlb;\\nAdjectives\\nClasses 148\\nComparison 150\\nSummary 165\\nOutline Classification 107\\nVerbs\\nClasses 168\\nVoice 17l\\nMode 17.\\nTense .180\\nPerson 187\\nVerbals 188\\nConjugation 1!\\nPotential Verb Phrases 211\\nDefective Verbs 282\\nSummary 286", "height": "2945", "width": "2000", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0012.jp2"}, "13": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS ix\\nPAGE\\nOutline Classification 238\\nParsing 240\\nAdverbs\\nClasses 243\\nComparison 248\\nSummary 251\\nOutline Classification 252\\nPrepositions\\nClasses 255\\nParsing Summary 257\\nSummary 200\\nOutline Classification 260\\nConjunctions\\nClasses 201\\nParsing Summary 267\\nSummary 208\\nOutline Classification 270\\nIn n kimki itions 271\\nWords with Various Uses 27:5\\nPART III\\nSENTENCE STRUCTURE, ANAL FSIS\\nSentence Forms\\nSubject 281\\nPredicate 282\\nObjecl 283", "height": "2937", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0013.jp2"}, "14": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS\\nSubject Modifiers\\nObject Modifiers\\nPredicate Modifiers\\nClauses\\nNoun\\nAdjective\\nAdverbial\\nDsES OF Infinitives\\nOSES of Participles\\nConnecting Elements\\nIndependent Elements\\npaoi\\n28 1\\n285\\n285\\n28G\\n287\\n288\\n289\\n290\\n292\\n292\\nPART IV\\nSyntax\\n296\\nPART V\\nSentences fob Analysis\\nAPPENDICES\\nT. Historical Sketch f the English Lanoi 117\\nII. Word Formation 827\\nIII. Prosody 348\\nIV. Notes fob Teachers 369\\nIndex\\n367", "height": "2961", "width": "2012", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0014.jp2"}, "15": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2953", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0015.jp2"}, "16": {"fulltext": "A knowledge of English Grammar is essential to a\\ngood education. William Wheivell.\\nAs Grammar was made after language, so it ought\\nto be taught after it. Herbert Spencer.\\nGrammar must be learned through language, and not\\nlanguage through Grammar. Johann Gr. von Herder.\\nNo law of a grammarian is absolute, for it may be\\nrepealed when brought before the court of last resort,\\nmade up of our best speakers and approved authors.\\nGeorge Campbell Philosophy of Rhetoric", "height": "2952", "width": "1982", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0016.jp2"}, "17": {"fulltext": "ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nINTRODUCTORY.\\n1. Language, in its most comprehensive sense, Language.\\nincludes all ways and means of communicating\\nthought.\\nLanguage is from the Latin lingua tongue, or\\nspeech.\\nTo him who in the love of Nature holds communion\\nwith her visible forms, she speaks a various language.\\nWilliam (fallen Bryant.\\n2. Language in a more restricted sense comprises\\nthe ways and means of communicating thought\\nthrough the medium of articulate sounds, letters,\\nor characters.\\n3. Language made up of articulate sounds is Spoken\\nspoken language. Language.\\n4. Language made up of letters and characters Written\\nis written language. Language.\\nLanguage is the picture and the counterpart of thought.\\nMark Hopkins.\\nl", "height": "2953", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0017.jp2"}, "18": {"fulltext": "2 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nEnglish 5. The language of England, whether used in\\nLanguage. England or elsewhere in the world, is called the\\nEnglish Language.\\nGrammar. 6. An investigation of the facts, processes, and\\nusages of a language is called Grammar.\\nGrammaris from the Greek gramma letter, or word.\\nThe whole fabric of Grammar rests upon the classifying\\nof words according to their functions in the sentence.\\nAlexander Bain.\\nGrammar is the logic of speech, even as logic is the\\ngrammar of reason. Richard C. Trench.\\n7. While every kind of grammar includes to\\nsome extent an inquiry into the facts, processes,\\nand usages of language, there are particular kinds\\nof grammar that direct especial attention to these\\ndifferent fields of inquiry.\\nOompara- 8. Comparative Grammar is an inquiry into the\\ntive comparative forms of words and constructions in\\ndifferent languages, to find common likenesses and\\ncommon origin, and thus places emphasis on the\\nfacts of language.\\nHistorical 9. Historical Grammar is an inquiry into the ori-\\nrammar. m0( j es f g row th, and development of a lan-\\nguage, and so emphasizes the processes of language.\\nDescriptive 10. Descriptive Grammar is an inquiry into the\\nrammar. f ormg an( constructions used in a language and a\\nclassification of the accepted usages.", "height": "2966", "width": "1977", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0018.jp2"}, "19": {"fulltext": "INTRODUCTORY. 3\\n11. A Grammar of the English language is an English\\nEnglish Grammar. Grammar.\\n12. The province of an English Grammar of to- Province of\\nday is to treat present accepted usages of the Eng- English\\nlish language. Its function is not so much to tell\\nhow to use the English language, as how it is used\\nby good writers and speakers.\\nEvery tongue whatever is founded on use or custom,\\nwhose arbitrary sway words and the forms of language\\nmust obey. George Campbell.\\nUse can almost change the stamp of Nature.\\nShakespeare.\\n13. The learning of a language is largely a Learning\\nprocess of imitation, reaching toward perfection of a\\nthrough repeated efforts and corrections. Gram- s s\\nmar gives rules for use in such corrections.\\n14. Grammar does not create rules, but simply u, u ies of\\nformulates accepted usages as they are found, and Grammar,\\nrecords and arranges them into rules.\\nScience deals exclusively with things as they are in\\nthemselves. John RusTdn.\\nA principle in science is a rule in art. John Playfair.\\n15. Rules in English Grammar must needs be Rules\\nchanged from time to time to embody the changing Change,\\nusages of the English language.\\nA language grows, and is not made.\\nJames Russell Lowell", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0019.jp2"}, "20": {"fulltext": "4 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n16. The unit of language is the complete\\nthought, and its elements are words.\\nLogic is the anatomy of thought. John Locke.\\nGrammar is the anatomy of speech.\\nThe structure of every sentence is a lesson in logic.\\nJohn Stuart Mill.", "height": "2961", "width": "1998", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0020.jp2"}, "21": {"fulltext": "Paet I.\\nTHE SENTENCE.\\nI. THE UNIT SENTENCE. 1\\n17. A group of words used to express a com- The\\nplete thought is a sentence. Sentence.\\nSentence is from the Latin sententia a thought.\\n18. The sentence is the grammatical unit.\\nA. FOEMS OF SENTENCES.\\n19. Sentences have different forms used hi the\\nexpression of thought.\\nNote the form of the following sentences\\n1. Kind words are the music of the world. Faber.\\n2. Deeds survive the doers. Mann.\\nNote that the preceding sentences are used in telling\\nor stating something.\\n20. A sentence in the form of a statement is a Declarative\\ndeclarative sentence. Sentence.\\nDeclarative is from the Latin declarativus telling.\\n1 Sue Notes t ur Teachers, Appendix IV.\\n5", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0021.jp2"}, "22": {"fulltext": "6 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nNote the form of the following sentences\\n1. Rose, what is become of thy delicate hue\\nAnd where is the violet s beautiful blue Byrom.\\n2. Is there any one who does not need patience hross.\\nNote that the foregoing sentences are used in asking\\nquestions.\\nInterroga- 21. A sentence in the form of a question is an\\ninterrogative sentence.\\nInterrogative is from the Latin interrogativw ask-\\ning, or questioning.\\ntive\\nSentence\\n1. Look into thy heart, and write. Sidney.\\n2. Spare the poet for his subject s sake. Cotoper.\\n3. Breathe soft, ye winds ye waves, in silence sleep.\\nOaf.\\nNote that the preceding sentences are used in com-\\nmanding, requesting, and entreating.\\nImperative 22 A sentence in the form of a com m and. re-\\nSentence, quest, or entreaty is an imperative sentence.\\nImperative is from the Latin imperativuB ordering,\\nor commanding.\\nNote that the following sentences are inform declar-\\native (1), interrogative (2), and imperative but are\\nalso used to express feeling or emotion. Such sen-\\ntences are said to be exclamatory in force.\\n1. Life hath quicksands, life hath snares! Longfellow.\\n2. Was ever poet so trusted lie tore Gay.\\n3. Oh, be my friend, and teach me to be thine]\\nEnd rsnn.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0022.jp2"}, "23": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 7\\n23. Declarative, interrogative, or imperative sen- Exclamatory\\ntences used to express force of emotion are exclam- Sentence\\natory sentences.\\nExclamatory is from the Latin exclamatus a crying\\nout.\\n1. Declarative It, p f Exclamatory Declarative\\n1 Force of\\n2. Interrogative Emot ons\\n3 Imperative J\\nExclamatory Interrogative.\\nExclamatory Imperative.\\nName the different forms of the following sen-\\ntences\\n1. Schoolhonses are the republican line of fortifications.\\nMann.\\n2. Make me a child again just for to-night Allen.\\n3. Happiness is the natural flower of duty. Brooks.\\n4. But when shall spring visit the moldering urn\\nOh, when shall it dawn on the night of the grave\\nBeattie.\\n5. Why is a wish far dearer than a crown Young.\\n6. Polly Polly The cows are in the corn Gilder.\\n7. Humor is the mistress of tears. Thackeray.\\n8. What is life but the choice of that good which con-\\ntains the least evil Haydon.\\n9. The early morn has gold in its month. Franklin.\\n10. Do you think a woman s silence can be natural\\nFarquhar.\\n11. Man, know thyself All wisdom centers there\\nYou hi/.\\n12. A strenuous soul hates cheap successes. Emerson.\\n13. Ask me questions concerning tomorrow, Congreve.\\n14. Rule by patience, Laughing Water! Longfellow.\\n15. How can you make a foul perceive that he is a\\nfuul Thackeray.", "height": "2966", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0023.jp2"}, "24": {"fulltext": "ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nB. SUBJECT AM) PREDICATE.\\nEvery sentence may be divided into two parts as\\nfollows\\nI. Tliat of which somothinn is said.\\nII. That ivhich is said of it.\\n1.\\nA happy heart\\nmakes a happy day.\\n2.\\nTrue valor\\nlies between cowardice an\\nrashness.\\n3.\\nTenderness\\nis the repose of passion.\\n4.\\nEvil tongues\\nnever want a whet.\\n5.\\nLength of saying\\nmakes weariness of hearing.\\n6.\\nTo help one another\\nis a rare privilege.\\n7.\\nThinking thoughts\\nis molding life.\\nSubject. 24. The part of the sentence used to represent\\nthat of which something is said is the subject.\\nSubject is from the Latin subjection subject, or\\nfoundation.\\nPredicate. 25. The part of the sentence used to represent\\nthat which is said of the subject is the predicate.\\nPredicate is from the Latin praedieatum telling,\\nor proclaiming.\\nName the subject and predicate in the following\\ndeclarative sentences\\n1. Childhood has no forebodings. Eliot.\\n2. Home is the grandest of all institutions. Spurgeon.\\n3. To bear is to conquer our fate. ampbeU.\\n4. The smallest speck is seen on snow. (in;/.\\n5. A loving heart is the truest wisdom. Dickens.", "height": "2967", "width": "1995", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0024.jp2"}, "25": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 9\\n6. A babe in the house is a wellspring of pleasure.\\nTapper.\\n7. Biography is the only true history. Oarlyle.\\n8. A perfect pond lily is the most satisfactory of\\nflowers. Hawthorne.\\n9. The elements of poetry lie in natural objects.\\nBryant.\\n10. To fail at all is to fail utterly. Lowell.\\n11. The true greatness and the true happiness of a\\ncountry consist in wisdom. Giles.\\nChange the following interrogative sentences, as\\nnear as may be, to the declarative form or order, and\\ntell the subject and predicate in each sentence\\n1. How many ships did Columbus have on his voyage\\nof discovery l\\n2. Where did the pilgrims first land in America\\n3. How much land and how much money did Congress\\nvote La Fayette\\n4. AVhen did the first steamship cross the Atlantic\\nOcean\\n5. Who are regarded as the three greatest statesmen of\\nthe nineteenth century\\n6. Did Cyrus Field lay the first Atlantic cable\\n7. Are eight of the United States named from the\\nnames of their chief rivers\\n8. Was Elias Howe the inventor of the sewing machine\\n9. Did Betsy Ross make the first American flag\\n10. Which is the highest monument in America\\nIn imperative sentences the subject is you, /e, or\\nthou, and is generally omitted and has to be supplied.\\n1 Columbus had how many ships on his voyage of discover] P", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0025.jp2"}, "26": {"fulltext": "10 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. Lift (you or ye) yourselves higher day by day.\\n2. Help (thou) thyself in all things.\\n3. Keverence (thou, you or ye) age.\\nTell the subject and the predicate of the following\\nimperative sentences\\n1. Be slow in choosing a friend.\\n2. Keep yourselves pure in heart.\\n3. Defend me from my friends.\\n4. Laugh yourselves into good humor.\\n5. Neglect not the fleeting opportunity.\\n6. Enjoy all the pleasures of the day.\\n7. Acquit yourselves like men.\\n8. Glory in thy privileges.\\n9. Avoid making yourselves the subject of conversation.\\n10. Give reverence to age.\\nConstruct or select five declarative, five interroga-\\ntive, and five imperative sentences in addition to those\\ngiven, and indicate the subject and predicate of each.\\nLogical 26. A sentence regarded as a unit of thought is\\na logical sentence and, as lias been noted, consists\\nof two parts, the subject and the predicate.\\nGram- 27. A sentence regarded as a unit of speech is ;i\\nSentence g rammat i cal sentence, and consists of all the differ-\\nent parts (words) used to form the sentence.\\nTo illustrate by the following sentence\\nEach day has its duties.\\nThe foregoing sentence regarded as a unit of thought\\nconsists of two parts, viz.\\nKitliject Predicate\\nBach day has its duties", "height": "2967", "width": "1966", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0026.jp2"}, "27": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 11\\nThe same sentence regarded as a unit of speech con-\\nsists of five parts, viz.\\nEach day has its duties.\\nC. PARTS OF SPEECH.\\n28. The parts of a grammatical sentence are\\ncalled parts of speech.\\nSelect the part of speech in each of the following 1\\nsentences that is the name of something\\n1.\\nStars shine.\\n9.\\nActing instructs.\\n2.\\nPlants breathe.\\n10.\\nWatching wearies.\\n3.\\nFlowers blossom.\\n11.\\nLearning refines.\\n4.\\nHornets sting.\\n12.\\nHypocrisy disgusts.\\n5.\\nSlugs crawl.\\n13.\\nAmerica triumphs.\\n6.\\nVenice charms.\\n14.\\nRetribution follows.\\n7.\\nIliches vanish.\\n15.\\nVictoria reigns.\\n8. Simplicity attracts. 1(3. Homer lives.\\n29. The part of speech that is the name of some Noun,\\nperson, place, or thing is called a noun.\\nNoun is from the Latin nomen a name.\\nNote that the remaining word in each of the fore-\\ngoing sentences is used in stating or asserting something\\nabout some object.\\n30. The part of speech used to state or assert Verb,\\nsomething about some person, place, or thing is a\\nverb.\\nVerb is from the Latin verbum a word.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0027.jp2"}, "28": {"fulltext": "12\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n31. The verb is the word of the sentence, and is\\nthe only part of speech that can never be left out\\nof a sentence.\\nNote that in each of the foregoing sentences the sub-\\nject is a noun, and the predicate is a verb.\\nUse different nouns as subjects of the following\\nverbs\\n1.\\ncry.\\n2.\\nshine.\\n3.\\nroar.\\n4.\\ndawns.\\n5.\\nsleeps.\\n6.\\nswims.\\n7.\\ndepart.\\n8.\\nreturns.\\n9.\\ndecay.\\n10.\\nvote.\\nUse different verl\\nnouns\\n1.\\nWashington\\n2.\\nVice\\n3.\\nBirds\\n4.\\nLightning\\n5.\\nLincoln\\n6.\\nFlowers\\n7.\\nMartha\\n8.\\nFlocks\\n9.\\nRunning\\n10.\\nHudson\\n11.\\ncackle.\\n12.\\nvanish.\\n13.\\nmew.\\n14.\\nthrive.\\n15.\\nsews.\\n10.\\ndevelop.\\n17.\\nenlarge.\\n18.\\ntwinkle.\\n19.\\ndeceives.\\n20.\\nlaughs.\\nVerb\\nPhrase.\\nas predicates of the following\\n11. Henry\\n12. Groaning\\n13. Day\\n14. Pain\\n15. Virtue\\n16. Promises\\n17. Sweetness\\n18. Friends\\n19. Goodness\\n20. Light\\n32. Sometimes two or more verbs arc taken\\ntogether and form what is called a verb phrase.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0028.jp2"}, "29": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 13\\nUse different nouns as subjects of the following verb\\nphrases\\n1.\\nis walking.\\n7. has died\\n2.\\nare dreaming\\n8. were surprised.\\n2.\\ncan come.\\n9. is known.\\n4.\\nwill depart.\\n10. shall investigate.\\n5.\\nare hated.\\n11. have deserted.\\nG.\\nshould have.\\n12. might assert.\\n13.\\ncould have left.\\n14.\\nhave been seen.\\n15.\\nmust have returned.\\n16.\\nhad been forgiven.\\n17.\\nwill have been tried.\\n18.\\nwould have been stopped.\\n19.\\nmay have been interested.\\n20.\\nmight have been lost.\\n33. Parts of verb phrases are frequently sepa-\\nrated from one another by other parts of speech,\\nas\\n1. Shall not a man have his spring as well as plants\\nTlioreau.\\n2. We can never willingly offend where we sincerely\\nlove. Hill.\\nName the nouns, simple verhs, and verb phrases in the\\nfollowing sentences\\n1. Success never needs an excuse. Bulwer-I/ytton.\\n2. The soul never grows old. Longfellow.\\n3. Affection, like melancholy, magnifies trifles. Hunt.\\n4. I dreamed that Greece might still be live. Byron.\\n5. Ignorance gives a large range of probabilities.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Eliot.", "height": "2980", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0029.jp2"}, "30": {"fulltext": "14 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n6. God sends experience to paint men s portraits.\\nBeecher.\\n7. The plea of ignorance will never take away our\\nresponsibilities. Buskin.\\n8. Proper words in proper places make the true defini-\\ntion of style. Sivift.\\n9. One may live as a conqueror, a king, or a magistrate,\\nbut he must die as a man. Webster.\\n10. Unless a man works he cannot find out what he is\\nable to do. Hamerton.\\n11. All great discoveries are made by men whose feelings\\nrun ahead of their thinkings. Parkhurst.\\n12. If we could read the secret history of our enemies,\\nwe should find in each man s life sorrow and suffering\\nenough to disarm all hostility. Longfellow.\\n13. We have not read an author till we have seen his\\nobject, whatever it may be, as he saw it. Carlyle.\\nNote that the verb in each of the following sentences\\nhas a noun to complete the idea of the action it is used\\nto assert.\\n1. Labor disgraces no man. Grant.\\n2. A mask of gold hides all deformities. Dickens.\\n3. Home interprets heaven. Parkhurst.\\nObject of 34. A noun used to complete the idea of the\\nVerbi action that the verb is used to assert is called the\\nobject of the verb.\\nTransitive 35. A verb that requires an object to complete\\nVerb the idea of the action which it is used to assert is\\ncalled a transitive verb.\\nName the transitive verbs and objects in the follow-", "height": "2967", "width": "2005", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0030.jp2"}, "31": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 15\\n1. A great library contains the diary of the human race.\\nDawson.\\n2. True friends have no solitary joy or sorrow. CJianning.\\n3. Wear the old coat and buy the new book. Phelps.\\n4. Strong reasons make strong actions. Shakespeare.\\n5. A gentleman makes no noise. Emerson.\\nNote that the verbs in the following sentences do\\nnot require objects to complete the idea of the action\\nwhich they are used to assert.\\n1. The imagination never dies. Stedman.\\n2. Valor consists in the power of self-recovery. Emerson.\\n3. Feeling comes before reflection. Haweis.\\n36. A verb that does not require an object to Intransitive\\ncomplete the idea of the action which it is used to Verbi\\nassert is called an intransitive verb.\\nName the transitive and intransitive verbs in the\\nfollowing sentences\\n1. Continual dropping wears away stones. Franklin.\\n2. Beauty lives with kindness. Shakespeare.\\n3. The sacred influence of light appears. Milton.\\n4. History casts its shadow far into the land of song.\\nLota/fellow.\\n5. Ancient travelers guessed modern travelers measure.\\nJohnson.\\nG. The man that makes a character makes foes. Young.\\n7. Even success needs its consolation. Eliot.\\n8. God blesses want with large sympathies. Lowell.\\n9. Knowledge comes, but wisdom lingers. Tennyson.\\nNote that the predicate in each of the following\\nsentences consists of a verb and a noun.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0031.jp2"}, "32": {"fulltext": "16 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nNote that the noun in the predicate is a word used\\nto explain something about the subject.\\n1. The dew of compassion is a tear. Byron.\\n2. Troubles are God s rains in the world. Beecher.\\n3. Penetration seems a kind of inspiration. Greuoille.\\nCopulative 37. A verb used to unite the subject with a part\\nVerb. f sp eec h which, while explanatory of the subject,\\nis used to help form the predicate, is called a\\ncopulative verb.\\nCopulative is from the Latin cop ulativus a coupling\\nor binding together.\\nThe more common copulative verbs are be {am, arc,\\nis, was, were), look, seem, appear, and become.\\nPredicate 38. A noun used to help form the predicate is\\nNoun called a predicate noun.\\nName the copulative verbs and predicate nouns in\\nthe following sentences:\\n1. Words are men s daughters, but God s sons are things.\\nJohnson.\\n2. Faith is a higher faculty than reason. Bailey.\\n3. Be a philosopher; but amidst all your philosophy. 1\\nstill a man. Hume.\\n4. No craven-hearted man was ever fit to be a citizen.\\nZ eckt r.\\n5. Measures, not men, have always been my mark.\\nGoldsmith.\\n6. A book is a garden. A book is an orchard. A book\\nis a storehouse. A book is a party. It is company by the\\nway; it is a counselor; it is a multitude of counselors\\nB( i -It, r.", "height": "2949", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0032.jp2"}, "33": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 17\\n7. The hearts of men are their books events are their\\ntutors great actions are their eloquence. Macaulay.\\n8. They become the parasites and slaves of the great.\\nId.\\n9. Labor is the law of happiness. Stevens.\\nNote that the subjects in full-faced type in the fol-\\nlowing sentences are verbs used as nouns.\\nWalking is healthful exercise.\\nTo walk is healthful exercise.\\nj Dying is gain.\\nTo die is gain.\\nSailing requires skill.\\n(To sail requires skill.\\nSailing a boat requires skill.\\n(To sail a boat requires skill.\\n39. That form of the verb which is used as a\\nnoun is called an infinitive.\\n40. The infinitive form in the first sentence in\\neach of the foregoing groups may be called the\\ninfinitive in ing.\\n41. The infinitive form in the last sentence in\\neach of the foregoing groups may be called the\\nsimple infinitive with to.\\nName and specify the kind of infinitives in the fol-\\nlowing sentences\\n1. To choose time is to save time. Bacon.\\n2. Living is dreaming. Wallace.\\n3. Nature seems to have been created to inspire. King.\\n4. Doing good is the only certainly happy action of a\\nman s life. Sidney.\\no. If you mean to profit, learn to praise Churchill.\\nInfinitive,", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0033.jp2"}, "34": {"fulltext": "18 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nName the nouns and verbs in the following sen-\\ntences, and tell the subject, object, and predicate nouns,\\nand the transitive, intransitive, and copulative verbs and\\ninfinitives.\\n1. Morality is the object of government. Emerson,\\n2. Physical prowess has had its clay, and the age of\\nreason has come. Grady.\\n3. Riches take wings, comforts vanish, hope withers\\naway, but love stays with ns. Wallace.\\n4. Talking is like playing on the harp there is as much\\nin laying the hands on the strings to stop their vibrations,\\nas in twanging them to bring out their music. Holmes.\\n5. In the journey of the years, the autumn is Venice,\\nspring is Naples, and the majestic maturity of summer is\\nRome. Curtis.\\n(J. It is not work that kills men; it is worry. Work is\\nhealthy; you can hardly put more upon a man than he can\\nbear. Worry is rust upon the blade. Beecher.\\n7. Life passes, riches fly away, popularity is fickle, the\\nsenses decay, the world changes, friends die. Newman.\\n8. The same energy which whirls the earth around the\\nsun and crashes the heavens with thunderbolts, produces\\nthe lilies of the valley and the gentle dewdrops that keep\\nthem fair. Hunt.\\n9. Do you remember, in that disastrous siege in India,\\nwhen the little Scotch girl raised her head from the pallet\\nin the hospital, and said to the sickening hearts f the Eng-\\nlish, I hear the bagpipes; the Campbells arecoming!\\nand they said, No, Jessie; it is delirium. And in an\\nhour the pibroch burst upon their glad ears, and the banner\\nof St. George floated over their heads. Curtis.\\nTo what persons or things do the words he, she. t/i\\nand it refer in the following sentences?", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0034.jp2"}, "35": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 19\\n1. He discovered America in 1492 a.d.\\n2. She was the last queen of Scotland.\\n3. They crossed the ocean in the Mayflower.\\n4. They were the two leading parties at the last national\\nelection.\\n5. It was invented by Robert Fulton, and made its first\\ntrip on the Hudson River.\\nNote that these words are used to refer to persons or\\nthings without naming them.\\n42. The part of speech that is used as a refer- p ronouni\\nence word to represent some person or thing is\\ncalled a pronoun.\\nA noun and a pronoun may be used to designate the\\nsame person or thing the noun as the name of the\\nperson or thing, the pronoun as the reference word,\\ni.e. the word used to refer to the person or thing.\\nPronoun is from the Latin pro nomine instead of\\na noun.\\nObserve the pronouns in full-faced type in the fol-\\nlowing sentences, and state to what person or thing\\neach pronoun refers.\\n1. A woman s lot is made for her by the love she ac-\\ncepts. Eliot.\\n2. We hand folks over to God s mercy, and show none\\nourselves. Id.\\n3. Mercy to him that shows it is the rule. Dryden.\\n4. I thank thee, dew, for teaching me that word.\\n5. Make all you can, save all you can, give all you can.\\nWedey.\\n6. We soil om- birthrighl whenever we sell our liberty\\nfor any price of gold or honor. /iij j l", "height": "2955", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0035.jp2"}, "36": {"fulltext": "20 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n7. Let us be careful to distinguish modest} 7 which is\\never amiable, from reserve, which is only prudent\\nShenstone.\\n8. I am always afraid of a fool, one cannot be sure\\nthat he is not a knave as well. Hazlitt.\\n9. Mankind is always happy for having been happy\\nso that if you make them happy now, you make them happy\\ntwenty years hence by memory of it. Smith.\\n10. The accusing spirit which flew up to heaven s chan-\\ncery with the oath blushed as he gave it in, and the record-\\ning angel dropped a tear upon the word and blotted it out\\nforever. Sterne.\\nFill out the blanks in the following sentences with\\nappropriate pronouns\\n1. Men regarded with suspicion on account of his\\ntreachery.\\n2. Citizens deprive of their rights by neglecting\\n3. died that might live.\\n4. gave my wages and also gave his\\nblessing.\\n5. shines with that brilliancy belongs to\\n6. struggle for reputation, strive for character.\\n7. wept over joys were to be no more.\\n8. saw do no man could endure.\\n9. Joy in work is should strive for.\\n10. is valuable is not enduring.\\n11. is worth if has a use.\\n12. are rich when want not when\\nhave\\n13. reveal by our acts.\\n14. are more known to by your hopes.\\n15. may not get but should get\\nof", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0036.jp2"}, "37": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 21\\n16. Perseverance is will conquer nearly all\\nthings.\\n17. can afford to be weary, but cannot afford\\nto be lazy.\\n18. should be free men, should be slaves.\\n43. Verbs, nouns, and pronouns are the chief\\nparts of speech in the sentence.\\n44. The subject or the object of a sentence is\\nalways a noun or a pronoun, or an equivalent\\nexpression.\\n45. The predicate of a sentence must always\\nhave a verb expressed or implied.\\nThe remaining parts of speech are either modifying\\nor connecting elements.\\n1. Boats must keep near shore.\\n2. Little boats must keep near shore.\\nRegard the noun, boats, in both the foregoing sen-\\ntences, as the name of the same objects.\\nNote that little, the additional part of speech in sen-\\ntence 2, is used to specify the size of the boats, and\\nthus aids the noun, boats, in designating more definitely\\nthat for which it stands.\\nIn like manner explain awe-inspiring and happy\\nin the following sentences\\n1. Mountains are awe-inspiring. 2. All seemed happy.\\n46. The part of speech that is used with a noun Adjective,\\nor pronoun to designate more definitely that which\\nthe noun or pronoun is used to represent is called\\nan adjective.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0037.jp2"}, "38": {"fulltext": "22 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nAdjective is from the Latin adjectivus joined to, and\\nrefers to the adjective as joined to a noun or pronoun.\\nNote from the following groups of sentences that\\nadjectives may be classified according to what they a re-\\nused to specify.\\nNote the adjectives in full-faced type in the follow-\\ning sentences, and to what questions they answer\\nWhat What kind\\n1. Hasty climbs have sudden falls.\\n2. Little pitchers have great ears.\\n3. Knotty timbers require sharp wedges.\\n4. March winds and April showers bring forth May\\nflowers.\\n5. A rolling stone gathers no moss.\\n6. Running horses do not need the spur.\\nHow many? How much?\\n1. One eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.\\n2. He killed two birds with one stone.\\n3. Possession is nine points of the law.\\n4. Little money brings little care.\\n5. Many drops of water will sink a ship.\\nWhat or what one\\n1. Yon moon tells of dry weather.\\n2. Second thoughts are sometimes best.\\n3. The coin most current is flattery.\\n4. Lean not on a reed.\\nNote that rolling and running in sentences 5 and\\nof the first series are verbs used as adjectives.\\nParticiple. 47. The form of a verb that is used as an adjec-\\ntive is called a participle.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0038.jp2"}, "39": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 23\\nTell to which one of the foregoing groups the adjec-\\ntives in full-faced type in the following sentences\\nbelong\\n1. The moldering dust that you have made\\nIs a dainty meal for him. Dickens.\\n2. The best teachers of humanity are the lives of great\\nmen. Fowler.\\n3. The fashion wears out more apparel than the man.\\nShakespeare.\\n4. Bad men will excuse their faults good men will\\nleave them Johnson.\\n5. Every addition to true knowledge is an addition to\\nhuman power. Mann.\\n6. You cannot forget, if you would, those golden kisses\\nall over the cheeks of the meadow, queerly called dande-\\nlions. Beecher.\\n7. The birds have ceased their songs,\\nAll save the blackbird, that from yon tall arch,\\nIn adoration of the setting sira,\\nChants forth his evening hymn. Moir.\\n8. The creeping night stole up the hillsides softly. One by\\none the stars appeared, and the first lights twinkled in the\\nwindows of the inn. As the darkness came, the last idlers\\ndeserted the scpiare as the darkness came, the mighty silence\\nof the forest above flowed in on the valley, and strangely\\nand suddenly hushed the lonely little town Collins.\\n9. It was a day when the beauty of the earth makes\\nitself felt like ravishing music that has no sound. The air,\\nwarm and full of summer fragrance, was of that ethereal,\\nuntinged clearness which spreads over all things the softness\\nof velvet. The far-vaulted heavens, so bountiful of light,\\nwere an illimitable, weightless curtain of pale-blue velvet;\\nthe rolling clouds were of white velvet, the grass, the stems\\nof bending wild floweiS, the drooping sprays of woodland", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0039.jp2"}, "40": {"fulltext": "24\\nENGLISH GRAMMAB\\nSubstantive\\nAdjective.\\nPredicate\\nAdjective.\\nfoliage, were so many forms of emerald velvet; the gnarled\\ntrunks of the trees were gray and brown velvet; the wings\\nand breasts of birds, flitting hither and thither, were of gold\\nand scarlet velvet; the butterflies were stemless, floating,\\nvelvet blossoms. Allen.\\nNote that the adjectives in full-faced type in the\\nfollowing sentences stand for the nouns with which\\nthey are used\\n1. The good that is done is not lost.\\n2. The great and the little have need of each other.\\n3. The rich and ignorant are sheep with golden wool.\\n4. Even the wicked hate vice in others.\\n48. An adjective that is used for a noun is\\ncalled a substantive adjective.\\nNote that the adjectives in full-faced type in the\\nfollowing sentences are used with copulative verbs to\\nform the predicates\\n1. Mettle is dangerous in a blind horse.\\n2. The abuse of riches is worse than the want of them.\\n3. A man is not good or bad for one act.\\n49. An adjective used with a copulative verb to\\nform a predicate is called a predicate adjective.\\n50. A predicate adjective may be used with a\\npronoun to designate mure definitely that to which\\nthe pronoun refers.\\nName the substantive and predicate adjectives in the\\nfollowing sentences\\n1. The beautiful attracts the beautiful. Hunt.\\n2. The good is ahvay the road to what is true.\\nHamerton.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0040.jp2"}, "41": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 25\\n3. Notoriety is short-lived fame is lasting. Bancroft.\\n4. The most useful is the greatest. Parker.\\n5. We are contented because we are happy, and not\\nhappy because we are contented. Burke.\\n6. The wisest and best are wiser and better for the\\nfriends they have. Hitchcock.\\nFill out the blanks in the following sentences with\\nappropriate adjectives\\n1. wedding may be celebrated on\\nanniversary of ceremony.\\n2. Gladstone was called by admirers\\nman.\\n3. boy is said to reach majority when he is\\nyears of age.\\n4. Washington, president of United\\nStates, was born on day of February.\\n5. nest of orioles was swinging from one of\\nbranches of tree.\\nG. sinking of M aine in harbor of Havana\\nwas act of an coward.\\n7. tomb of General Grant is in New York on\\nbank of River.\\n8. success that you will attain will be success\\nof patience and word.\\n9. day is a day that is used for a\\npurpose.\\nNote that the verb, learned, is used to assert the same\\naction in both the following sentences.\\nNote that quickly, the additional part of speech in\\nsentence (2), is joined to the verb, learned, to designate\\nmore definitely that which the verb is used to express.\\n1. He learned his lesson.\\n2. He learned his lessons quickly.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0041.jp2"}, "42": {"fulltext": "26 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nAdverb. 51. The part of speech that is used with a verb\\nto designate more definitely that which the verb is\\nused to express is called an adverb.\\n52. Certain adverbs are sometimes joined with\\nadjectives or other adverbs to designate more defi-\\nnitely the limitations they are used to distinguish.\\nClasses. Note the classes of adverbs suggested in the follow-\\ning sentences, and to what questions they are answers\\nA thin meadow is soon mowed. TI a\\nTJ lien?\\nFirst creep, then walk.\\nThe witness is there. Tir\\nWhere?\\nGoodness is not seen everywhere.\\nFools sometimes give wise counsel. TT a\\nHow ffi\\nFortune rarely brings good or evil singly.\\nWell begun is half done. r\\n1 T 1 f HOW?\\nSlowly and sadly they laid him down. J\\nHappiness is too good to keep.\\nWhat s done we partly may compute.\\n_ To what exU nt is\\nDeath does not end all.\\nasst rhon true\\nOpportunity certamly meets every one. v\\n11 J J or untrue?\\nThe following groups of sentences contain adverbs\\nbelonging to the classes corresponding to the foregoing\\ngroup letters name each adverb and tell with what\\npart of speech it is used\\nWhen?\\n1. Brighter days are coming soon.\\n2. The truth will then be known.\\n3. The shadows will some tame vanish.\\n4. The daisies are now dotting the meadow.", "height": "2977", "width": "1975", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0042.jp2"}, "43": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 27\\n5. The sun is always shining.\\n6. Lately the shops have been closed at six o clock.\\n7. The fountain of truth will never fail.\\nWhere\\n1. Nowhere was light, and everywhere was darkness.\\n2. The battle was fought yonder where the monument is.\\n3. We looked overhead, and stars were visible.\\n4. In the cataract below are hidden rocks.\\n5. The ships sailed thence at daybreak.\\n6. Fireflies here and there look like flashes of light.\\n7. Messengers went hence with good news.\\n8. The snow drifting hither and thither bewildered him.\\n9. Nowhere has the fountain of youth been found.\\n10. Opportunity meets us everywhere.\\nHow Often\\n1. Thrice he refused the crown.\\n2. Sometimes the days must be dismal and dark.\\n3. One by one our duties come.\\n4. The heart often becomes weary.\\n5. The right thing to do is always the best thing to do.\\n6. Expected troubles rarely come.\\n7. Temptations are repeatedly testing us.\\n8. The head should daily grow wiser.\\n9. Hope is ever bright and fair.\\nHow\\n1. Sailors eagerly scan the heavens for changing signs.\\n2. The lazy boy goes reluctantly to school.\\n3. He who does his best does well.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0I. The news was enthusiastically received.\\n5. Thus was the story told by grand Cat her.\\n6. The train rushed rapidly through the darkness.\\n7. Men move lazily upon the wharf.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0043.jp2"}, "44": {"fulltext": "28 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\n8. Our master was fondly regarded by all.\\n9. The plans were promptly executed.\\n10. The prize money was evenly divided.\\nHow Much\\n1. The voters are largely responsible for civic vices.\\n2. He was thoroughly aware of our attitude.\\n3. Our tasks were nearly finished.\\n4. The sun had almost set.\\n5. Boys are too eager to be men.\\n6. Age loves the sunshine more and more.\\n7. Our ogre Avas only a tow-headed boy.\\n8. The more he ate, the larger he grew.\\n9. Grandmother is rather hard of hearing.\\n10. The engineer was somewhat troubled by smoke.\\nTo What Extent is the Assertion True or Untrue f\\n1. True friends are not suspicious of one another.\\n2. The end must certainly be considered.\\n3. You have seen him, yes, and have told him every-\\nthing\\n4. Chance, perhaps, is not so blind as it is all-seeing.\\n5. Our terms will undoubtedly be accepted.\\n6. He was, indeed, a man of sterling worth.\\n7. Their efforts will probably be successful.\\n8. His rights, accordingly, were respected.\\n9. Possibly we may be mistaken.\\n10. Verily, they have received their reward.\\nName the adverbs in the following sentences, tell to\\nwhat foregoing class eacli belongs, and with what word\\nit is used\\n1. There is always safety in valor. Emerson.\\n2. What we frankly give forever is our own. Gran n /lr.\\n3. They always talk who never think. Prior.\\n4. They live too long who happiness outlive. Dryden.", "height": "2965", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0044.jp2"}, "45": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 29\\n5. Cruel people are ever cowards in emergency. Swift.\\n6. Your little child is the only true democrat. Stowe.\\n7. Even peace may be purchased at too high a price.\\nFranklin.\\n8. Vanity is often the unseen spur. Thackeray.\\n9. It is a sad discovery that history is so mainly made\\nby ignoble men. Lowell.\\n10. On argument alone my faith is built. Young.\\n11. He who is only just is cruel. Byron.\\n12. When Greeks joined Greeks, then was the tug of\\nwar. Lee.\\n13. The object of oratory alone is not truth, but per-\\nsuasion. Macaulay.\\n14. Life is but thought. Coleridge.\\n15. Where MacGregor sits, there is the head of the\\ntable. Macdonald.\\n16. For he that once is good is ever great. Johnson.\\n17. There is no virtue so truly great and godlike as\\njustice. Addison.\\nNote that if the words in full-faced type in the fol-\\nlowing sentences be omitted, the noun, city, is not con-\\nnected to the rest of the sentence.\\n1. The general rode his horse into the city.\\n2. The general rode his horse about the city.\\n3. The general rode his horse around the city.\\n4. The general rode his horse through the city.\\nNote that there are four different relations expressed\\nin the foregoing sentences, and that the word in each\\nsentence which is not common in all the sentences must\\nexpress the relation idea.\\nNote that these relation words in the preceding sen-\\ntences are used to indicate the relations between the\\nverb, rode, and the noun, city.", "height": "2977", "width": "1912", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0045.jp2"}, "46": {"fulltext": "30 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nPreposition. 53. The part of speech used to connect a noun\\nor pronoun to some other part of speech in the\\nsentence, and to indicate a relation between them,\\nis called a preposition.\\nPreposition is from the Latin prepositus placing\\nbefore, and refers to the early mode of using such\\nwords as prefixes of verbs.\\nSupply appropriate prepositions in blanks of follow-\\ning sentences\\n1. The oldest map the heavens is the Xational\\nLibrary Paris.\\n2. The phonograph was invented Thomas A. Edi-\\nson 1877.\\n3. Roses were first brought England Holland\\n1522.\\n4. Companion originally meant one who ate the\\nsame table you.\\n5 Comrade originally meant one who slept the\\nsame chamber you.\\n6. The telephone is an instrument designed to repro-\\nduce sounds a distance means electricity.\\n7. The highest fall water the world is that\\nthe Yosemite California.\\n8. Our American Arbor Day is a day set apart the\\nplanting shade trees school children.\\n9. The largest bell the world is Moscow\\nRussia, and the weight it nearly two hundred and fifty\\ntons.\\n10. The Cathedral St. Mark s Venice\\nItaly is considered some to be the finest the\\nworld.\\nNote the prepositions in the following sentences, and\\ntell what eaeli one connects:", "height": "2967", "width": "1894", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0046.jp2"}, "47": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 31\\n1. Society is built upon trust. South.\\n2. A man in pursuit of greatness feels no little wants.\\nEmerson.\\n3. Self-control is only courage under another form.\\nSmiles.\\n4. There is no genius in life like the genius of energy\\nand activity. Mitchell.\\n5. The conduct of men depends upon the temperament,\\nnot upon a bunch of dusty maxims. Beaconsjield.\\n6. Architecture is a creation of the human intellect\\nadding to the stores of beauty in the world. King.\\n7. The highest liberty is in harmony with the highest\\nlaws. Giles.\\n8. Echo is the voice of a reflection in a mirror.\\nHawthorne.\\n9. It is well said, in every sense, that a man s religion\\nis the chief fact with regard to him. Carlyle.\\n10. Cheerfulness, the character of common hope, is, in\\nstrong hope, like glances of sunshine on a cloudy day.\\nBaillie.\\n11. He was as a man moving his goods into a far coun-\\n1 iv. who at intervals and by portions sends them before him,\\ntill his present abode is well-nigh unfurnished. Newman.\\nNote thai there are two distinct sentences in each of\\nthe following sentences\\n1. Opportunity comes, and opportunity goes.\\nSome are careless, or they are indolent.\\n3. Fear weakens, but courage strengthens.\\n4. Socrates died because he took poison.\\nNote that the words, and, or, but, and because, are\\niisiiI tn join sentences together.\\nNote that the words, and, but, and or, in the follow-\\ning sentences are used l\u00c2\u00ab join together similar parts of\\nthe same sentence.", "height": "2967", "width": "1905", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0047.jp2"}, "48": {"fulltext": "32 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. Few are equally gifted in writing and in speaking.\\n2. Push and pluck will work wonders.\\n3. Sometimes justice seems blind, or asleep.\\n4. He has been ailing, but has recovered.\\n5. Dewey was loyally and enthusiastically received.\\nConjunction. 54. The part of speech used to join together sen-\\ntences or like parts of the same sentence is called\\na conjunction.\\nConjunction is from the Latin conjunctus joined\\ntogether.\\nNote that the conjunctions in full-faced type in the\\nfollowing sentences are used to join together sentences\\nor parts of sentences of equal rank.\\n1. Art .is long and time is fleeting. Longfellow.\\n2. Private opinion is weak, but public opinion is almost\\nomnipotent. Beecher.\\n3. Knowledge advances by steps, and not by leaps.\\nMacavlay.\\n4. Virtue is an angel, but she is a blind one. Mann.\\n5. The public have neither shame nor gratitude.\\nRazlitt.\\n6. Eeligion is not a dogma, nor an emotion, but a service.\\nHitchcock.\\nCoordinate 55. A conjunction used to join together con-\\nConjunction. s tructions of equal rank is called a coordinate con-\\njunction.\\nNote that the conjunctions in full-faced type in the\\nfollowing sentences are used to connect the sentences\\nwhich they introduce to sentences of a higher rank.\\n1. Liberty, when it begins to take root, is a plant of\\nrapid growth. Washington.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0048.jp2"}, "49": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 33\\n2. Strike while the iron is hot. Farquhar.\\n3. Would you know what money is go borrow some.\\nHerbert.\\n4. Look before you ere you leap. Butler.\\n5. If you would be loved, love and be lovable. Franklin.\\n56. A conjunction used to connect a construe- Subordinate\\ntion of a lower rank to one of a higher rank or Conjunction.\\norder is called a subordinate conjunction.\\n57. A sentence introduced by a subordinate .con- Subordinate\\njunction is called a subordinate sentence. Sentence.\\nNote that subordinate sentence (5) is used to denote\\ncondition. The subordinate part of the conditional\\nsentence is called the condition part (protasis). The\\npart on which the protasis depends is called the conclu-\\nsion (apodosis).\\nNote in foregoing sentence (3) that in a conditional\\nsentence when the conditional conjunction is omitted,\\nthe subject follows the verb.\\nName the conjunctions in the following sentences\\nstate whether coordinate or subordinate, and tell the\\nsentences or parts of sentences that each is used to join\\ntogether.\\n1. She must weep, or she will die. Tennyson.\\n2. Letters should be easy and natural. Chesterfield.\\n3. Love the offender, yet detest the offense. Pope.\\n4. Shakespeare hath neither equal nor second. Macaulay.\\n5. Great works are prepared, not by strength, but by\\nperseverance. Johnson.\\n6. (Jive me liberty or give me death. Henry.\\n7. If misfortune comes, she brings along her bravest\\nvirtues. Thompson,", "height": "2967", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0049.jp2"}, "50": {"fulltext": "31 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n8. Some must watch while some must sleep. Shaks-\\nspectre.\\n9. We rise in glory as we sink in pride. Young.\\n10. Cost is the father, and compensation is the mother\\nof progress. Holland.\\n11. Politeness goes far, yet costs nothing. Smiles.\\n12. There is something noble in publishing truth, though\\nit condemn oneself. John son.\\n13. The bluebird is a home bird, and I am never tired\\nof recurring to him. Burroughs.\\n14. Life is not a holiday, but an education. Drummond.\\n15. Do not think that years leave us and find us the\\nsame. Meredith.\\n16. Jokes are the cayenne of conversation and the salt\\nof life. Chatfield.\\n17. Sin has many tools, but a lie is the handle which\\nfits them all. Holmes.\\n18. Though punishment be slow, still it comes. Herbert.\\n19. Happiness grows at our own fireside, and is not to\\nbe picked in strangers gardens. Jerrold.\\nD. SUMMARY OF DEFINITIONS.\\nA sentence is a group of words used to express a\\ncomplete thought.\\nA declarative sentence is that form of sentence\\nwhich is used in making a statement.\\nAn interrogative sentence is thai form of sen-\\ntence which is used in asking questions.\\nAn imperative sentence is that form of sentence\\nwhich is used in expressing a command or entreaty.\\nAn exclamatory sentence is any form of sentence\\nthat gives expression to feeling or emotion.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0050.jp2"}, "51": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 35\\nA logical sentence is a sentence regarded as a\\nunit of thought.\\nThe parts of a logical sentence are subject and\\npredicate.\\nThe subject is the part of a sentence used to\\ndenote that about which something is said.\\nThe predicate is the part of a sentence used to\\ndenote that which is said of the subject.\\nA grammatical sentence is a sentence regarded\\nas a unit of speech.\\nParts of speech are the parts (words) of gram-\\nmatical sentences.\\nA noun is the part of speech used as the name\\nof some person or thing.\\nA verb is the part of speech used to state or\\nassert something about some person or thing.\\nA pronoun is the part of speech used as a refer-\\nence word to represent some person or thing.\\nAn adjective is the part of speech used with the\\nnoun or pronoun to designate more definitely that\\nwhich the noun or pronoun is used to represent.\\nAn adverb is the part of speech used with the\\nverb to designate more definitely that which the\\nverb is used to express.\\nA preposition is the part of speech used to con-\\nnect a noun or pronoun to sonic other part of\\nspeech in the sentence, and to indicate a relation\\nbetween them.\\nA conjunction is the part of speech used to join", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0051.jp2"}, "52": {"fulltext": "36 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\ntogether sentences, or like parts of the same sen-\\ntence.\\nA coordinate conjunction is a conjunction used to\\njoin together constructions of equal rank or order.\\nA subordinate conjunction is a conjunction used\\nto join a construction of a lower rank or order to\\none of a higher rank or order.\\nAn infinitive is a verb form used as a noun.\\nA participle is a verb form used as an adjective.\\nAn object of a verb is a noun or pronoun used to\\ncomplete the idea of the action that the verb is\\nused to express.\\nA transitive verb is a verb that requires an\\nobject.\\nAn intransitive verb is a verb that does not\\nrequire an object.\\nA copulative verb is a verb used to connect the\\nsubject with some part of speech which, explana-\\ntory of the subject, is used to help form the\\npredicate.\\nA predicate noun is a noun used with a verb to\\nhelp form a predicate.\\nA predicate adjective is an adjective used with a\\nverb to help form a predicate.\\nE. THE INTERJECTION.\\n58. There are a number of words in the lan-\\nguage that do not belong to the sentence as con-\\nstituent parts of it, hence they cannot be regarded", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0052.jp2"}, "53": {"fulltext": "THE UNIT SENTENCE. 37\\nas parts of speech. They are emotional words that\\nare thrown into the sentence, and are used to desig-\\nnate the kind of feeling with which the thought\\nexpressed by the sentence is to be regarded. Such\\nwords are called interjections.\\nInterjection is from the Latin word interjectio an\\ninsertion.\\nTo illustrate\\n1. The battleship has gone down.\\n2. Hurrah The battleship has gone down.\\n3. Alas The battleship has gone down.\\nNote that the same statement is made in each of the\\nforegoing sentences.\\nNote that the additional words in sentences (2) and\\n(3) are used to tell the kind of feeling with which the\\nfact stated is regarded.\\nName the probable form of feeling expressed in each\\nof the following sentences\\n1. See The cars are coming.\\n2. Why The cars are coming.\\n3. Look out The cars are coming.\\n4. Huzzah The cars are coming.\\n5. Oh dear The cars are coming.\\n6. Help! The cars are coming.\\n7. Ah me The cars are coming.\\n59. An exclamatory word or expression used to intersection.\\ndesignate the kind of feeling with which the\\nthought expressed in the sentence is regarded is\\ncalled an interjection.", "height": "2967", "width": "1909", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0053.jp2"}, "54": {"fulltext": "38 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nII. THE EXPANDED SENTENCE.\\nA. PARTS OF SPEECH DETER MIXED BY USE\\nIN SEXTEXGE.\\n60. Many words alike in form have different\\nuses in the sentence, hence they are used as differ-\\nent parts of speech.\\n61. Some words similar in sound are used as\\ndifferent parts of speech and should be carefully\\nnoted.\\nNote carefully the words in full-faced type in the\\nfollowing sentences, state the part if speech in each\\ncase, and give reason for conclusion\\n1. A single vote frequently determines an election.\\n2. Vote for whatever measure you consider right.\\n3. A liar is no better than a thief.\\n4. A conservative is no friend to radical changes.\\n5. They step into the cars and are gone.\\n6. One step at a time is all that we can take.\\n7. Never mind what others do.\\n8. My mind is my kingdom.\\n9. The king alone kept his hat on.\\n10. They were on the wrecked train.\\n11. The fast express has gone by.\\n12. Evil habits bound him fast.\\n13. His fast lasted forty days.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0054.jp2"}, "55": {"fulltext": "THE EXPANDED SENTENCE. I\\n14. Your friend lives in the second house above.\\n15. My nephew occupied the seat above me.\\n16. The distress signal still floats.\\n17. He leadeth me beside the still waters.\\n18. The still was burned to the ground.\\n19. He gloried in being an American.\\n20. The rights of an American citizen were denied,\\n21. He spoke but a word and gave but a nod.\\n22. The enemy advanced, but soon retreated.\\n23. No one but himself knew his plans.\\n24. The ships were riding near the shore.\\n25. In childhood heaven is always near.\\n26. As they near the shore we recognize them.\\n27. Their spirits flag at the dreary prospect.\\n28. A nation s flag reveals a nation s hopes.\\n29. They time their footsteps to the music.\\n30. Time creeps in childhood, but flies ill old age.\\n31. Rush grows on the bank of the river.\\n32. They rush to glory or the grave.\\n33. The tourists went by water, but came back by rail\\n34. A funeral procession has just gone by.\\n35. The umpire was hit in the small of the back.\\n36. Small pebbles cause great falls.\\n37. They clear the decks for action.\\n38. The room measures fifty feet in the clear.\\n39. A clear sky smiles cheer on our journey.\\n40. The monkey ran clear to the tup of the tree", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0055.jp2"}, "56": {"fulltext": "40 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n41. When the heralds blow the trumpets, all the people\\nfall down.\\n42. The patriots struck a blow whose echo will go down\\nthe ages.\\n43. The heirs base their claim on hereditary rights.\\n44. The bowl was discovered to be made of base metal.\\n45. The base of the column was pure Ionic.\\n46. All gazed at him while the hymn was sung.\\n47. There was an explosion in the mine.\\n48. These books are not mine.\\n49. They mine ore in great quantities.\\n50. The players tried too hard to win.\\n51. Each one will have two chances.\\n52. All came to school.\\n53. All went off at break of day.\\n54. The company tried to make a loan.\\n55. A lone house stood on the hilL\\n56. All efforts were vain.\\n57. He wrote in a lighter vein.\\n58. The vane was changing with the wind.\\n59. Principal and interest are due.\\n60. All his acts were guided by principle.\\n61. The principal witness is ill.\\n62. The principal of the school has returned.\\nB. GROUPS OF WORDS USED AS PARTS OF\\nSPEECH.\\n1. Doing one s duty brings pleasure.\\n2. The Talmud is the Bible of the Jews.\\n3. The planets move with mathematical precision.\\n4. To work, is to live.\\n5. The general, seeing the enemy, advanced cautiously.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0056.jp2"}, "57": {"fulltext": "THE EXPANDED SENTENCE. 41\\nNote that each of the indicated groups of words in\\nthe preceding sentences is used as a part of speech.\\nNote that these groups do not contain a subject and\\npredicate.\\n62. A group of words that is used as a part of phrase.\\nspeech and does not contain a subject and predi-\\ncate is called a phrase.\\nPhrase is from the Greek phrasis expression.\\n63. Phrases are named according to use from\\nthe parts of speech for which they are used.\\nEx. 1. Noun phrase (1), (4).\\n2. Adjective phrase (2), (5).\\n3. Adverb phrase (3).\\n64. According to form, phrases are named from\\nthe parts of speech introducing them.\\nEx. 1. Infinitive phrase (1), (4).\\n2. Prepositional phrase (2), (3).\\n3. Participial phrase (5).\\nName the phrases in the following sentences, and\\nclassify each as to form and use\\n1. To believe in the heroic makes heroes. Beacons field.\\n2. The best happiness will be to escape the worst misery.\\nEliot.\\n3. The will of the people is the best law. Grant.\\n4. The mob is man voluntarily descending to the level\\nof the beast. Emerson.\\n5. To endure is greater than to dare. TJiackeray.\\nTo be happy at home is the ultimate resull of all\\nambition. Johnson.", "height": "2963", "width": "1911", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0057.jp2"}, "58": {"fulltext": "42 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nNote that each of the indicated groups of words in\\nthe following sentences is used as a part of speech.\\n1. We are best known by what we do.\\n2. That the majority should rule is an accepted theory.\\n3. The man who reads rinds hidden treasure.\\n4. The air was cooler when the sun went down.\\nNote that each group contains a subject and predi-\\ncate.\\nClause. 65 A g rou P \u00c2\u00b0f words that is used as a part of\\nspeech and contains a subject and predicate is\\ncalled a clause.\\nName the clauses in the following sentences, and\\nstate for what part of speech each one is used\\n1. How near to good is what is fair. Dryden.\\n2. What is said upon a subject is gathered from a hun-\\ndred people. Johnson.\\n3. God grants liberty only to those who love it. Webster.\\n4. Never spend your money before you have it.\\nJefferson.\\n5. Children are what their mothers are. Landor.\\n6. I always get the better when I argue alone. Goldsm ith\\n7. Character is the diamond that scratches every other\\nstone. Bartol.\\nName and state the use of each of the clauses and\\nphrases in the following sentences\\n1. To be prepared for war is one of the most efficienl\\nmeans of preserving peace. Washington.\\n2. Purpose is what gives life meaning. Parkhurst\\n3. Being in a ship is like being in a jail with a chance\\nof being drowned. Johnson.\\n4. Smiles are smiles only when the heart pulls the wire.\\nWinthrop,", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0058.jp2"}, "59": {"fulltext": "THE EXPANDED SENTENCE. 43\\n5. There is an aching that is .worse than any pain.\\nMacdonald.\\n6. To have what we want, is riches but to be able to\\ndo without it, is power. Id.\\n7. The standard which no genius has ever reached is\\nhis own severe conception. Hawthorne.\\n8. Too low they build who build beneath the stars.\\nYoung,\\n9. I only regret that I have but one life to lose for my\\ncountry. Hale.\\n10. The hill has not yet lifted its face to heaven that\\nperseverance will not gain at last. Dickens.\\nNote that direct quotations may be used as parts\\nof speech.\\n1. I am always nearest myself, says the Latin proverb.\\nMacaulay.\\n2. The Chinese have an excellent proverb, Be modest\\nin speech, but excel in action. Maun,\\n3. The ancient poet said, The gods sell all things at a\\nfair price. Emerson.\\n4. Cicero tells us that, Brevity is a great praise of\\neloquence. Everett.\\n5. Democracy means not, I am as good as you are,\\nbut, You are as good as I am. Parker.\\nC. SENTENCES ACCORDING TO BANK\\nNote that the following- sentences are independent;\\ni.e., not dependent on other sentences for their\\nmeaning\\n1. A sneer is the weapon of the weak. Lowell.\\n2. Man cannot choose his duties. Eliot.\\n3. Courage is fire, and bullying is smoke. Beaconsfield.", "height": "2967", "width": "1892", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0059.jp2"}, "60": {"fulltext": "44 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nPrincipal 66 A sentence that is not dependent on another\\nSentence, sentence for its meaning is called an independent\\nor principal sentence.\\nNote that the following sentences in full-faced type\\nare dependent on other sentences for their complete\\nmeaning\\n1. There is no time of life at which books do not influence\\na man. Besant.\\nJ. I know a bank whereon the wild thyme blows.\\nShakespeare.\\n3. Difficulties spur us whenever they do not check us.\\nBeade.\\nSubordinate 67 sentence that is dependent on another\\nSentence, sentence for its complete meaning is called a de-\\npendent or subordinate sentence. 1\\n68. A subordinate sentence, as a modifying ele-\\nment, is always used as a part of speech, hence, iii\\nuse, it is a clause.\\nName the principal and subordinate sentences in the\\nfollowing\\n1. Whenever luxury ceases to be innocent, it also ceases\\nto be beneficial. Hume.\\n2. He that can have patience can have what he will.\\nFranklin.\\n3. As society advances, the standard of poverty rises.\\nParker.\\n4. If we wish ourselves to be high, we should treat that\\nwhich is over us as high. TroUope.\\n5. No nation can bear wealth that is not intelligent first.\\nlir cht r.\\n1 See Notes for Teachers, 1.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0060.jp2"}, "61": {"fulltext": "THE EXPANDED SENTENCE. 45\\n6. But there are times when patience proves at fault.\\nBrowning.\\n7. Art must anchor in nature, or it is the sport of every\\nbreath of folly. Hazlitt.\\n8. When all shoot at one mark, the gods join in the com-\\nbat. Emerson.\\n9- A sculptor wields\\nThe chisel, and the stricken marble grows\\nTo beauty. Bryant.\\nD. SENTENCES ACCORDING TO COMPOSITION\\nWe have learned that a sentence is a group of words\\nused to express a complete thought, and that it con-\\nsists of two parts the subject and the predicate.\\n69. A sentence that consists of one subject and simple\\none predicate is called a simple sentence. Sentence.\\n1. Sponges are animals.\\n2. A starfish has an eye at the end of each ray.\\nNote that each of the preceding typical sentences\\n(\u00e2\u0080\u00a2(insists of a single subject and a single predicate.\\n1. Oxygen and hydrogen are gases.\\n2. Animals and vegetables have life.\\nNote that each of the preceding typical sentences\\nconsists of two single subjects and a single predicate.\\n1. The Dutch founded and settled New Amsterdam.\\n2. Some birds both run and fly.\\nNote that each of the preceding typical sentences\\nconsists of a single subject and two single predicates.\\n1. Example and experience teach and train men.\\n2. Neither wind nor tide obeys or waits for any man.", "height": "2977", "width": "1908", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0061.jp2"}, "62": {"fulltext": "46 ENGLISH GRAMMA It.\\nNote that each of the preceding typical sentences\\nconsists of two single subjects and two single predicates.\\nObserve that a simple subject means a single subject\\nor any number of single subjects regarded as one\\nsubject.\\nObserve that a simple predicate means a single pred-\\nicate or any number of single predicates regarded as\\none predicate.\\nState to which one of the foregoing classes each of\\nthe following simple sentences belongs:\\n1. Every artist clips his brush into his own soul and\\npaints his own nature into his picture. Beecher.\\n2. Accent and emphasis are the pith of reading.\\nDisraeli.\\n3. We make our fortunes and call them fate.\\nBeaconsfield.\\n4. Laughter is the chorus of conversation. Steele.\\n5. Knavery and flattery are blood relations. Lincoln.\\n6. Good manners and good morals are sworn friends\\nand firm allies. Bartol.\\n7. He watched and wept and prayed and felt for all.\\nGoldsmith.\\n8. The busy have no time for tears. Byron.\\n9. Fancy and pride seek things at vast expense.\\nYoung.\\n10. Death robs the rich and relievos the poor. Basford.\\n11. Lies can destroy, but not create. Tupper.\\n12. Mother is the name of God in the Lips and hearts of\\nlittle children. Thackeray.\\nNote that each of the following sentences consists of\\ntwo principal or independent sentences.", "height": "2991", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0062.jp2"}, "63": {"fulltext": "THE EXPANDED SENTENCE. 47\\n1. Sorrow makes men sincere, and anguish makes them\\nearnest. Beecher.\\n2. Just praise is only a debt, but flattery is a present.\\nJohnson.\\n3. Sunlight is painting moonlight is sculpture.\\nHawthorne.\\n70. A sentence that consists of two or more Compound\\nprincipal sentences is called a compound sentence. Sentence.\\nName the principal sentences in each of the follow-\\ning 1 compound sentences\\n1. Work is the means of living, but it is not living.\\nHolland.\\n2. Keep cool auger is not argument. Webster.\\n3. A statesman makes the occasion, but the occasion\\nmakes the politician. Hillard.\\n4. Taxation reaches clown to the base, but the base is\\nlabor, and labor pays all. Piatt.\\nNote that each of the following sentences consists of\\none principal sentence and one or more subordinate\\nsentences:\\n1. Conceit is the most incurable disease that is known to\\nthe human soul. Beecher.\\n2. Diogenes struck the father when the son swore.\\nBaxter.\\n3. Hypocrisy is the shell after the kernel is eaten out.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bartol.\\n4. We shall be judged not by what we might have been,\\nbut what we have been. Lowell.\\n71. A sentence that consists of one principal Complex\\nsentence and one or more subordinate sentences is Sentence,\\ncalled a complex sentence.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0063.jp2"}, "64": {"fulltext": "48 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. How blessings brighten\\nas they take their flight.\\nYoung.\\n2. Greatness is unsociable. Landor.\\nas we daily see it\\n3. He only has power over it. Richardson.\\nIho avelifj\\nmatters speed well.\\n4. Where there is a mother in the house Alcott.\\nNote in the preceding representations of the relations\\nof sentences, that a subordinate sentence is placed on a\\nplane below the principal sentence.\\nAccording to the foregoing scheme, express the rela-\\ntions of the sentences contained in the following com-\\nplex sentences:\\n1. If Hero means sincere man, why may not every one\\nof us be a Hero Carlyle.\\n2. No grace can help any man unless he helps himself.\\nHi In r.\\n3. He who ordained the Sabbath loved the poor.\\nHolmes,\\n4. My heart leaps up when I behold\\nA rainbow in the sky. Wordsworth.\\n5. Night brings out stars as sorrows show us truths.\\nJinil,\\n6. Beauty is part of the finished language by which\\ngoodness speaks. Eliot.\\n7. Bravery has uo place where it can avail nothing.\\nJoint si i(", "height": "2979", "width": "1902", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0064.jp2"}, "65": {"fulltext": "THE EXPANDED SENTENCE. 49\\n8. The only jewel which will not decay is knowledge.\\nLongford.\\n9. Other men are lenses through which we see our own\\nminds. Emerson.\\n10. They that stand high have many blasts to shake\\nthem. Shakespeare.\\n11. An idler is a watch that wants both hands. Oowper\\n12. When the world frowns we can face it. Lytton.\\nNote from the following compound sentences that\\none or more of the independent elements of a sentence\\nmay be modified by a subordinate sentence\\nl. 1 He will undervalue others\\nI I\\nthat overvalues himself\\nand he will oppress them.\\nthat undervalues others Joh nson\\nlaws are useless\\nI\\n2. When men are pure\\nlaws are broken. Beaconsjield.\\nI\\nWhen men are corrupt\\n3. Laws are not masters, but servants,\\nand he rules them\\nwho obeys them. Beech r.\\nName the sentences and their relations to one an-\\nother in each of the following compound sentences, and\\nrepresent their relations according to the foregoing\\nscheme of representation\\n1. When liberty is gone, life grows insipid and has lost\\nLtS ivlish. AddlSOU.\\n1 Sit Notes for Teachers. 1", "height": "2977", "width": "1912", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0065.jp2"}, "66": {"fulltext": "50 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\n2. He who loves goodness harbors angels, reveres rev-\\nerence, and lives with God. Emerson.\\n3. Resolve to be thyself, and know that he who finds\\nhimself loses his misery. Arnold.\\n4. Do not believe that happiness makes us selfish it is\\ntreason to the sweetest gift of life. Ouida.\\n5. The honors we grant mark how high we stand, and\\nthey educate the future. Phillips.\\nName and give the elements of the following simple,\\ncomplex, and compound sentences\\n1. If you want learning, you must work for it. Holland.\\n2. Slow are the steps of Freedom, but her feet never turn\\nbackward. Loivell.\\n3. There never was a person that did anything worth\\ndoing who did not really receive more than he gave.\\nBet cht r.\\n4. The hills were already green; the early grain waved\\nin the fields, and the air was sweet with blossoming\\norchards. Curtis.\\n5. As I speak to you to-day, I wish to tell you of a\\nsoldier who lay wounded on a hard-fought field. Grady.\\n6. When night is on the deep, when the headlands are\\nobscured by the darkness, and when storm is in the air. that\\nman who undertakes to steer by looking over the side of the\\nship, over the bow or over the stern, or by looking at the\\nclouds or his own fears, is a fool. Beecher.\\n7. The habit of reading is the only enjoyment I know in\\nwhich there is no alloy. It lasts when all other pleasures\\nfade. It will be there to support you when all other re-\\nsources are gone. It will be present to you when all tin-\\nenergies of your body have fallen away from you. It will\\nlast you until your death. It will make your hours pleasant\\nto you as long as you live. TroUope.", "height": "2981", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0066.jp2"}, "67": {"fulltext": "THE EXPANDED SENTENCE. 51\\nE. ANALYSIS.\\n1. Good taste always rejects excessive nicety.\\nName the two elements in the foregoing sentence\\nthat constitute the thought.\\nName the words in the same sentence used as the\\nVerb,\\nSubject of verb,\\nObject of verb,\\nWord used with the verb (modifier),\\nWord used with subject (modifier),\\nWord used with object (modifier).\\n72. The separation of a sentence into its ele- Analysis.\\nments is called analysis.\\nAnalysis is from the Greek analysis a resolving\\ninto elements.\\n73. The opposite process, or the putting together Synthesis,\\nthe elements to form a sentence, is called synthesis.\\n74. The separation of a sentence into its thought Logical\\nelements is called logical analysis. Analysis.\\n75. The separation of a sentence into its word Gram-\\nelements (parts of speech) is called grammatical matical\\nAnalysis.\\nanalysis.\\n76. An expression of the products of an analysis Diagram-\\ned a sentence may be made through some visual mm\\nrepresentation of the relations of the different\\nparts of the sentence. Such a visual representa-\\ntion of the analysis of a sentence is called map-\\nping, or diagramming.", "height": "2965", "width": "1904", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0067.jp2"}, "68": {"fulltext": "52 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nFor example the visual representation of the analy-\\nsis of the sentence already considered might be ex-\\npressed thus\\nGood taste always rejects excessive nicety. (Logical.)\\ntaste I rejects I nicety I L\\n^r- 1 r- 1 (Grammatical.)\\ngood always excessive v\\nNote in the preceding scheme for visual representa-\\ntion of grammatical analysis that the subject, verb, and\\nobject are on the same plane, and that the word modi-\\nfier of each is on a plane below.\\nNote also how the subject, verb, and object are\\nseparated, and how the word modifiers are connected.\\nGive the logical and grammatical analyses of the\\nfollowing sentences\\n1. All things obey fixed laws.\\n2. Youth has many longings.\\n3. Moderation holds the middle ground.\\nRepresent the analysis of each of the foregoing sen-\\ntences by diagram according to forms given.\\nAnalyze the following sentence\\nSelf-denial is the best riches.\\nNote how the relation of verb with predicate, noun,\\nor adjective may be expressed in tin 1 following visual\\nrepresentation\\nSelf-denial is the best riches. (Logical.)\\nSelf-denial is riches\\nthe licst\\n(Grammatical.)\\nNote how the predicate noun is separated from the\\nverb.", "height": "2967", "width": "1886", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0068.jp2"}, "69": {"fulltext": "THE EXPANDED SENTENCE- 53\\nNote liow two modifiers used with the same word\\nare represented.\\nAnalyze the following sentences and afterward ex-\\npress the analysis according to the foregoing diagram\\nform\\n1. The best men are the heroic men.\\n2. Corrupted freemen are abject slaves.\\n3. A great fortune is a great care.\\n4. Personal revenge is never sweet.\\nAnalyze the following sentence\\nBoasting is the wisdom of the fool.\\nNote how the relation of a prepositional phrase may\\nbe expressed in the following visual representation\\nBoasting y\\\\ is the wisdom of the fool. (Logical.)\\nBoasting is wisdom (Grammatical.)\\n~the~P\\nof\\nAnalyze the following sentences, and afterwards\\nexpress the analysis according to the foregoing diagram\\nforms\\n1. Impatience never commands success. Ckapin.\\n2. Good manners are a part of good morals. Whatdy.\\n3. Literature is the garden of Avisdom. Ellis.\\n4. A fat kitchen makes a lean will. Franklin.\\n5. The only cure for grief is action. Lewes.\\n6. A narrow niiiul begets obstinacy. Dryden.\\n7. A dandy is a, clothes-wearing man. Carlyle.\\n8. Principle is a fashion for truth. HasHitt.\\n9. A fuol is tin- zero of humanity. Basford.", "height": "2964", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0069.jp2"}, "70": {"fulltext": "54 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\n10. Home is the sacred refuge of our life. Dryden.\\n11. The truth university of these days is a collection of\\nbooks. Cad; lie.\\n12. Children will imitate their fathers in their vices.\\nSpurgeon.\\n13. The practical effect of a belief is the real test of its\\nsoundness. Froude.\\nAnalyze the following sentences, and note how the\\nrelations of infinitive phrases are expressed in subse-\\nquent visual forms\\n1. To work is life.\\n2. To rest is to rust.\\n3. He was anxious to go.\\n4. He expected to die.\\n5. To oppose the measure is to kill it.\\n6. To be busy is to be happy and contented.\\n1. To work is life\\n2. To rest is to rust.\\n3. He was anxious\\nI to go\\n4. He expected to die.\\n5. To oppose measure is to kill it.\\nthe\\nhappy\\nand\\n6. To be busy is to be contented\\nNote how an infinitive phrase differs from a preposi-\\ntional phrase in representation.\\nNote how two or more adjectives arc represented in\\nthe predicate (G).", "height": "2967", "width": "1886", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0070.jp2"}, "71": {"fulltext": "THE EXPANDED SENTENCE.\\n55\\nAnalyze the following sentences, and afterwards\\nexpress the analysis according to the foregoing diagram\\nforms\\n1. To be gentle is the test of a lady. Feltham.\\n2. A nation cannot afford to do a mean thing. Sumner.\\n3. To be furious in religion is to be irreligiously\\nreligious. Penn.\\n4. To be ignorant of one s ignorance is the melody of\\nignorance. Alcott.\\n5. To be selfish is to be ignoble. Hcuceis.\\n6. To be true is manly, chivalrous. Christian. Garlyle.\\nAnalyze the following sentences, and note how the\\nrelations of clause forms are expressed in subsequent\\ndiagram forms\\n1. Trees grow while we sleep.\\n2. They who mourn shall be comforted.\\n3. All noticed that the birds were leaving.\\n4. That he was courageous can hardly be denied.\\n5. If sorrow is shadow, joy is sunshine.\\n6. He asked what he was doing.\\nTrees grow\\nwhile\\nsleep\\n2. They shall be comforted\\nwho mourn\\n3. All\\nnoticed\\nthat\\nbirds were leaving\\nthe", "height": "2961", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0071.jp2"}, "72": {"fulltext": "56 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nThat\\n4. he was courageous\\n5. Joy is sunshine\\nif\\nsorrow is\\nshadow\\ncan bo denied\\nhardly\\n6. He asked he was doing what\\nAnalyze the following sentences, and afterwards\\nexpress the analysis according to the foregoing dia-\\ngram\\n1. If knowledge is power, patience is powerful.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Robert 11\\n2. What I have done is due to patient thought.\\nSir Isaac Newton.\\n3. The lowest ebb is the turn of the tide. Longfellow.\\n4. Clothes form the intellect of the dandy. Shaw.\\n5. Every fact that is learned becomes a key to other\\nfacts. Youmans.\\n6. To cultivate kindness is a valuable part of the busi-\\nness of life. Johnson.\\n7. They never fail who die in a great cause. Byron.\\n8. Not to know what happened before we were born is\\nalways to remain a child. Chatfidd.\\n9. What we seek we shall find; what we flee from, flies\\nfrom us. Emerson.\\n10. Success is full of promise till men get it, and then it\\nseems like a nest from which the bird has flown. Beecht r.", "height": "2977", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0072.jp2"}, "73": {"fulltext": "THE EXPANDED SENTENCE. 57\\nF. SUMMARY OF DEFINITIONS.\\nA phrase is a group of words that is used as a\\npart of speech and does not contain a subject and\\npredicate.\\nA clause is a group of words that is used as a\\npart of speech, and contains a subject and predicate.\\nA principal sentence is a sentence that is not\\ndependent on another sentence for its meaning.\\nA subordinate sentence is a sentence that is\\ndependent on another sentence for its complete\\nmeaning.\\nA simple sentence is a sentence that consists of\\none subject and a predicate, or a number of sub-\\njects and predicates regarded as one.\\nA compound sentence is a sentence that consists\\nof two or more principal sentences.\\nA complex sentence is a sentence that consists of\\none principal sentence and one or more subordi-\\nnate sentences.\\nAnalysis is the separation of a sentence into its\\nparts or elements.\\nSynthesis is the putting together of the elements\\nor parts of a sentence to form a sentence.\\nLogical analysis is the separation of a sentence\\ninto its thought elements.\\nGrammatical analysis is the separation of a sen-\\ntence into its word elements.\\nDiagramming is a visual representation of the\\nproducts of an analysis.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0073.jp2"}, "74": {"fulltext": "58 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nOUTLINE CLASSIFICATION OF SENTENCES.\\nI. Sentences as to form of expression.\\n1. Simple.\\n1. Declarative. 3. Imperative.\\n2. Interrogative.\\n2. Emotional.\\n1. Exclamatory Declarative.\\n2. Exclamatory Interrogative.\\n3. Exclamatory Imperative.\\nII. Sentences as to elements.\\n1. Logical.\\n1. Subject. 2. Predicate.\\n2. Grammatical.\\n1. Simple.\\n1. Verb. 5. Adverb.\\n2. Noun. Preposition.\\n3. Pronoun. 7. Conjunction.\\n4. Adjective.\\n2. Equivalents of parts of speech.\\n1. Phrase. 2. Clause.\\nIII. Sentences as to rank.\\n1. Principal. 2. Subordinate.\\nIV. Sentences as to composition.\\n1. Simple. 3. Complex.\\n2o Compound.", "height": "2967", "width": "1902", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0074.jp2"}, "75": {"fulltext": "Part II.\\nTHE MODIFICATIONS AND RELA-\\nTIONS OP PARTS OF SPEECH.\\nI. NOUNS.\\nA. CLASSES OF NOUNS.\\nA noun is a word used as the name of some\\nperson, place, or thing.\\nNote that each of the following nouns is the name of\\na class, or the name shared by individuals of a class\\nman day weeping bird chair\\ndesk heroism sky street singing\\nmoney book taste reading pencil\\nboy envy joy wealth room\\n77. A noun that is the name of a class or the Common\\nname shared hy individuals of a class is called a Noun.\\ncommon noun.\\nCommon is from the Latin communis common,\\ngeneral.\\nNote that each of the following common nouns is\\nused as a name of a group of similar things:\\naudience bevy group family\\nconvention crowd fleet regiment\\n1 pie swarm flock school\\narmy covey brood jury\\n50", "height": "2967", "width": "1904", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0075.jp2"}, "76": {"fulltext": "60 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nCollective 78 A. common noun that is used as the name of\\nNoun. a group of similar things is called a collective noun.\\nCollective is from the Latin collectivus gathered\\ntogether.\\nIn a collective noun the names of things are gathered\\ntogether or collected into a single group.\\nThe unit of the collective noun is not an individual\\nperson or thing, but is a group of persons or things.\\nNote that each of the following nouns is used as the\\nname of a quality, an action or a state of action\\nsourness mildness choice\\nmanhood singing deceit\\nhorsemanship service purity-\\nheroism sleeping strength\\nAbstract 79 A common noun used as the name of an\\nNoun, action, a quality, or a state of action is called an\\nabstract noun.\\nAbstract is from the Latin abstractns drawn away.\\nNote that the quality, action, or state of action that\\nan abstract noun is used to name has existence in the\\nobject to which it belongs, but has no real existence\\napart from that object. Its existence can only in\\nthought be drawn away from the object.\\nTo illustrate: When we say the apple is sweet, we\\nstate that the apple has a given quality. Now in\\nthought draw away that quality from the apple. The\\nname of the quality drawn away is sweetness, the ab-\\nstract noun formed from the adjective sweet.\\nWhen we say the horse trots, we state that the horse\\nis doing a given kind of action. Now in thought draw", "height": "2967", "width": "1894", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0076.jp2"}, "77": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 61\\naway that action from the horse. The name of the\\naction drawn away is trotting, the abstract noun formed\\nfrom the verb trot.\\nIn like manner explain and form abstract nouns\\nfrom the following:\\n1. Adjectives: just, wide, wise, dark, pure.\\n2. Verbs learn, advise, judge, plan, invent.\\n3. Nouns leader, child, martyr, hero, man.\\nNote in the following sentences that an abstract\\nnoun may be used like a collective noun to express a\\ngroup idea.\\n1. The youth (collective body of young people) of Amer-\\nica has great possibilities.\\n2. The nobility (collective body of titled persons) of\\nEngland is rich in privileges.\\nNote that each of the following nouns is used as the\\nname of an individual thing not belonging to a class:\\nDewey Emerson Horace Mann\\nRichmond San Francisco Napoleon\\nLincoln Boston Michigan\\nChicago St. Louis James Eussell Lowell\\n80. A noun used as the name of an individual\\nthing not belonging to a class is called a proper Noun.\\nnoun.\\nProper is from the Latin proprius one s own, or\\nbelonging to.\\nA proper noun is a name belonging to one person\\nor thing as a mark of identification.\\nNote in the following sentences thai a proper noun\\nmay be used to designate a number of the same family,\\nname, etc.\\nProper", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0077.jp2"}, "78": {"fulltext": "62 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. The Adamses and the Harrisons have each furnished\\ntwo presidents of the United States.\\n2. The Booths have added luster to the annals of the\\nAmerican stage.\\n3. The Pitts made a mighty impress on English states-\\nmanship.\\n81. A proper noun becomes a common noun\\nwhen it is used as the name of a class or character-\\nistic.\\n1. Lincoln is called the Washington of our new-\\nnationality.\\n2. Virgil was called the Homer of the Romans.\\n82. A common noun may be regarded as a\\nproper noun when it is used as an individual name\\nby personification, as\\n1. Now Nature hangs her mantle green\\nOn every blooming tree. Burns.\\n2. If you don t give Justice the first place at th e^ table,\\nall the other virtues eat up her share. Lyttenr.\\n3. Auspicious Hope: in thy sweet garden grow\\nWreaths for each toil a charm for every woe.\\nunijihr!/.\\nName the nouns in the following sentences and tell\\nto what class each belongs\\n1. Caesar had his Brutus; Charles the First, his Crom-\\nwell and George the Third, may profit by their ex-\\nample. Henr\\n2. No, there come in lots\\nThe American Disraelis, Luhvers, and Scotts.\\nLowell.", "height": "2967", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0078.jp2"}, "79": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 63\\n3. Measure your health by your sympathy with morning\\nand spring. If there is no response in you to the awaken-\\ning of Nature, if the prospect of an early morning walk doth\\nnot banish sleep, if the warble of the first bluebird does not\\nthrill you, know that the morning and spring of your life is\\npast. TJwreau.\\n4. Webster could awe a senate, Everett could charm a\\ncollege, and Choate could cheat a jury; Clay could magnet-\\nize the million, and Corwin lead them captive. But O Con-\\nnell was Clay, Corwin, Choate, Everett, and Webster in one.\\nBefore the courts, logic; at the bar of the senate, unanswer-\\nable on the platform, grace, wit, and pathos before the\\nmasses, a whole man. Phillips.\\n5. This government carries the hope of the human race.\\nBlot out the beacon that lights the portals of this Republic,\\nand the world is adrift again. But save the Republic, estab-\\nlish the light of its beacon over the troubled waters, and\\none by one the nations of the earth shall drop anchor and\\nbe at rest in the harbor of universal liberty. Grady.\\nB. GENDER.\\nName the sex of the individual to which each of the\\nfollowing nouns refers:\\nEsther\\nJohn nephew\\nlandlady\\nbrother\\naunt Mary\\nqueen\\nboy\\nheroine widow\\nRuth\\nniece\\nwidower sister\\nWilliam\\nSex\\nis a\\ndistinction between animals or other living\\nthings as male or female.\\n83. The grammatical distinction between the g enj j e\\nnames of animals or living things by reference to\\nsex is called gender.", "height": "2967", "width": "1908", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0079.jp2"}, "80": {"fulltext": "64\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nMasculine\\nGender.\\nFeminine\\nGender.\\nGender is from the Latin genus kind.\\nSex is a distinction between individuals. Gender is\\na corresponding distinction between words used as tl it-\\nnames of individuals. When the sex of the individual\\nis known, the gender of the noun can be definitely\\nknown otherwise the gender will be indeterminate.\\nAnimals are of two sexes, male and. female.\\nNouns used as names of animals are of two corre-\\nsponding genders.\\n84. A noun used as the name of an animal of\\nthe male sex is in the masculine gender.\\nMasculine is from the Latin masculinus a male.\\n85. A noun used as the name of an animal of\\nthe female sex is in the feminine gender.\\nFeminine is from the Latin fe?7iininus a female.\\nName the sex to which each of the following nouns\\nrefers\\nchild\\nneighbor\\nservant\\ncompany\\ncousin\\npartner\\nfriend\\naudience\\nteacher\\nwaiter\\nwriter\\ngroup\\nCommon\\nGender.\\nNote that the sex to which the preceding nouns\\nrefer is not determinable.\\n86. A noun used as the name of an animal or\\nanimals whose sex is unknown is in the indeter-\\nminate or common gender.\\nNote that the following nouns are used as names of\\ninanimate thinffs", "height": "2977", "width": "1902", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0080.jp2"}, "81": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 65\\near Syracuse flower chair\\nhouse eye sand store\\nhand rock Albany wagon\\nInanimate things have no sex distinction hence,\\nnames of inanimate things can have no gender.\\n87. 1 A noun used as the name of an inanimate ]j eu ter\\nthing is a genderless or neuter noun. Noun.\\nNeuter is from the Latin neuter -neither.\\nTell the gender of the f ollowing nouns\\nbride master people witch\\nearl sheep colt emperor\\nauthor parent heiress preceptor\\nwife Jewess lamb woman\\nWrite out ten additional nouns with masculine\\ngender.\\nWrite out ten additional nouns with feminine gender.\\nWrite out ten additional nouns with common gender.\\nWrite out twenty additional neuter nouns.\\n88. The gender of most English nouns is simply\\na classification of nouns according to meaning and\\nby reference to sex. There are, however, a num-\\nber of nouns that have distinguishing forms for\\nmasculine and feminine genders. This class of\\npurely grammatical gender nouns has three dis-\\ntinct methods of denoting gender, as follows:\\n1. By use of different words for masculine and\\nfeminine.\\n2. By use of different suffix endings.\\n8. By use of distinguishing words added or prefixed\\nto common gender nouns.\\n1 Sec Notes I m- Teachers,", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0081.jp2"}, "82": {"fulltext": "66\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n89. Gender denoted by different words.\\nMASCULINE.\\nFEMININE.\\nMASCULINE.\\nI KM 1 SINK.\\nhusband\\nwife\\nking\\nqueen\\npapa\\nmamma\\nearl\\ncountess\\nfather\\nmother\\nlord\\nlady\\nson\\ndaughter\\nwizard\\nwitch\\nbrother\\nsister\\nuncle\\naunt\\nnephew\\nniece\\nsir\\nmadam\\ngentleman\\nlady\\nbachelor\\nmaid\\nboy\\ngirl\\nmonk\\nnun\\ntutor\\ngoverness\\nfriar\\nsister\\nlad\\nlass\\nbeau\\nbelle\\ncock or rooster\\nhen\\nram or buck\\newe\\ndog\\nbitch\\nstag\\nhind\\nbuck\\ndoe\\nbull\\ncow\\nhorse\\nmare\\nsire\\ndam\\ndrone\\nbee\\nSuffix\\ness.\\n90. Gender denoted by different suffix endings\\n(inflection).\\nThe early English suffixes used to denote gendei\\nhave passed away, and to-day are found only in isolated\\nwords, such as spinster, having the feminine suffix ster,\\nand vixen, with the feminine suffix en.\\nModern taste is rapidly discouraging the use of\\nfeminine forms of masculine nouns. Some proper\\nnames formerly used exclusively of one sex are now\\nsometimes used of either.\\n91. The only suffix used in forming new femi-\\nnine words is the French suffix ess.\\nThe suffix\\nfollows\\nis used in fonni\\nemmme nouns as", "height": "2977", "width": "1974", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0082.jp2"}, "83": {"fulltext": "heir\\npeer\\nprior\\nhost\\npriest\\nQuaker\\nJew\\npatron\\nShaker\\nlion\\nshepherd\\nviscount\\nNOUNS. 67\\n1. By adding it directly to the masculine gender\\nnoun.\\nAccording to the foregoing rule form feminine nouns\\nfrom the following masculine nouns\\nbaron\\ncount\\ndeacon\\ngiant\\n2. By adding ess to masculine nouns with the vowel\\nof last syllable of masculine nouns cut out.\\nAccording to the foregoing rule form feminine nouns\\nfrom the following masculine nouns\\nactor ogre tiger director\\nbenefactor prince traitor arbiter\\nenchanter hunter votary negro\\npreceptor waiter\\n3. By adding ess to masculine nouns with the last\\nsyllable of masculine nouns dropped for example\\nMASCULINE. FEMININE.\\ncaterer cateress\\nmurderer murderess\\nemperor empress\\nmister mistress 1\\nNote that the following nouns used in legal phrase-\\nology, and taken directly from the Latin, have the end-\\ning tor for masculine and trix for feminine nouns\\nMASCULINE. FEMININE.\\nexecutor executrix\\nprosecutor prosecutrix\\ntestator testatrix\\nadministrator administratrix\\n1 Note that the vowel e is cut out (syncopated) in uniting.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0083.jp2"}, "84": {"fulltext": "68 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nNote that the following nouns have irregular gender\\nforms\\nMASCULINE. FEMININE.\\ngod goddess\\nduke duchess\\nmarquis marchioness\\nhero heroine\\nman woman\\nwidower widow\\nbridegroom bride\\ndrake duck\\ngander goose\\n92. Gender denoted by distinguishing masculine\\nand feminine words\\n1. Prefixed to common gender nouns\\nMASCULINE. FEMININE.\\nman-servant maid-servant\\nhe-goat she-goat\\ncock-sparrow hen-sparrow\\nbull-elephant cow-elephant\\nbuck-lamb ewe-lamb\\nbull-calf heifer-calf\\n2. Added to gender or neuter nouns\\nMASCULINE. FEMININE.\\nEnglishman Englishwoman\\nlandlord landlady\\nhorseman horsewoman\\nstepfather stepmother\\ngodfather godmother\\nstepson stepdaughter\\nturkey-cock turkey-hen", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0084.jp2"}, "85": {"fulltext": "NOUXS.\\nForeign Gender Forms.\\nMASCULINE.\\nczar\\nseilor\\nsignor\\nsultan\\nkhedive\\nviceroy\\ndon\\ninfante or infant\\nFEMININE.\\nczarina\\nsenorita\\nsignora\\nsultana\\nkhedivah\\nvicereina\\ndonna or dona\\ninfanta\\nNotes on Gendek.\\n1. When one gender noun is formed from another,\\nthe masculine form is used as the basis for forming\\nthe feminine in all cases excepting the masculine nouns,\\nbridegroom, toidower, drake, and gander, which are\\nformed from the feminine nouns, bride, widoiv, duck,\\ngoose.\\n2. Songstress and seamstress have double feminine\\nforms, viz., ster and ess\\nSongstress song ster ess.\\nSeamstress seam ster ess.\\n3. Names of living things are sometimes used as\\nneuter nouns when the sex notion is disregarded as in\\nthe names of small children and lower animals for\\nexample,\\nThe baby was sleeping,\\nIts mother was weeping. Samuel Lover.\\n4. A common noun may become a determinate\\ngender (masculine or feminine) noun when the definite\\nsex to which it refers becomes known for example,\\nThe happy parent clasps her child to her breast.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0085.jp2"}, "86": {"fulltext": "70\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n5. An inanimate thing is frequently regarded as a\\nperson, and a noun used as the name of such person\\nmay become masculine or feminine by personification\\nfor example\\nVirtue is her own reward. Dryden.\\nDid Amaranthus all his beauty shed,\\nAnd Daffodillies fill their cups with tears\\nMUton.\\nNumber.\\nC. NUMBER.\\nSelect from the following list of nouns those which\\nare used as the name of a single object also those\\nwhich are used as the name of more than one object\\nlamp\\nvillages\\nacorn\\nenemies\\nbooks\\ntown\\nFrance\\nfriend\\nBuffalo\\nroads\\nhorses\\nAfrica\\nHenry\\ncities\\ndollars\\neggs\\nMary\\ncarpets\\ndogs\\nshop\\nstreet\\nflower\\ntrees\\nHelen\\nNote that the foregoing nouns have the property of\\ndesignating whether one or more than one object is\\nnamed.\\n93. That property of a noun which indicates\\nwhether one or more than one object is designated\\nis number.\\nSingular 94 The number that indicates that one object\\nNumber. i s designated is the singular number.\\nPlural 95 The number that indicates that more than\\nNumber, one object is designated is the plural number.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0086.jp2"}, "87": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 71\\nFormation of Plural Number.\\nI. The plural is commonly formed by adding s\\nto the singular form.\\nAccording to Rule I. give plurals of the following\\nsingular nouns\\npencil\\npen\\nflower\\nper op\\nspoon\\nbottle\\nfather\\nstamp\\ncart\\ncup\\nink\\nwine\\nNote 1. Nouns ending in y preceded by a conso-\\nnant change y to ie before adding s to form the plural.\\nAccording to Note 1 form plurals from the following\\nsingular nouns\\nfly daisy duty\\nlady sky lily\\narmy body baby\\nliberty city charity\\nNote 2. Three nouns ending in fe change fe to ve\\nbefore adding s to form plural.\\nForm plurals of knife, wife, life.\\nII. The plural is sometimes formed by adding\\nes to the singular form.\\n1. When the singular ends in letters having a hiss-\\ning sound (s, z, sh and ch soft, like eh in mucli)\\nForm plurals according to (1) of\\nfox ash dash patch\\ntopaz tax watch wish\\nmass leech guess crutch\\npench pass blush rush", "height": "2955", "width": "1906", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0087.jp2"}, "88": {"fulltext": "72 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n2. Twelve nouns ending in change f to v before\\nadding the plural ending es.\\nForm plurals of\\nbeef\\ncalf\\nelf\\nhalf\\nleaf\\nwharf\\nloaf\\nself\\nsheaf\\nshelf\\nthief\\nwolf\\n3. Some nouns ending in o add es to singular to\\nform plural.\\nAccording to foregoing rule form plurals of\\nhero potato echo\\ncargo veto mulatto\\nnegro tomato motto\\nNote. In some nouns ending in o which are recenl\\nadditions to the language, s is regularly added to the\\nsingular to form the plural.\\nEx. banjo, dynamo, piano, lasso, solo, quarto, port-\\nfolio, octavo, oratorio, tyro, folio, nuncio, rondo.\\nIII. The plural of the following nouns is formed\\nby adding en to the singular\\nSINGULAR.\\nPLURAL.\\nox\\noxen\\nchild\\nchildren\\nbrother\\nbrethren\\nNote. Children and brethren arc in reality double\\nplurals. Ohilder and br ether are old English plurals.\\nand in dialect language of to-day childer is the plural of\\nchild\\nchilder en chUderen, shortened to children.\\nbrether en bretheren. shortened to brethren.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0088.jp2"}, "89": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 73\\nIV. In the following nouns the vowel or vowels\\nof the singular are changed to form the plural\\nSINGULAR.\\nPLURAL.\\nSINGULAR.\\nPLURAL.\\nman\\nmen\\nfoot\\nfeet\\nwoman\\nwomen\\nmouse\\nmice\\ngoose\\ngeese\\ntooth\\nteeth\\nV. The apostrophe with s is added to the\\nsingular to form the plural of numbers, letters,\\ncharacters, words, phrases, or clauses regarded as\\nunit names as,\\n1. In the number 8 are four 2 s, or two 4 s.\\n2. He always dotted his i s and crossed his t s with pain-\\nful exactness.\\n3. The I s and my s and me s in his sj)eech pass beyond\\nthe bounds of modesty and good taste.\\n4. His I told you so s were wearisome, and his It\\nmight have been s were annoying.\\nPeculiarities in Number.\\n1. Some nouns are singular in form and in use.\\n1. Names of materials as, clay, silver, gold, wheat, flesh,\\nflour, platinum.\\n2. Names of qualities; as, pride, patience, peace, faith,\\nwhiteness, thankfulness.\\n3. Names of diseases; as, dyspepsia, pneumonia, pleu-\\nrisy, rheumatism.\\n2. Some nouns are singular in form, but singular or\\nplural in use as,\\ndeer, sheep, grouse, salmon, trout, hose, heathen.", "height": "2949", "width": "1905", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0089.jp2"}, "90": {"fulltext": "74\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n3. Some nouns are singular in form, but generally\\nregarded plural in use as,\\nalms, eaves, riches.\\n4. Some nouns are plural in form and use as,\\ntrousers, scissors, billiards, bans, tongs, nuptials, spec-\\ntacles, thanks, premises.\\n5. Some nouns are plural in form, but singular in\\nuse as,\\nnews, tidings, amends, statics, optics, economics, physics,\\nmeasles.\\n6. Some nouns are plural in form, but singular or\\nplural in use as,\\nwages, means, politics, athletics, odds.\\n7. Some nouns have one plural with two different\\nmeanings as,\\ncustom customs\\neffect effects\\nground grounds\\nletter letters\\nnumber numbers\\npain pains\\npart parts\\nshroud shrouds\\n(habits)\\n(manifestations)\\n(lauds)\\n(alphabet)\\n(figures)\\n(suffering)\\n(pieces or\\ndivisions)\\n(robes for dead)\\n(revenue duties)\\n(goods)\\n(dregs)\\n(literature)\\n(poetical parts)\\n(care)\\n(faculties or\\nabilities)\\n(stay ropes\\nfor ships)\\n8. Some nouns have two plural forms with different\\nmeanings as,", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0090.jp2"}, "91": {"fulltext": "NOUNS.\\n75\\nSINGULAR PLURAL PLURAL\\nbrother brothers brethren\\n(of family) (of society)\\ncloth cloths clothes\\n(kinds or pieces (garments)\\nof cloth)\\ndie dice\\n(gaming cubes)\\nfish fishes\\n(number of)\\ngenius geniuses\\n(men of original\\npower)\\nindex indexes\\n(contents)\\npea peas\\n(number of)\\npenny pennies\\n(number of)\\nshot shot\\n(number of\\nballs)\\n9. The singular number is frequently used for the\\nplural in nouns expressing quantity or number, when\\nthe plural idea of quantity or number is expressed by\\nthe words used with the nouns as,\\nA hundred-yard dash, a ten-mile race, a ten-foot\\npole, two brace of partridges, three pair of shoes, four\\nyoke of oxen, two span of horses, a hundred head of\\ncattle.\\nProper nouns are generally singular, but when used\\nin the plural, follow the regular law of plural forma-\\ntions as,\\nYagers, Duffeys, Lanes, lleids, Halls.\\ndies\\n(coining stamps)\\nfish\\n(quantity of)\\ngenii\\n(powerful spirits)\\nindices\\n(algebraic signs)\\npease\\n(quantity of)\\npence\\n(value of)\\nshots\\n(number of\\ndischarges)", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0091.jp2"}, "92": {"fulltext": "76 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nWhen a title of address precedes the noun, either the\\ntitle or the name may receive the plural as,\\nMisses Fordham, or Miss Fordhams, Messrs. Murdock,\\nor Mr. Murdocks Drs. Didama, or Dr. Didamas.\\nBoth of these forms are in common use, yet in\\nformal address it is preferable to pluralize the title of\\naddress.\\nCompound Nouns.\\nThe plural of compound nouns is formed in three\\ndifferent ways.\\n1. When the compound word is regarded as a unit\\nword, the plural is added at the end of the compound\\nword as,\\nforget-me-nots, receiving-houses, four per cents, basket-\\nfuls, wagon-loads.\\n2. When the compound word has an important\\nword in the union, that word receives the plural as,\\nhangers-on, sons-in-law, men-of-war, minute-men, reed-\\nbirds.\\n3. When the compound noun consists of words that\\nare regarded of equal importance in the union, each\\npart receives the plural as,\\nmen-servants, women-servants, lords-justices, knights-\\ntemplars.\\nNotes on Number.\\n1. Proper nouns do not regularly admit of a plural,\\nbut may be used in the plural number to designate\\nmore than one of the same family, name, etc. (Sit 80.)", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0092.jp2"}, "93": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 77\\n2. Common class nouns designating material objects\\ndo not admit of a plural excepting to denote different\\nqualities or component parts of materials as,\\nsoaps, teas, coffees, breads, sandstones, etc.\\n3. Some abstract nouns become common class nouns,\\nand as such are used in the plural to denote particular\\naction or particular varieties of quality as,\\nliberties, virtues, vices, negligences.\\nD. CASE.\\nIt has been stated that the sentence is the grammati-\\ncal unit, and that its component elements are parts of\\nspeech.\\nThe parts of speech are bound together in a sentence\\nby certain relation to illustrate, regard Henry\\nbrought Mary 8 letters, as isolated words, and ideas\\nare suggested, but no thought is expressed by them.\\nForm these same words into a sentence as, Henry\\nbrought Marys letters, and the only addition made is\\nthe linking or relating of these words to one another.\\nIn nouns and pronouns this relating element is called\\ncase.\\n96. The property or use of a noun that denotes\\nits relation to other words in the sentence is called\\ncase.\\nCase is from the Latin casus a falling (or varying\\nfrom a standard form).\\nNote the case relations expressed in the foregoing\\nsentence. The noun, Henry, is the subject of the verb,\\nbrought, hence denotes the subjective relation. The", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0093.jp2"}, "94": {"fulltext": "78 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nnoun, letters, is the object of the verb, brought, hence\\ndenotes the objective relation. The noun, Mart/*, is\\nused to denote the possessor of that which is expressed\\nby the noun, letters, hence it denotes the possessive\\nrelation.\\nIn modern English there are three cases or groups\\nof relations the nominative, the objective, and the\\npossessive.\\nNominative Case. 1\\nNote that the nouns in full-faced type in the follow-\\ning sentences are subjects of verbs\\n1. Roger Williams founded Providence.\\n2. Being is better than seeming.\\n3. Jefferson was elected president by the House of\\nRepresentatives.\\n4. Darwin was a great naturalist.\\nSubject 97 The subject of the verb is in the nominative\\nNominative, case and is called the subject nominative.\\nNote that the nouns in full-faced type in the follow-\\ning sentences are predicate nouns\\n1. Carbon is the chief element of charcoal.\\n2. Jupiter is the largest planet.\\n3. The Indians are the wards of the nation.\\nPredicate 98 A predicate noun (see 38) is in the same\\nNominative, case as the subject of its verb, and when in the\\nnominative is called the predicate nominative.\\nName the subject and predicate nominatives in the\\nfollowing sentences\\n1 See Notes for Teachers, 4.", "height": "2982", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0094.jp2"}, "95": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 79\\n1. Shakespeare is an intellectual miracle. Chalmers.\\n2. True wisdom is the price of happiness. Young.\\n3. Action is the true joy of the soul. Gay.\\n4. Occupation alone is happiness. Johnson.\\n5. Brisk talkers are generally slow thinkers. Swift.\\n6. Absence of occupation is not rest. Cowper.\\n7. The eye is the only true notebook of the poet.\\nLowell.\\nNote that the nouns in full-faced type in the follow-\\ning sentences are placed after nouns to add clefiniteness\\nto the meaning of these nouns\\n1. Napoleon, the Emperor, died at St. Helena.\\n2. Harvey, a physician, discovered the circulation of the\\nblood.\\n3. The glory of Greece is Plato, the philosopher.\\n99. A noun placed after another noun to describe\\nor to add definiteness to the meaning of that noun pp0S1 lve\\nis called an appositive.\\nAppositive is from the Latin appositus placed after\\nor joined to.\\n100. An appositive is in the same case as the\\nnoun whose meaning it defines, and when in the Appositive\\nnominative is called the appositive nominative. Nominative.\\nName the subject, predicate, and appositive nomina-\\ntives in the following sentences:\\n1. A noble deed is a step toward heaven. Holland.\\n2. Faith is power, the material of effect. Parkhurst.\\n3. The essence of friendship is entireness, a total mag-\\nnanimity and trust. Emerson.\\n4. Virtue is its own reward. Gay.", "height": "2964", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0095.jp2"}, "96": {"fulltext": "80 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n5. The monarch oak, the patriarch of trees,\\nShoots rising up, and spreads by slow degrees.\\nDryden.\\nNote that the nouns in full-faced type in the follow-\\ning sentences are grammatically separated from the rest\\nof their sentences.\\nNote that they are used as names of persons or things\\naddressed\\n1. Comrades, let us strive to do our best.\\n2. Remember, John, that a rolling stone gathers no moss.\\n3. Come, my brave fellows, let us do or die.\\n4. My mountain home, I love thee\\n5. Tell us, mighty obelisk, what you have seen.\\nVocative 101. The name of a person or thing addressed is\\nNominative. m the nominative case and is called the vocative\\nnominative.\\nVocative is from the Latin vocativus of calling or\\naddressing.\\nName the vocative nominatives in the following sen-\\ntences\\n1. Brother, brother, we are both in the wrong. Qay.\\n2. These are Thy glorious works, Parent of good.\\nMUton.\\n3. Be still, sad heart, and cease repining. Longfellow.\\n4. Hush, my dear, lie still and slumber\\nHoly angels guard thy bed! Isaac Watts.\\nNote that each of the nouns in full-faced type in the\\nfollowing sentences is modified by a participle.\\nNote that the noun, participle, and their modifiers\\nare separated or cut off from close grammatical relations\\nwith the rest of the sentence.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0096.jp2"}, "97": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 81\\nNote that these cut off or absolute constructions are\\nused for adverbial clauses.\\n1. The noon bell having struck, we hastened home.\\n2. The season having been wet, the crops are poor.\\n3. The ships being in sight, curiosity possessed us.\\n4. All things looked bright, the sun shining.\\n5. The army advanced, a trail having been discovered.\\n6. The ground being wet, we concluded that it had rained.\\n102. A noun which, with a participle, is sepa- T\\n_ Nominative\\nrated from close grammatical relations with the Absolute.\\nrest of the sentence, but which is used to express\\nideas additional to the sentence, is in the nomina-\\ntive case and is called the nominative absolute.\\nAbsolute is from the Latin absolutus set free.\\nExpand the foregoing absolute constructions into\\ntheir equivalent adverbial clauses.\\nName the nouns in the nominative case in the follow-\\ning sentence, and state the kind of nominative in each\\ncase\\nFellow citizens, delay having failed, patience no longer\\nseems a virtue, a thing to be desired, but has come to be a\\nvice, a thing undesirable.\\nFrom the foregoing uses of the nominative case we\\nhave the following summarized definition\\n103. The case of a noun that is used to denote T\\n-Nominative\\nthe relation l a subject to a verb, or m agreement Case.\\nthe predicate or appositive relation, or in indepen-\\ndent constructions the case of address or the case\\nit) isolate, is called the nominative case.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0097.jp2"}, "98": {"fulltext": "82\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nAnalyze the following sentences, name the noons in\\nthese sentences, and give special use of each noun in the\\nnominative case\\nOur flag, the hope of the world, must he respected.\\nMy friends, this day has been a delight.\\nThe city was London, the capital of England.\\nCitizens, we must be men of decision.\\nThe sun having risen, the travelers proceeded on their\\njourney.\\nNote how the analysis of foregoing sentences is ex-\\npressed in the following diagrams.\\nNote especially the form of diagram used to express\\nthe different nominative case relations\\nflag must be respected\\nOur\\nhope\\nthe\\nof\\nworld\\nthe\\n2 friends\\nday has been delight\\nthis\\n3. city was London\\nThe\\ncapital\\nthe\\nof England", "height": "2965", "width": "1974", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0098.jp2"}, "99": {"fulltext": "NOUNS.\\n83\\n4. Citizens\\nwe must be men\\nof decision\\n5. travelers proceeded\\nthe\\non journey\\ntheir\\nThe having risen\\nAnalyze the following sentences, and express the\\nanalysis by diagram according to forms given\\n1. Come, Death, and snatch us from disgrace. Bulwer.\\n2. The supper being over, the strangers requested to be\\nshown to their places of repose. Haiothorne.\\n3. Method is the arithmetic of success. Shaw.\\n4. Come, Nero, thou awful Roman emperor, seek your\\nequal here. Parker.\\n5. The next day being Sunday, and the new church not\\nyet being opened, he kept his room. Allen.\\n6. Principle is a passion for truth. Hazlitt.\\n7. Flow gently, sweet Afton, disturb not her dream.\\nBurns.\\n8. The river being frozen over, they were obliged to\\nperform the journey by land in the depths of winter.\\nIrving.\\n9. Disease is the retribution of outraged nature.\\nBaOou.\\n10. Adieu! Sir Walter, pride of all Scotchmen, take our\\nproud and sail farewell.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Carlyle.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0099.jp2"}, "100": {"fulltext": "84 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n11. Money, Paul, can do anything. Dickens.\\n12. See deep enough and you see musically, the heart of\\nnature being everywhere music, if you can only reach it.\\nCarlyle.\\nObjective Case.\\nNote that the nouns in full-faced type in the follow-\\ning sentences are used as objects of verbs\\n1. Some bees gather honey.\\n2. General Wolfe defeated General Montcalm at Quebec.\\n3. General Grant treated his opponents with respect.\\n4. Lightning destroyed the tower.\\n104. A noun used to denote the relation of the\\nObject \u00c2\u00b0bj ec t of a verb see 34 i s m the objective case,\\nObjective, and is called the direct object objective.\\nConstruct or select ten additional sentences illustrat-\\ning the direct object objective.\\nNote that the nouns in full-faced type in the follow-\\ning sentences designate the objects indirectly affected\\nby the action expressed by the verb\\n1. They promised my brother a castle in Spain.\\n2. The authorities gave the general the freedom of the\\ncity.\\n3. He told his father the story.\\n4. He loaned the school many books.\\nIndirect 105. A noun used to denote the relation of an\\nObject object indirectly affected by the action expressed\\nObjective. J i n j\\nby the verb is in the objective case, and is called\\nan indirect object objective.", "height": "2977", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0100.jp2"}, "101": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 85\\nNote that the nouns in full-faced type in the follow-\\ning sentences are used with prepositions\\n1. Health is the creator of happiness.\\n2. Three hundred Greeks fell at Thermopylae.\\n3. The American continent has the longest rivers in the\\nworld.\\n106. A noun used with a preposition is in the\\n1 L Preposi-\\nobjective case and is called the prepositional ob- tional\\njective. Objective.\\nName the nouns in the objective case in the follow-\\ning sentences and state the kind of objective in each\\ncase\\n1. Truth needs no flowers of speech. Pope.\\n2. Poetry is the breath of beauty. Hunt.\\n3. I built my soul a lordly pleasure house. Tennyson.\\n4. Faith builds a bridge across the gulf of death.\\nYoung.\\n5. The Lord s Prayer contains the sum total of religion\\nand morals. Wellington.\\n6. Simple duty hath no place for fear. Whittier.\\n7. Manners carry the world for the moment character,\\nfor all time. Alcott.\\nNote that each of the transitive verbs in the follow-\\ning sentences takes an infinitive phrase as an object.\\nNote that each infinitive has a noun used with it as\\na subject\\n1. The general ordered\\n2. All Troy believed\\nthe enemy I to be dislodged.\\nthe Greeks to have sailed.", "height": "2967", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0101.jp2"}, "102": {"fulltext": "86 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n3. He will not suffer thy foot to be moved.\\n4. The soldiers knew\\nthe stranger to be a spy.\\nSubject 107. The subject of an infinitive is in the objec-\\nObjective. t,i ve case an( j i s called the subject objective.\\n108. The infinitive with a subject is equivalent\\nto a noun clause generally introduced }jy the word\\nthat as,\\ndouble rations to be issued.\\nthat double rations should be issued.\\nThe captain required\\nChange the infinitives with subjects in the foregoing\\nsentences into their equivalent noun clauses.\\nNote that the nouns in full-faced type in the follow-\\ning sentences are predicate nouns\\n1. History will acknowledge Hobson to be a hero.\\n2. The world expects America to be the home of the dis-\\ntressed.\\n3. Nearly all concede Napoleon to be the greatest general\\nof modern times.\\nPredicate 109- predicate noun is in the same case as the\\nObjective, subject of its verb, and when in the objective is\\ncalled the predicate objective.\\nNote that the nouns in full-faced type in the follow-\\ning sentences are in apposition with the nouns which\\nthey follow:", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0102.jp2"}, "103": {"fulltext": "NOUN S. 87\\n1. Paul was born in Tarsus, a city of Cilicia.\\n2. Rugby honors Arnold, the great teacher.\\n3. Massachusetts loved Whittie\\\\, the Quaker poet.\\n110. An appositive is in the same case as the Appositive\\nnoun whose meaning it defines, and when in the Objective,\\nobjective, is called the appositive objective.\\nName the nouns in the objective case in the following\\nsentences, and state the kind of objective in each case\\n1. Night is the dark stem of the lily, Day. Loivell.\\n2. The continent will not suffer England to be the work-\\nshop of the world. Beaconsfiehl.\\n3. Man should always feel himself too great to be a\\nslave. (Manning.\\n4. Out of this nettle, danger, we pluck this flower,\\nsafety. Shakespeare.\\n5. I hold that gentleman to be the best dressed whose\\ndress no one observes. Trollope.\\n6. A wise man knows himself to be a fool. Shakespeare.\\nNote that the nouns in full-faced type in the follow-\\ning sentences are used to denote adverbial relations:\\n1. The war lasted seven years. (How long?)\\n2. That book is worth two dollars. (How much?)\\n3. He weighed two hundred pounds. (How much\\n4. All were happy that afternoon. (When\\n5. The soldiers returned home. (Whither\\n6. The ship sailed twenty miles. (How far\\n7. The farm measured one hundred acres. (How much\\n111. A noun used to express an adverbial rela- Adverbial\\ntion is in the objective case, and is called the Objective.\\nadverbial objective.", "height": "2977", "width": "1907", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0103.jp2"}, "104": {"fulltext": "88 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nName the nouns in the objective case in the following\\nsentence, and state the kind of objective in each cast\\nLast evening the society voted Jones, its most gifted\\nmember, a resolution of thanks, because in his writings lie\\nhad recognized the society to be a mighty power in public\\neducation.\\nFrom the foregoing uses of the objective case we\\nhave the following summarized definition:\\nObjective 112- ^he case a noun that s usec denote\\nCase. the relation of an object to a verb, or the relation\\nof a subject to an infinitive, or in agreement the\\npredicate or appositive relation, or that is used with\\na preposition, or to denote the expression of adverb-\\nial relations, is called the objective case.\\nAnalyze the following sentences, name the nouns,\\nand give the especial use of each noun in the objective\\ncase\\n1. Time brings students many opportunities.\\n2. Patriotism requires the citizen to be a man.\\n3. The lamp of life does not burn many years.\\n4. Truth will come home at last.\\n5. Pandora saved hope, the parent of faith.\\nNote how the analysis of the foregoing sentences is\\nexpressed in the following diagrams.\\nNote especially the form of diagram used to express\\nthe different relations of the objective case.\\n1. Time brings opportunities\\nuianyj", "height": "2977", "width": "2005", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0104.jp2"}, "105": {"fulltext": "NOUNS.\\n89\\n2. Patriotism requires citizen to be man\\nthe\\n3. lamp\\n1\\ndoes burn\\nThe\\nof\\nlife\\nnot years\\nmany\\n4. Truth\\nwill come\\nhome\\nat last\\n5. Pandora saved hope\\nparent\\nthe\\nof I faith\\nAnalyze the following sentences and express the\\nanalysis by diagram according to forms given\\n1. Gravestones tell truth scarce forty years. Broicne.\\n2. To be seventy years young is sometimes far more\\ncheerful than to be forty years old. Holmes.\\n3. Thus when I seek Scylla, your father, I fall into\\nCharybdis, your mother. Shakespeare.\\n4. A wise man will find us to be rogues by our faces.\\nSwift.\\n5. I awoke one morning and found myself famous.\\nByron.\\nC I would by no means wish a daughter of mine to be a\\nprodigy of learning. Sheridan.\\n7. Let his tormentor, conscience, find him out. Milton.\\n8. Homer, thy s n^ men Liken t ill aea\\nWith all the notes of music in its tone. Lang.", "height": "2965", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0105.jp2"}, "106": {"fulltext": "90 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n9. I take all knowledge to be my province. Bacon.\\n10. I have not wept these forty years. Dryden.\\n11. Every aster in my hand\\nGoes home loaded with a thought. Emersoh.\\n12. The ugliest of trades have their moments of pleas-\\nure. Jerrold.\\nPossessive Case.\\nNote that the words in full-faced type in the fol-\\nlowing expressions are used to denote the possessor\\nor the person concerned in some way with the thing\\npossessed.\\n1. A bird s wing.\\n2. My brother s house.\\n3. Motley s histories.\\n4. Washington s birthday.\\n5. LongfeUow s Excelsior.\\n113. The case of a noun used to denote owner-\\nship, authorship, or similar relations, is called the\\npossessive case.\\nPossessive is from the Latin possessions indicating\\npossession.\\nNote in the foregoing forms that the possessive case\\nhas characteristic endings.\\nIn the old English forms the possessive endings were\\nis, ys, and es (in German es is still used as a possessive\\nending).\\nIn the present possessive ending the final 8 of the old\\nendings is retained, and the omission of the preceding\\nvowel is indicated by the sign of the apostrophe\\n(a mark denoting the omission of one or more letters in\\na word).", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0106.jp2"}, "107": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 91\\nObserve the typical forms in full-faced type in the\\nfollowing sentences, and note that the possessive case is\\nformed by affixing s preceded by an apostrophe to the\\nnominative.\\n1. The mother s heart is the child s schoolroom. Beecher.\\n2. Men s vows are women s traitors Shakespeare.\\nObserve the typical forms in full-faced type in the\\nfollowing sentences, and note that when the nominative\\nplural ends in a hissing sound the apostrophe alone is\\naffixed as the possessive ending.\\n1. It is the hour when lovers vows\\nSeem sweet in every whispered word. Byron.\\n2. Like Angels visits, short and bright\\nMortality s too weak to bear them long. Nbrris.\\nSome writers use the apostrophe alone as an affix to\\nthe nominative to form the possessive singular, under\\none or both of the following conditions\\n1. When the nominative singular ends and the next\\nword begins with a hissing sound.\\n2. When the nominative singular is a word of more\\nthan two syllables and ends with a hissing sound as,\\n1. For shortness sake, I will call it the idea of freedom.\\n-^Parker.\\n2. It was Lazarus faith and not his poverty which\\nbrought him into Abraham s bosom. Trench.\\n3. A Damocles sword of respectability hangs forever\\nover the poor, English life writer. Carlyle.\\nObserve the typical forms in the following sentences,\\nand note that in compound words or expressions the\\npossessive ending is affixed to the last word.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0107.jp2"}, "108": {"fulltext": "92 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. Like mountain eat who guards her young,\\nFull at Fitz-James s throat he sprung. Scott.\\n2. It sent them with great good humor into Mrs. Penden-\\nnis s drawing room. Thackeray.\\n3. But the grandsire s chair is empty,\\nThe cottage is dark and still. Winter.\\nObserve the typical possessive forms in the following\\nsentences, and note that when connected words denote\\nseparate possession, the possessive ending is affixed to\\neach word\\n1. The grocers butchers and fruiterers shops were\\nthronged with customers. Irving.\\n2. They spoke with far more interest and miction and\\nemotion of their morning s breakfast, or yesterday s, to-day s,\\nor to-morrows s dinner, than of the shipwreck of forty or\\nfifty years ago. Hawthorne.\\nModern typography is gradually dropping the apos-\\ntrophe in suc h expressions as the Regents examination,\\na teachers association, etc.\\nObserve typical possessive constructions in the fol-\\nlowing sentences, and note that a noun in the possessive\\ncase may be used without its modifying noun when\\nsuch noun can readily be inferred or supplied from the\\ncontext.\\n1. I shed no tears at my own wedding, but I did at\\nFlora s. Curtis.\\n2. St. Paul s is on a scale of grandeur excelling anything\\nI have seen. Taylor.\\n3. The mind is this world s, but the soul is God s.\\nThe preposition of with the objective ease is used to\\ndenote possession.", "height": "2967", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0108.jp2"}, "109": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 93\\n114. Note from examples in the following sentences\\nthat a construction in the form of a double possessive\\nhas received the sanction of good authority\\n1. This did to an unusual degree disclose itself in\\nthese rhymed romances of Scott s. Carlyle.\\n2. Mr. Bourne, the millionaire, was an old lover of\\nPrue s. Curtis.\\n3. Rights are grand things, divine things, in this world\\nof God s. Robertson.\\n4. Niebuhr remarks that no pointed sentences of Caesar s\\ncan have come down to us. Fronde.\\n115. In early English the possessive case quite\\ngenerally followed the uses of the Anglo-Saxon\\ngenitive case, which expressed not only possession\\nand similar relations, but also was used to express\\nsource, fitness, time, etc. This gave the possessive\\ncase a variety of uses, some of which remain cur-\\nrent in such expressions as, the earth s axis, a\\nstone s throw, a nine days wonder. In modern\\nusage the possessive case is quite generally re-\\nstricted to nouns used as names of individuals,\\nanimals, and things personified.\\nChange the following possessive phrases to corre-\\nsponding possessive noun forms\\n1. The tomb of Grant.\\n2. The rays of Phoebus.\\n3. The style of Dickens.\\n4. The tragedies of Euripides.\\n5. The war of the Normans and Saxons.\\nG. The homes of Longfellow, W hittier, Holmes, and\\nEmerson.", "height": "2967", "width": "1904", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0109.jp2"}, "110": {"fulltext": "94 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n7. The laws of God and Nature.\\n8. The haunts of the elephant, lion, and tiger.\\n9. The searchings of science.\\n10. The speed of the horse.\\n11. The stupidity of the ass.\\n12. The reign of George the Fourth.\\n13. The cathedrals of St. Peter and St. Paid.\\nName the class, the gender, the number, and the case\\nof each noun in the following sentences, and explain\\nthe possessive form\\n1. Gossip is a sort of smoke that comes from the dirty-\\ntobacco pipes of those who diffuse it it proves nothing but\\nthe bad taste of the smoker. Eliot.\\n2. A greater autobiography than Edward Gibbon s is\\nour own Benjamin Franklin s. Brooks.\\n3. Give me an ounce of civet, good apothecary, to\\nsweeten my imagination. Shakespeare.\\n4. Be a reader, getting all the information you can,\\nand every fresh information Avill paint some commonplace\\narticle for you with brightness. Hunt.\\n5. Let all the ends thou aimst at be thy country s, thy\\nGod s, and truth s. ShaJiesjware.\\n6. Anger is like a full, hot horse, who, being allowed\\nhis way, self-mettle tires him. Id.\\n7. On Friday evening I dined at Mr. T. B. Reade s, the\\npoet and artist, with a party composed of painters and\\nsculptors. Hawthorne.\\n8. There was reason for these Xerxes tears. Emerson.\\n9. Then shall man s pride and dullness comprehend\\nHis actions passions being s use and end. Pope.\\n10. The Bruce s heart was buried below the high altar\\nin Melrose Abbey. Scott.\\n11. Necessity, my friend, is the mother of courage as of\\ninvention. Id.", "height": "2967", "width": "2006", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0110.jp2"}, "111": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 95\\n12. Books, like men, their authors, have no more than\\none way of coining into the world. Swift.\\n13. My dear, your everlasting blue velvet quite tires\\nme. Thackeray.\\n14. Here s a health to the glowworm,\\nDeath s sober lamplighter. Meredith.\\n15. A good man s character is the world s common\\nlegacy. Whittier.\\n16. Everything is twice as large measured on a three-\\nyear-old s three-foot scale as on a thirty-year-old s six-foot\\nscale. Holmes.\\n17. Where go the poet s lines\\nAnswer, ye evening tapers\\nYe auburn locks, ye golden curls,\\nSpeak from your folded papers. Id.\\nE. INFLECTION AND DECLENSION.\\nWe have seen that the same word may express\\ndifferent properties and relations by means of internal\\nchanges or variable endings.\\n116. The variation in the form of the word to\\nindicate its properties and grammatical relations in\\nthe sentence is called inflection.\\nInflection is from the Latin inflect ere to bend or\\nvary from a direct course.\\nThe English language has but few inflected forms.\\nThe inflection of nouns and pronouns is called declen-\\nsion. In a technical sense there is no declension of nouns\\nin English and only a partial declension of pronouns.\\nThe declension of nouns and pronouns in English\\nhas come to be regarded as simply the form of the ikuui\\nor pronoun in the nominative, possessive, and objective\\ncases in the singular and plural numbers.\\nInflection.", "height": "2985", "width": "1912", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0111.jp2"}, "112": {"fulltext": "96\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nDeclension. 117. In a true sense declension is the deviation\\nof a noun or pronoun from its unit form and its\\nvariations to indicate its properties and grammat-\\nical relations in the sentence.\\nDeclension is from the Latin declinatlo a bending\\naside or deviating from.\\nNote the declension of the nouns, man and boy.\\nSingular,\\nnom. poss. obj.\\nman man s man\\nboy boy s boy\\nPlural.\\nnom. poss. obj.\\nboys boys\\nboys\\nConstruc-\\ntion of a\\nSentence.\\nParsing.\\nF. CONSTRUCTION AND PARSING.\\nWe have learned the elements of a grammatical\\nsentence and that these elements are built up into\\nsentences, or bound together into a sentence by certain\\nrelations.\\n118. The way that a sentence is built up or con-\\nstructed is called the construction of a sentence.\\nConstruction is from the Latin eonstructio a putting\\ntogether.\\nThe different ways that sentences are built up are\\nthe different constructions of sentences.\\nWhile parts of speech are sentence elements, they are\\nalso units with regard to the different ways that they\\nare used with one another in sentence construction.\\nThe resolving of a sentence into its elements is\\nanalysis.\\n119. The resolving of the elements into their\\nkinds, forms, uses, and relations is called parsing.", "height": "2985", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0112.jp2"}, "113": {"fulltext": "NOUNS.\\n97\\nParse is from the Latin pars a part.\\nWe are now prepared to parse a noun.\\nTo parse a noun is to answer the following questions\\nregarding it\\n1. What kind of noun is it\\n2. What gender, if any, has it\\n3. What number does it express\\n4. What is its relation in the sentence construction\\nParse the sentence,\\nWashington taught truthfulness.\\nWashington\\ntamrht\\ntruthfulness\\nis a word used as a name, hence a\\nis a noun not belonging to a\\nclass, hence a\\nis used to refer to male sex,\\nhence,\\nis used to refer to a single indi-\\nvidual, hence,\\nis used as subject of verb, taught,\\nhence,\\nis a word used to express what\\nWashington does, hence a\\nis a word used as a name, hence a\\nis a noun used as the name be-\\nlonging to a class, hence a\\nis a common noun used as the\\nname of a quality, hence an\\nis not used to refer to sex, hence\\nis used to denote an individual\\nthing, hence,\\nis used as object of verb taught,\\nhence,\\nproper\\nnoun.\\nmasculine\\ngender.\\nsingular\\nnumber.\\nnomina-\\ntive case.\\nverb,\\nnoun,\\ncommon\\nnoun.\\nabstract\\nnoun.\\na neuter\\nnoun.\\nsingula!\\nnumber\\nobjective\\ncase.", "height": "2967", "width": "1904", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0113.jp2"}, "114": {"fulltext": "98 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nParsing Summary.\\nWashington is a proper noun, masculine gender,\\nsingular number, nominative ease, subject nominative\\nof verb, tau \u00e2\u0096\u00a0(/lit.\\nTruthfulness is a common, abstract, neuter noun,\\nsingular number and objective case, direct object objec-\\ntive of verb, taught.\\nAnalyze the following sentences, express the analysis\\nby diagram, and parse each noun:\\n1. Much wisdom often goes with fewest words.\\n2. Excess of duty speaks a lack of mind.\\n3. A flock of geese saved Rome.\\n4. Camoens is Portugal s greatest poet.\\n5. Excess weakens the spirits.\\n6. Hope is a waking man s dream.\\n7. Perseverance kills the game.\\n8. Toleration is the best religion.\\n9. Landscapes are Nature s pictures.\\n10. All our dignity lies in our thoughts.\\nG. SUMMARY OF DEFINITIONS.\\nA common noun is a noun that is used as the\\nname of a class, or the name shared by individuals\\nof a class.\\nA collective noun is a common noun that is the\\nname of a group of similar objects.\\nAn abstract noun is a common noun thai is the\\nname of an action, a quality or a state of action.\\nA proper noun is a noun that is used as the name\\nof an individual object not belonging to a class.\\nGender is the grammatical distinction between", "height": "2977", "width": "1886", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0114.jp2"}, "115": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 99\\nthe names of animals or living things by reference\\nto sex.\\nThe masculine gender is the gender that desig-\\nnates a noun as the name of an animal of the male\\nsex.\\nThe feminine gender is the gender that designates\\na noun as the name of an animal of the female sex.\\nThe common gender is the gender that designates\\na noun as the name alike of both sexes.\\nNumber is that property of a noun which indi-\\ncates whether one or more than one object is\\ndesignated.\\nThe singular number is the number that indi-\\ncates that one object is designated.\\nThe plural number is the number that indicates\\nthat more than one object is designated.\\nCase is that property or use of a noun that\\ndenotes its relation to other words in the sentence.\\nThe subject nominative is the nominative case\\nused to denote the relation of a subject to its verb.\\nThe predicate nominative is the nominative case\\nused to denote the relation of a predicate noun to\\nits verb.\\nThe appositive nominative is the nominative case\\nused to denote the relation of an appositive to\\nanother noun in the nominative.\\nThe vocative nominative is the nominative case\\nused to denote the relation of the person or thing\\naddressed.\\nLofC.", "height": "2967", "width": "1903", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0115.jp2"}, "116": {"fulltext": "100 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nThe nominative absolute is the nominative case\\nused in absolute constructions.\\nThe direct object objective is the objective case\\nused to denote the relation of an object to a tran-\\nsitive verb.\\nThe indirect object objective is the objective case\\nused to denote the relation of the object indirectly\\naffected by the action that the verb is used to\\nexpress.\\nThe prepositional objective is the objective case\\nused with a preposition to denote various rela-\\ntions.\\nThe subject objective is the objective case used\\nto express the relation of a subject to an infinitive.\\nThe predicate objective is the objective case used\\nto denote the relation of a predicate noun to an\\ninfinitive with the subject objective.\\nThe appositive objective is the objective case\\nused to denote the relation of an appositive to\\nanother noun in the objective case.\\nThe adverbial objective is the objective case used\\nto denote adverbial relations.\\nThe possessive case is the case that is used to\\ndenote the relation of ownership, authorship, or\\nsimilar relations to the object designated.\\nThe construction of a sentence is the way a sen-\\ntence is built up or constructed.\\nParsing is the resolving of the elements of a\\nsentence into their kinds, forms, uses, and relations.", "height": "2980", "width": "1966", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0116.jp2"}, "117": {"fulltext": "NOUNS. 101\\nOUTLINE CLASSIFICATION OF NOUNS, THEIR\\nPROPERTIES AND RELATIONS.\\nI. Classes.\\nII.\\nGender.\\n1. Proper.\\n1. Masculine.\\n2. Common.\\n2. Feminine.\\na. Collective.\\n3. Common\\nb. Abstract.\\n(Neuter nouns)\\nIII. Number.\\n1. Singular.\\n2. Plural.\\nIV. Case.\\n1. Nominative.\\n2. In agreement.\\na. By predication (Predicate nominative).\\nb. In apposition (Appositive nominative).\\n3. In independent relations.\\na. By address (Vocative nominative).\\nb. In absolute constructions\\n(Nominative absolute).\\n2. Possessive.\\n3. Objective.\\n1. As object.\\na. Direct (Direct object objective).\\nb. Indirect (Indirect object objective).\\n2. With preposition (Prepositional objective).\\n3. As subject of infinitive (Subject objective).\\n4. In agreement.\\na. By predication (Predicate objective).\\nb. In apposition (Appositive objective).\\n5. In adverbial relations (Adverbial objective", "height": "2967", "width": "1904", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0117.jp2"}, "118": {"fulltext": "102 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nII. PRONOUNS.\\n1 A pronoun is a reference word used to represent\\nsome person or thing. (Review 42-44.)\\nInasmuch as nouns and pronouns axe used to desig-\\nnate the same persons or things, a pronoun may refer\\nto a noun to obtain through it definiteness of meaning.\\nNote the nouns to which pronouns refer in the fol-\\nlowing sentences\\n1. Heaven never helps the men who will not act.\\nShakespeare.\\n2. Knowledge cannot be stolen from ns. It cannot be\\nbought or sold. Burritt.\\n3. Thy wife is a constellation of virtues. She s the\\nmoon, and thou art the man in the moon. Congn m\\n4. The hooded clouds, like friars,\\nTell their beads in drops of rain. Longfellow.\\n120. The noun to which a pronoun refers for\\nAntecedent.\\ndefiniteness of meaning is called its antecedent.\\n121. The antecedent of a pronoun is a noun or\\nequivalent expression used either to name or desig-\\nnate the person or thing to which the pronoun\\nrefers.\\n122. Pronouns are used to distinguish gender,\\nnumber, person, and case. While in nouns the\\ndistinguishing of gender, number, and case is\\nlargely a matter of classification, in pronouns\\n1 See Notes for Teachers, 5.", "height": "2967", "width": "1878", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0118.jp2"}, "119": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n103\\ngender, number, and case are most commonly\\ndesignated by separate forms.\\nA. PERSONAL AND NEUTER PRONOUNS. 1\\nSimple Personal and Neuter Pronouns.\\nNote that tlie pronouns in full-faced type in the\\nfollowing sentences are used to designate persons as\\nspeaking, spoken to, or spoken about\\n1. I mean to stand upon the Constitution. I need no\\nother platform. Webster.\\n2. He that has lost his faith, what staff has he left\\nBacon.\\n3. Experience converts us to ourselves when books fail\\nus. Alcott.\\n4. If thou art rich, thou art poor. Shakespeare.\\n123. That property of pronouns which, is used\\nto designate a person as speaking, spoken to, or\\nspoken about, is called person.\\n124. Pronouns that by their form are used to\\ndistinguish or designate the different relations of Pronouns,\\nperson are called personal pronouns.\\nPersonal is from the Latin personalis personal or\\nindividual.\\nNote that the personal pronoun, in sentence (1),\\nis used to refer to a person as speaking.\\nNote that the personal pronoun, we, in sentence (2),\\nis used to refer to a person as speaking of himself and\\nothers.\\n1. i preached as never sure to preach again. Baxter.\\nL Pis swci t to think where er we roam\\nWe an sure to liml something blissful ami dear.\\nMoore.\\n1 Sic Nuits tor Teachers.\\nPerson.\\nPersonal", "height": "2967", "width": "1902", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0119.jp2"}, "120": {"fulltext": "104\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nFirst\\nPerson.\\nSecond\\nPerson.\\n125. A personal pronoun used to refer to a\\nperson as speaking of himself, or of himself and\\nothers, is called a personal pronoun of the first\\nperson.\\nNote that the personal pronouns, thou, you, and ye,\\nin the following sentences are used to refer to persons\\nspoken to and spoken about.\\n1. Thou wert my guide, philosopher, and friend. Pope.\\n2. You may break, you may shatter the vase if you will,\\nBut the scent of the roses will hang round it still.\\nMoore.\\n3. Ye may trace my steps in the waking earth. Hemans.\\n126. A personal pronoun used to refer to a per-\\nson as spoken to, and at the same time spoken\\nabout, is called a personal pronoun of the second\\nperson.\\nThird\\nPerson.\\nNote that the personal pronouns, he, she, and they,\\nin the following sentences are used to refer to persons\\nspoken about, without at the same time speaking to\\nthem.\\n1. He was ever precise in promise keeping. Shakespeare.\\n2. She is not made to be the admiration of everybody.\\nBurke\\n3. What persons are by starts, they are by nature.\\nSterne.\\n121. A personal pronoun used to refer to a per-\\nson as spoken about, but not at the same time\\nspoken to, is called a personal pronoun of the third\\nperson.", "height": "2977", "width": "1974", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0120.jp2"}, "121": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 105\\nDECLENSION OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\nSingular. Plural,\\nnom. poss. obj. nom. poss. obj.\\n_ mine our\\nII.\\nX 111C we\\n(my ours\\nj Th0U ithy ne thee ye I yol you\\nI You j y0Ur you you jy\u00c2\u00b0 U1 you\\nI (yours J J (yours J\\n(He his him (their\\nIIL She to i\u00c2\u00ab-i-\\nhers\\n1 The neuter pronoun is declined as follows\\nthem\\nIt its it they them\\nJ theirs\\nThe neuter pronoun bears the same relation to per-\\nsonal pronouns that a neuter noun does to gender nouns.\\nAll personal pronoun and neuter pronoun forms are\\nderived from the Anglo-Saxon.\\nNote in the foregoing declension that you and its in-\\nflected forms are used in both the singular and plural\\nnumbers. In earlier English you was a plural pronoun,\\nthe objective case of ye. You now is used to refer to\\none or more than one person, but when used as a subject\\nis followed by the plural verb form.\\nTJiou and its forms, thy, thine, thee, and the plural\\nform, ye, are sometimes called second personal pronouns\\nof the Old Form.\\nThese forms were at one time used in terms of inti-\\nmacy, superiority, or content, but now are used only in\\npoetry and elevated forms of prose, as invocations,\\nprayers, etc.; as,\\n1 See Notes for Teachers, 7.", "height": "2964", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0121.jp2"}, "122": {"fulltext": "106\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. Roll on, thou deep and dark blue Ocean roll!\\nTen thousand fleets sweep over thee in vain. Byron.\\n2. Father, Thy hand\\nHath reared these venerable columns Thou\\nDidst weave this verdant roof. Bryant.\\n3. Come, shade of Jeffreys, thou judicial butcher; for\\nover two hundred years thy name has been pilloried on the\\nface of the world and thy memory gibbeted before mankind.\\nParker.\\n4. Ye crags and peaks, I m with you once again.\\nKnowles.\\n5. If ye are brutes, then stand here like fat oxen waiting\\nfor the butcher s knife if ye are men, follow me. Kellogg.\\nThe Old Form, somewhat modified, is used to-day\\nby the society of Friends or Quakers, who use thee as a\\nsubject and also an object form.\\nNote in the foregoing declension that there are two\\npronoun forms in the third person, singular; he, the\\nmasculine gender pronoun, and she, the feminine gender\\npronoun.\\nNote in the foregoing declension that the same form\\nis used for the plural of the masculine and feminine\\ngenders of the third personal pronouns, and also for the\\nplural of the neuter pronoun; hence, the definite mean-\\ning of they, their, theirs, and them can only hi- known\\nthrough the medium of their antecedents; as,\\n1. If ladies be but young and fair.\\nThey have the gift to know it. Shakespeare.\\n2. Heroes, it would seem, exist always and a certain\\nworship of them. Carlyle.\\n3. And shade tin 1 violets\\nThat they may bind the moss in leafy nets. Keats,", "height": "2967", "width": "1982", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0122.jp2"}, "123": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 107\\nThe neuter pronoun, it, is used in referring to an\\ninanimate object that has no sex distinction, or to\\nan animate object when sex distinction is disregarded;\\nas,\\n1. No star seemed less than what science taught us that\\nit is. Cooper.\\n2. A simple child\\nThat lightly draws its breath,\\nAnd feels its life in every limb,\\nWhat should it know of death Worclsivortli.\\nMy and thy are shortened forms of mine and thine. p\\nOurs, yours, hers, and theirs are double possessive forms,\\nforms, as they are constructed by possessive endings\\nbeing affixed to the possessive forms, our, your, her,\\ntheir; as,\\nOur -f- es oures our s ours.\\nOurs, yours, hers, theirs are used to express the pos-\\nsessive relation without modifying nouns.\\nOur, your, her, their, my, thy, are used to express pos-\\nsessive relations with modifying nouns.\\nMine, thine, his, its, are used to express the possessive\\nrelation with or without modifying nouns.\\nAt one time mine and thine were used in any form\\nof discourse before modifying nouns beginning with a\\nvowel sound, but are now used only in poetry and im-\\npassioned prose; as,\\n1. Mine eye shall see my desire on mine enemies. Bible.\\nWhy, man, she is mine own. Shakespeare.\\nMine eyes have seen the glory of the coming of the\\nLord. Howe.\\n4. I bade thee grasp that treasure as thine honor.\\nBulwer.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0123.jp2"}, "124": {"fulltext": "108 ENGLISH GBAMMAR.\\nThe neuter pronoun its is formed after the analogy\\nof adding s to form the possessive. It is from the An-\\nglo-Saxon, hit, the neuter, singular form of he. In\\nearly English both hit and it are used in nominative\\nand objective case relations.\\nIts did not come into use until the end of the six-\\nteenth century. Previous to that time his (possessive\\nof hit) and her were used to express relations afterward\\nexpressed by its as,\\n1. How far that little candle throws his beams.\\nShakespeare.\\n2. The tree of life which bare twelve manner of fruits,\\nand yielded her fruit every mouth. Bible.\\nMasculine and feminine gender pronouns are some-\\ntimes used to refer to inanimate things when such\\nthings are regarded as persons, for the sake of giving\\nvividness in the expression of characteristics.\\nCharacteristics of beauty, delicacy, refinement, grace,\\nand the like are regarded as womanly attributes hence\\nthe personal pronoun of the feminine gender ma\\\\ be\\nused to refer to any one of these attributes, and repre-\\nsent it as a person of the female sex as,\\n1. The daisy s cheek is tipp d with a blush,\\nShe is of such low degree. Hood.\\n2. The moon pulled off her veil of light\\nThat hides her face by day from sight. Butler.\\nCharacteristics of strength, ruggedness, power, and\\nthe like are regarded as manly attributes hence the\\npersonal pronoun of the masculine gender may be used\\nto refer to any one of these attributes, and represent it\\nas a person of the male sex as,", "height": "2977", "width": "1894", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0124.jp2"}, "125": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 109\\n1. The rising sun complies with our weak sight,\\nFirst gilds the clouds, then shows his globe of light.\\nWaller.\\n2. A song to the oak, the brave old oak,\\nWho hath ruled in the greenwood long;\\nHere s health and renown to his broad green crown,\\nAnd his fifty arms so strong. Charley.\\nThe plural forms of the first personal pronoun are Number\\nfrequently used to designate a single person as in the Special\\ncase of a speaker or writer representing many hearers Uses.\\nor readers, especially in the case of editors of news-\\npapers, or in the case of a sovereign representing all\\nsubjects as,\\n1. We would first speak of the Puritans, the most\\nremarkable body of men perhaps which the world has ever\\nproduced. Macaulay.\\n2. We, Nicholas, Czar of all the Eussias, etc.\\nThe plural forms of the second and third personal\\npronouns are sometimes used without referring to any\\ndefinite persons, but in referring to persons indefinitely\\nas,\\n1. It is necessary in music when you strike a discord to\\nlet down the ear by an intermediate note or two to accord\\nagain. Emerson.\\n2. Labor, you know, is prayer. Taylor.\\n.3. Second thoughts, they say, are best. Dryden.\\n4. They say best men are molded out of faults.\\nShakespeare.\\nBesides the general uses of the neuter pronoun, it,\\noilier uses are found. Uses of\\nI. It is used impersonally, i.e. not referring to any it.\\nknown or definite thing as,", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0125.jp2"}, "126": {"fulltext": "110 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\n1. Too like the lightning which doth cease to be\\nEre one can say It lightens. Shakespeare.\\n2. How dull and how unbearable a beast\\nIs man, who yet would lord it o er the rest. Dryden,\\n3. Thy mistress leads thee a dog s life of it. Irving.\\nII. It is used in regular position of subject to antici-\\npate the real subject placed after the verb as,\\n1. It is your balance at the banker s which gives you such\\nimportance in the city. Curtis.\\n2. It needs a man to perceive a man. Akott.\\n3. It is chiefly through books that we enjoy intercourse\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0with superior minds. Channimj.\\nVerbs like meseems and methinlcs are in reality im-\\npersonal verbs with the indirect object objective me\\nprefixed. Both verbs are equivalent in expression,\\nviz., it seems to me.\\nIdiomatic After analogy of nouns, personal pronouns in the\\nUses of the possessive case are used in nominative and objective\\nPossessive case relations, and designate by their form the relation\\nPrcTo \u00c2\u00b0s ie P ossessor an( l by their use in the sentence the\\nrelation of the persons or things possessed.\\n1. The world is his who can see through its pretense.\\nEmerson.\\n2. Good-by, proud world, I m going home;\\nThou art not my friend, and I m not thine. Id.\\n3. Theirs not to make reply,\\nTheirs not to reason why.\\nTheirs but to do and die. Tennyson.\\nPersonal pronouns in the possessive ease used to\\nexpress possessive relations without modifying nouns,\\nwith the preposition of, form idiomatic phrases similar", "height": "2977", "width": "1965", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0126.jp2"}, "127": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. Ill\\nto those formed with of and the possessive case of\\nnouns (see 114) as,\\n1. Speak to these curious hearts of ours,\\nAnd teach them to be still. Alexander.\\n2. Now Heaven bless that sweet face of thine.\\nShakespeare.\\n3. This earth of ours has been spinning about in space,\\nthe great philosophers tell us, some five hundred millions of\\nyears. Motley.\\n4. In this broad earth of ours nestles the seed, per-\\nfection. Whitman.\\nCompound Personal and Neuter Pronouns.\\n128. The word, self, and its plural, selves, are\\nadded to some forms of the personal pronoun and\\nform what are called compound personal pronouns.\\nSingular. myself yourself himself herself\\nPlural. ourselves yourselves themselves\\nThe singular, thyself, and ourself are sometimes used.\\n129. After the analogy of personal pronouns\\ncompound neuter pronouns are formed; as,\\nSingular. itself\\nPlural. themselves\\n1. Mirth itself is too often but Melancholy in disguise.\\n2. Thoughts unexpressed may sometimes fall back dead,\\nBut God himself can t kill them when they re said.\\narleton.\\n3. Beauty itself is but the sensible image of the Infinite.\\nBomcroft.", "height": "2967", "width": "1912", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0127.jp2"}, "128": {"fulltext": "112 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n4. The fearful unbelief is the unbelief in yourself.\\nCarlyle.\\n5. Himself is his only dungeon. Milton.\\n6. Bells call others, but themselves enter not into the\\nchurch. Herbert.\\nNote that each of the compound personal or neuter\\npronouns in the foregoing sentences (1), (2), and (3)\\nis used to emphasize or give intensity to that for which\\nthe noun stands.\\nNote that each of the compound personal or neuter\\npronouns in foregoing sentences (4), (5), (6) is used\\nto emphasize or give intensity to that which is repre-\\nsented by a pronoun itself or in connection with a pro-\\nnoun implied.\\nEmphatic or Intensive Pkonoun.\\n130. A compound personal neuter pronoun, when\\nused to emphasize or give intensity to that which\\nis named by the noun, or that which is represented\\nPronoun, by the pronoun itself or in connection with a pro-\\nnoun implied, is called an emphatic or intensive\\npronoun.\\n1. Make yourself necessary to somebody. Em rson.\\n2. Content thyself to be obscurely good. Addison.\\n3. What a poet says proves itself to our minds. Lowell.\\n4. Crimes generally punish themselves. Goldsmith.\\nNote that the compound personal and neuter pro-\\nnouns in the foregoing sentences are used to refer\\nto the same persons or things as the subjects of the\\nverb.\\nIntensive", "height": "2982", "width": "1968", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0128.jp2"}, "129": {"fulltext": "Eeflexive\\nPRONOUNS. 113\\nEeflexive Pkonouns.\\n131. A compound personal or neuter pronoun\\nused to refer to the same person or thing as the\\nsubject of the verb of the sentence is called a Pronoun\\nreflexive pronoun.\\nName the intensive and reflexive pronouns in the\\nfollowing sentences\\n1. We judge ourselves by what we are capable of doing.\\nLongfellow.\\n2. A good intention clothes itself with sudden power.\\nEmerson.\\n3. He who would keep himself to himself shoidd imi-\\ntate the dumb animals and dumb water. Lytton.\\n4. A dream itself is but the shadow. Shakespeare.\\n5. I have some wounds upon me, and they smart to hear\\nthemselves remembered. Id.\\n6. Men of age content themselves with a medioc-\\nrity of success. Bacon.\\n7. At last they steal us from ourselves away. Pope.\\n8. They who are pleased themselves must always please\\nThomson.\\n9. Shake off this downy sleep, death s counterfeit, and\\nlook on death itself. Shakespeare.\\n10. I have myself to respect, but to myself I am not\\namiable, but my friend is my amiableness personified.\\nThoreau.\\n1 1. The first great work is that yourself may to yourself\\nbe true. Roscommon.\\nName the personal, neuter, intensive, and reflexive\\npronouns in the following sentences, and parse each\\npronoun:", "height": "2977", "width": "1912", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0129.jp2"}, "130": {"fulltext": "114 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. Our necessities never equal our wants. Franklin.\\n2. Kindness itself is the best of all truths. Hunt.\\n3. They say women and music should never be dated.\\nGoldsmith.\\n4. He loves his old, hereditary trees. Cowley.\\n5. They always talk who never think. Prior.\\n6. Such was the Lowell whom I and mine knew and\\nloved. Stephen.\\n7. Monuments themselves memorials make. Crabbe.\\n8. Thou art an elm, my husband; I, a vino. Shah spt are.\\n9. Yours is the greater treason, for yours is the treason\\nof friendship. Longfellow.\\n10. This life of ours is a wild seolian harp of many a\\njoyous strain. Id.\\n11. No really great man ever thought himself so.\\nEmerson.\\n12. I look xipon a library as a mental chemist s simp.\\nHolmes.\\n13. My meaning in saying he is a good man is to have\\nyou understand me that he is sufficient. Shakespeare.\\n14. The path of nature is indeed a narrow one, and it is\\nonly the immortals that seek it. Lowell.\\n15. We trust nature, our fellows, and even God himself\\nbecause we are obliged to. Holland.\\n16. Even the sun veils himself in his own rays to blind\\nthe gaze of the too curious starer. Alcott.\\n17. You have no business with consequences. You are\\nto tell the truth. Johnson.\\n18. Would you hurt a woman worst? Aim at her\\naffections. Wallace.\\n19. We know through conscience that we must answer\\nfor what we are and for what we do to a power outside\\nof us. Cook.\\n20. Would 3 ou know how firsl he met her?\\nShe was cutting bread and butter. Thackeray.", "height": "2977", "width": "1886", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0130.jp2"}, "131": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 115\\n21. I would rather make my name than inherit it. Id.\\n22. Obedience completes itself in understanding. Brooks.\\n23. If you read a poet s masterpieces, you know them.\\nIf you have read everything which he has written, you\\nknow him. Id.\\n24. It is mind after all which does the work of the\\nworld. Channing.\\n25. The thunder,\\nWinged with red lightning and impetuous rage,\\nPerhaps hath spent his shafts. Milton.\\n26. Or if Nature feeble were,\\nHeaven itself would stoop to her. Id.\\n27. The king himself has followed her\\nWhen she has walked before. Goldsmith.\\n28. It is noble to seek truth, and it is beautiful to find\\nit. Smith.\\n29. We have met the enemy, and they are ours. Perry.\\n30. Poetry is a jealous mistress she demands life, wor-\\nship, tact, the devotion of our highest faculties. Stedman.\\n31. Write it on your hearts that every day is the best\\nday of the year. Emerson.\\n32. They that govern make the least noise. Selden.\\n33. Ye little stars hide your diminished rays. Pope.\\n34. Methinks, with his heavy heart and weary brain,\\nTime should himself be glad to die. Hawthorne.\\n35. What would the rose with all her pride be worth\\nWere there no sun to call her brightness forth\\nMoore.\\nB. DEMONSTUATIVE PRONOUN.\\nNote that this, that, these, those, in the following sen-\\ntences are pronouns, and are used to point out or direct\\nattention to the objects to wliieh they refer.\\n1. This is no tit, place for you and me. This is a place\\nthey are bound to watch. Stevenson.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0131.jp2"}, "132": {"fulltext": "Demonstra\\ntive\\n116 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\n2. Those who have known grief seldom seem sad.\\nBeaconsfield.\\n3. They had few books, but these were of the best.\\nLowell\\n4. We work, and that is godlike. Holland.\\n132. A pronoun that is used to direct attention\\nto that which it represents is called a demonstra-\\nPrononn. tive pronoun.\\nDemonstrative is from the Latin demonstratus\\npointed out or shown.\\nThe demonstrative pronouns are this, plural these,\\nand that, plural those.\\nThis is used to direct attention to a person or thing\\nnear at hand or near in thought.\\nThat is used to direct attention to a person or thing\\nmore remote in position or in thought.\\nThis refers to the nearer antecedent in the sentence\\nthat to the antecedent more remote as\\n1. Some place the bliss in action, some in ease,\\nThose call it pleasure; and contentment, these. Pope.\\n2. Farewell, my friends farewell, my foes\\nMy peace with these, my love with those. Bums.\\nDemonstrative pronouns are used alone, or are used\\nwith their antecedents with the force of adjectives.\\nName each demonstrative pronoun in the Eollowing\\nsentences tell whether it is used alone or with its\\nantecedent, and explain whether it expresses a near or\\na remote relation\\n1. That life is long which answers life s great end.\\nYoung.", "height": "2977", "width": "1894", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0132.jp2"}, "133": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 117\\n2. These are no more his moods than are those of re-\\nligion and philosophy. Emerson.\\n3. In this fool s paradise he drank delight. Crabbe.\\n4. These little things are great to a little man.\\nGoldsmith.\\n5. To-morrow is that lamp upon the marsh which a\\ntraveler never reaches. Tupper.\\n6. This is my birthday, and a happier one was never\\nmine. Longfellow.\\n7. By those who look close to the ground dirt will be\\nseen. Johnson.\\n8. This is a reading and a thinking age. Phillips.\\n9. That is the bitterest of all to wear the yoke of\\nour own wrongdoing. Eliot.\\n10. Has not God borne with you these many years\\nBallou.\\n11. Those families, you know, are our upper crust.\\nCooper.\\n12. The power of perception is that which we call under-\\nstanding. Locke.\\nC. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.\\nSimple Indefinite Pkonouns.\\nNote that the words in full-faced t}-pe in the fol-\\nlowing sentences are pronouns, for they are used to\\nrefer to persons or things without naming them.\\n1. All would live long, but none would be old. Johnson.\\n2. Each shall give us a grain of gold after the washing.\\nEiui -rstni.\\n3. Blessed be agriculture if one does not have too\\nmuch of it. Warner.\\n4. I would help others out of a fellow-feeling. Drydi n.", "height": "2964", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0133.jp2"}, "134": {"fulltext": "118 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nNote that these pronouns arc used to refer to any or\\nto no specific person or thing, or to an indefinite quan-\\ntity or number of persons or things.\\nIndefinite 133 A pronoun that is used to refer to any or\\nPronoun, to no specific person or thing, or to an indefinite\\nquantity or number of persons or things, is called\\nan indefinite pronoun.\\nIndefinite is from the Latin indefinitus not ex-\\nplicit, vague.\\n134. Some indefinite pronouns are used with\\ntheir antecedents with the force of adjectives, and\\nfor that reason they are sometimes called adjective\\npronouns.\\nThe indefinite pronouns are more numerous than all\\nthe other pronouns, but the actual number of indefinite\\npronouns is a matter of opinion, for the dividing line\\nbetween indefinite pronouns and substantive adjectives\\nand nouns is not so clearly defined as to be generally\\naccepted.\\nThe following are the more generally accepted in-\\ndefinite pronouns\\nOne is from the old numeral, an, and as an indefinite\\npronoun is especially used for the word man (German,\\nman), which is found in early English. It. takes tin-\\nplace of a third personal pronoun with indeterminate\\ngender. As a pronoun it is inflected in both numbers,\\nand with the force of an adjective is used with nouns\\nin the singular number as,\\n1. One must be poor to know the luxury of giving.\\nEliot.\\nOne.", "height": "2985", "width": "1878", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0134.jp2"}, "135": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 119\\n2. Long pains are light ones cruel ones are brief. Saxe.\\n3. To sit for one s portrait is like being present at one s\\nown creation. Smith.\\n4. One on God s side is a majority. Phillips.\\nThe tendency among careful writers is to use the\\npossessive one s instead of his when used to express\\nthe idea of indeterminate gender.\\nOther (the different one), another (one other), either Other,\\n(one out of two), neither (not one out of two), can be Another,\\nused in a technical sense only in referring to one of two lt r: er\\nJ s Neither.\\npersons or things, or to one ot two classes of persons or\\nthings.\\nOther means one separated from all others.\\nAnother means one added to the others.\\nEither offers a choice of one or the other.\\nNeither denies a choice of one or the other.\\n135. Either and neither are sometimes called\\nalternative pronouns.\\nIn its substantive use other is declined in both num-\\nbers and with the force of an adjective is used with\\nnouns in the singular or in the plural number as,\\n1. Avoid witticisms at the expense of others. Mann.\\n2. The way to find truth is by others mistakes. Selden.\\n3. I was born to other things. Tennyson.\\nAnother, either, neither, are declined in the singular\\nnumber, and with force of adjectives are used with\\nnouns in t he singular as,\\n1. Another s sword had laid him low. Campbell.\\n_ Either s heart did ache a little while with thought of\\nthe old daj s. Morris.", "height": "2985", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0135.jp2"}, "136": {"fulltext": "120 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n3. The pastor was made to take his seat before the altar\\nwith two sacristans, one on either side. Irving.\\n4. Love made them not where either party is not\\ntrue nor kind.\\nAU. (every one of) is used both with a substantive\\nand with an adjective force. As a substantive, refer-\\nring to persons, all is used in the plural. When referring\\nto things it is used in the singular number.\\nWith an adjective force all is used with nouns in the\\nsingular or plural number as,\\n1. All are not taken. Browning.\\n2. What though the field is lost, all is not lost. Milton.\\n3. All haste implies weakness. Mavdonald.\\n4. All things work together for good to them that love\\nGod. Tlie Bible.\\nEach Each (one and like*) is used both as a substantive\\nEvery, and with the force of an adjective. Ever)/ (all and\\neach) has no longer a substantive use, but retains its\\npronoun significance when used with the force of an\\nadjective.\\nEach in its substantive use is used in the singular.\\nEach and every with the force of adjectives are used\\nwith singular nouns.\\n136. Each and every are sometimes called dis-\\ntributive pronouns because they are used to refer\\nto the different members or individuals that make\\nup a class.\\nEach is used in referring to a class made up of two\\nor more individuals or members.\\nEvery is used in referring to a class made up of three\\nor more individuals or members.", "height": "2985", "width": "1878", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0136.jp2"}, "137": {"fulltext": "PRONOUXS. 121\\nEach represents the individual members as making\\nup a class.\\nEvery represents the class as made up of individual\\nmembers.\\n1. Each is strong relying on his own, and each is\\nbetrayed when he seeks in himself the courage of others.\\nEmerson.\\n2. And each heart is whispering, Home, home at last.\\nHood.\\n3. Every wish is a prayer with God.\\nMrs. Browning.\\nNone (not one) is used as a substantive in the None.\\nsingular and in the plural number. The adjective force\\nof none is expressed by no, a shortened form of none.\\n1. Where none are beaux tis vain to be a belle.\\nLyttleton.\\n2. None but the brave deserves the fair. Dryden.\\n3. No day is without its innocent hope. Buskin.\\nSome (certain number or quantity of) is used as a Some.\\nsubstantive and with an adjective force. As a sub-\\nstantive it is used only in the plural, and with an adjec-\\ntive force it is used with nouns in the singular or in the\\nplural number as,\\n1. Some are born great, some achieve greatness, and\\nsome have greatness thrust upon them. Shakespeare.\\n2. Some people are more nice than wise. Cowper.\\nAny (single one or class of) is used as a substantive Any.\\nand with the force of an adjective. In its substantive\\nuse any is generally in the plural number, and with\\nthe force of an adjective it is used with singular or\\nplural nouns.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0137.jp2"}, "138": {"fulltext": "122\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR\\n1. I have not seen you lately at any of the places I visit.\\nSteele.\\n2. Has any old fellow got mixed with the boys Holmes.\\nAught, Aught (ever a thing), naught (never a thing), are\\nNaught, used only as substantives in the singular number as,\\n1. Unfaith in aught is want of faith in all. Tennyson.\\n2. You could do naught that was not pure and loving.\\nEliot.\\nSuch.\\nCertain.\\nSeveral.\\nSuch (so like) is used as a substantive, and with the\\nforce of an adjective. As a substantive such is gener-\\nally in the plural number, but with the force of an\\nadjective is used with singular or with plural nouns.\\n1. Some there be that shadows kiss,\\nSuch have but a shadow s bliss. Shakespeare.\\n2. These enemies over the seas and over the mountain\\nare such men as we. Emerson.\\n3. Such a nature, tickled with good success, disdains the\\nshadow which he treads on at noon. Shakespeare.\\nCertain (the especial and separate ones) as a substan-\\ntive is used in the plural number, and with the force of\\nan adjective is used with singular or with plural nouns.\\n1. The Count of Oifuentes followed, with certain\\nchivalry of Seville. Irving.\\n2. There is a certain majesty in pleasure. JSouth.\\n\u00c2\u00bbf the\\nSeveral (separate ones) as a substantive is used in\\nthe plural, and with the force of an adjective is used\\nwith singular and plural nouns.\\n1. Several of them neither rose from any conspicuous\\nfamily nor left any behind them. Addison.", "height": "2977", "width": "1894", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0138.jp2"}, "139": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 123\\n2. Each several ship a victory did win. Dryden.\\n3. At Paris I drove to several hotels and could not get\\nadmission. Sidney Smith.\\n137. Note that the words in full-faced type in\\nthe following sentences have certain pronoun char-\\nacteristics. These words are frequently classed as\\nindefinite or adjective pronouns.\\n1. And both were young, and one was beautiful. Byron.\\n2. Common sense is instinct, and enough of it is genius.\\nShaw.\\n3. Much may be said on both sides. Addison.\\n4. Few, few shall part Avhere many meet. Campbell.\\n5. That only is happiness which we think to be so.\\nRichardson.\\n6. What ye know, the same do I know. Bible.\\nCompound Indefinite Pronouns.\\n138. Compound indefinite pronouns are formed\\nas follows Indefinite\\nPronouns.\\n1. By adding one to the simple indefinites, an?/, each,\\nevery, either, neither, no, some; as, any one, every one,\\neach one, etc.\\n2. By affixing- thing or body to some, any, every, no;\\nas, somebody, something, anybody, anything, etc.\\nOne another and each other are also compound indefi-\\nnite pronouns.\\n1. No one can disgrace us but ourselves. Holland.\\n2. Each one is the entire emblem of human Life.\\nEmerson.\\n3. Enthusiasts soon understand each other. Irving.\\nCompound", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0139.jp2"}, "140": {"fulltext": "1:24\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n4. He who praises everybody praises nobody. Joint si m.\\n5. Every failure will teach a man something if he will\\nlearn. Dickens.\\n6. Nothing is rarer than a word in its right meaning.\\nWhipple.\\n7. Everything is sweetened by risk. Smith.\\nThe word else is used with compound indefinite pro-\\nnouns to form an indefinite pronoun expression. This\\nexpression is regarded as a unit.\\n1. Variety is nothing else but a continued novelty.\\nSouth.\\n2. I do not know a better cure for sorrow than to pity\\nsomebody else. Shaw.\\n3. I knew it was my own doings, and no one else s, but I\\nwas too miserable to repent. Stevenson.\\n4. Then everybody wanted some of somebody else s.\\nRuskin.\\nNote in sentences (3) and (4) that the possessive end-\\ning is affixed at the end of the unit expression.\\nTo parse an indefinite pronoun is to tell its kind, its\\nnumber, its gender, its case, and whether it is used as a\\nsubstantive or with the force of an adjective.\\nParse the indefinite pronouns in the following sen-\\ntences\\n1. Men take each other s measure when they meet for\\nthe first time. Emerson.\\n2. Fear Him, and you have nothing else to fear.\\nFordyce.\\n3. Certain winds make men s temper bad. Eliot.\\n4. Every crime destroys more Edens than our own.\\nHawthorne,", "height": "2977", "width": "1990", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0140.jp2"}, "141": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 125\\n5. Selfishness at the expense of others happiness is\\ndemonism. Beecher.\\n6. Each mind has its own method. Emerson.\\n7. In a certain sense all men are historians. Carlyle.\\n8. Fortune, men say, doth give too much to many,\\nBut she never gave enough to any. Harrington.\\n9. One must be a wise reader to quote wisely and well.\\nAlcott.\\n10. It is not trouble to doctor sick folks, but to doctor\\nhealthy ones is troublesome. Shaw.\\n11. Life and religion are one, or neither is anything. I\\nwill not say neither is going to be anything. Macdonald.\\n12. Pain pays the income of each precious thing.\\nShakespeare.\\n13. Nothing is so good as it seems beforehand. Eliot.\\n14. For we cannot know each other s secret. Emerson.\\n15. All that I am my mother made me. Adams.\\n16. Example is the school of mankind, and they will\\nlearn at no other. Burke.\\n17. All types of all classes march through all fable.\\nThackeray.\\n18. One should never think of death; one should think\\nof life. Beaconsfield.\\n19. All looks yellow to the jaundiced eye. Pope.\\n20. A good wit will make use of anything. Shakespeare.\\n21. Everything in this world depends upon will.\\nBeaconsfield.\\n22. Nothing is great but the exhaustless wealth of Na-\\nture. Emerson.\\nD. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.\\nDirect Question.\\nName the pronouns in the following sentences that\\nare used in asking questions", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0141.jp2"}, "142": {"fulltext": "126 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. Who was Stonewall Jackson\\n2. What was the dying order of Captain Lawrence?\\n3. Which is the larger planet, Venus or the earth\\nInter- 139. A pronoun used in asking questions is\\nPronoun ca ec an interrogative pronoun.\\nThe interrogative pronouns are who, what (an early\\nneuter, singular form of who), winch (who like, or\\nwhat like), and are declined as follows\\nWhat?\\nSingular.\\nl.i i; \\\\T_\\nNOM.\\nPOSS.\\nOHJ.\\nNUM.\\nPOflS.\\nOBJ,\\nwho\\nwhose\\nwhom\\nwho\\nwhose\\nAvliom\\nwhat\\nwhich\\nwhat\\nwhich\\nwhich\\nwhich\\nWhether (which one of two) was formerly used as\\nan interrogative pronoun, but now is used only inter-\\nrogatively in noun classes, and commonly is followed\\nby or not.\\nWho? 140. Note that vJio in the following typical\\nsentences is used in referring to persons, and that\\nthe answers expected to such questions arc names\\nof persons, or pronouns referring to persons.\\n1. Who taught the bee with winds and rain to strive\\nTo bring her burden to a certain hive Prior.\\n2 Who can cloy the hungry edge of appetite\\nShdkespt are.\\n141. Note that what in the following typical\\nsentences is used in referring to things, and that\\nthe answers expected to**such questions are the\\nnames of things, or pronouns, or pronouns refer-\\nring to things.", "height": "2977", "width": "1962", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0142.jp2"}, "143": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 127\\n1. What is opportunity to the man who can t use it\\nEliot.\\n2. What can money do to console a man with a head-\\nache Macdonald.\\n142. Note that ivJiich in the following typical which?\\nsentences is used either in referring to persons or\\nthings, and that the answer expected to such ques-\\ntions is a definite choice out of the two or more\\nknown persons or things.\\n1. Which of you shall we say doth love us most\\nShakespeare.\\n2. Which is the more pleasurable, the fears that re-\\nligion excites, that is, the fear of doing wrong, or the fears\\nof vice, that is, the fear of being found out Haydon.\\n1. The interrogative pronoun who is a gender pro- Notes.\\nnoun, and is used in any case in the singular or plural\\nnumber.\\n2. The interrogative pronoun lohat is a neuter pro-\\nnoun, and when used as a substantive is found in the\\nnominative or objective case of the singular number.\\n3. The interrogative pronoun which is either a gen-\\nder or a neuter pronoun, and in substantive use is found\\nin the nominative or the objective case in the singular\\nor plural number.\\n4. The interrogative pronouns which and what may\\nbe used with nouns with the force of adjectives.\\nNote from the following typical sentences that the\\ninterrogative pronoun, which, when used with a noun,\\nhas the same notion of asking for ;i definite choice.", "height": "2964", "width": "1897", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0143.jp2"}, "144": {"fulltext": "128 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. In the nice ear of Nature which song is the best?\\nLowell.\\n2. Which debt must I pay first, the debt to the rich or\\nthe debt to the poor? Emerson.\\nNote from the following sentences that the inter-\\nrogative pronoun ivhat may be used with nouns that\\nare names of persons or things, and in the singular or\\nin the plural number.\\n1. What loneliness is more lonely than distrust? Eliot.\\n2. What planter will attempt to yoke\\nA sapling with a falling oak Swift.\\n3. But what books in the circulating library circulate\\nLowell.\\nNote from the following sentences that interrogative\\nsentences are sometimes used as object clauses\\n1. Ask what is good of God above\\nAsk of the great sun what is light\\nAsk sin of what may be forgiven\\nAsk what is happiness of heaven. Bailey.\\n2. God asks no man whether he will accept life. BeecJier.\\n3. We know what master laid thy keel,\\nWhat workmen wrought thy ribs of steel. LongfeUow.\\nIndirect Question.\\n143. An interrogative sentence used as a noun\\nclause is called an indirect question.\\n144. Note from the following that voKat may be\\nused to introduce an exclamatory expression, or a\\nsentence having an exclamatory force, or an ex-\\nclamatory word.\\n1. G Amos Cottle Phoebus! What a name Byron.\\n2. What a strange thing is man Id.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0144.jp2"}, "145": {"fulltext": "PROXOUXS. 129\\n3. Oh, what a dawn of day Browning.\\n4. What, ho! Chamberlain Shakespeare.\\n5. What Are the ladies of your land so tall\\nTennyson.\\n145. To parse an interrogative pronoun is to\\ntell its kind, how it is used, what it expresses, its\\ngender if any, its number, and its case.\\nParse interrogative pronouns in the following sen-\\ntences\\n1. And what is so rare as a day in June Lowell.\\n2. Who fears to speak of Ninety-eight\\nWho blushes at the name Ingram.\\n3. What mortal knows his preexistent state Pope.\\n4. But which is it to be Fight or make friends\\nStevenson.\\n5. Whose taste, for instance, is truer and finer than\\nClaude Lorraine s Carlyle.\\n6. What is the dawn without the view? Landor.\\n7. Who upon earth could live were all judged justly\\nByron.\\n8. What good hast thou done with thy life\\nWordsworth.\\n9. Which is more fair,\\nThe star of morning or the evening star\\nLo)l(ff( UoH\\\\\\n10. What honest man would not rather be the sufferer\\nthan the defrauder? Richardson.\\n11. What can daunt us, what can turn us,\\nLed to death by such as he Kingsley.\\n12. Who ran to catch me when I fell,\\nAnd would some pretty story tell,\\nOr kiss the place to make it well?\\nM\\\\ mother. Jane Taylor.", "height": "2967", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0145.jp2"}, "146": {"fulltext": "130 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nE. RELATIVE PRONOUNS.\\nName the pronouns in the following sentences\\n1. He makes no friend who never made a foe. Thomson.\\n2. I dislike an eye that never twinkles. Loiigfellow.\\n3. They had one son who had grown up to he the staff\\nand pride of their age. Irving.\\n4. He early acquired the magic of method, which of itself\\nworks wonders. Id.\\n5. Learn to be good readers, which is perhaps a more dif-\\nficult thing than you imagine. Cartyle.\\n6. The evil that men do lives after them\\nThe good is oft interred with their bones.\\nShakespeare.\\nNote that the pronouns who, which, and that in the\\nforegoing sentences are used to introduce sentences and\\nconnect them with an antecedent.\\nEelative 146 pronoun that is used to connect the son-\\nPronoun, tence which it introduces to the antecedent to\\nwhich it refers is called a relative pronoun.\\nRelative is from the Latin relativus referring or\\nindicating a relation.\\n147. Note from the foregoing sentences that the\\nantecedent of a relative pronoun may be a word,\\nan expression, or a sentence.\\nNote that in (1) and (2) of foregoing sentences the\\nrelative pronouns are used to introduce sentences that\\ndefine or restrict the meaning of their antecedents.\\nRestrictive 148 A relative pronoun used to introduce a sen-\\nEelative tence that defines or restricts the meaning of its\\nantecedent is called a restrictive relative pronoun.", "height": "2977", "width": "1894", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0146.jp2"}, "147": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS.\\n131\\nRestrictive is from the Latin restrictus limited.\\nNote that in foregoing sentences (3), (4), (5), (6)\\nthe relative pronouns are used to introduce sentences\\nthat state additional facts about their antecedents.\\n149. A relative pronoun used to introduce a\\nsentence that states an additional fact about its\\nantecedent is called a coordinate or supplementary\\nrelative pronoun.\\nSupplementary is from the Latin supplementum\\nsomething added to.\\nNote that the sentences introduced by restrictive\\nrelative pronouns are adjective clauses, and are used\\nwith their antecedents to designate more definitely the\\nobjects for which the antecedents stand.\\nFor example, in relative sentence (1), what he is\\nmeant And in relative sentence (2) what kind of\\neye is disliked In sentence (6) what evil\\n150. 1 A sentence introduced by a supplementary\\nrelative pronoun is always in meaning the equiva-\\nlent of a sentence coordinate with the sentence of\\nits antecedent. Hence the supplementary relative\\npronoun will always be equal to a conjunction\\na personal or neuter pronoun.\\nFor example, in sentence (3), who and Ju and in\\nsentences (4) and (5), which and it.\\nName each of the relative pronouns in the following\\nsentences, tell its antecedent, and state whether it is\\nrestrictive r a supplementary relative pronoun.\\ni See Notes tor Teachers, 8.\\nSupple-\\nmentary\\nEelative\\nPronouns.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0147.jp2"}, "148": {"fulltext": "132 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. I worked with patience, which seems almost power.\\nBrowning.\\n2. The man that loves and laughs must sure do well.\\nI njir.\\n3. You who have any to love you, cling to them and\\nthank God. Thackeray.\\n4. No person who is not a great sculptor or painter can\\nbe an architect. Buskin.\\n5. Duty is a power which rises with us in the morning\\nand goes to rest with us at night. Gladstone.\\n6. He that sleeps feels not the toothache. Shakespeare.\\n7. He lives who dies to win a lasting name.\\nDrummond.\\n8. Man is born with a profusion of gifts that are never\\nused. Brooks.\\n9. In life there are meetings which seem like fate.\\nMeredith.\\n151. The relative pronouns are ivho, which, that,\\nwhat, and sometimes but and as.\\nThat, what, but, and as are not declined.\\nWho and which are declined as follows\\nSingular.\\nPlural.\\nNOM.\\nposs.\\nOBJ.\\nNOM.\\nposs.\\non.i.\\nwho\\nwhose\\nwhom\\nwho\\nwhose\\nwhom\\nwhich\\nwhose\\nwhich\\nwhich\\nwhose\\nwhich\\nWho.\\n1. He is a free man whom the truth makes free.\\nDryden.\\n2. And fools who came to scoff remained to pray.\\nGoldsmith.\\n3. No man is born into the world whose work is not born\\nwith him. Lowell.\\nNote from the foregoing typical sentences that who\\nis used in referring to persons.", "height": "2977", "width": "1974", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0148.jp2"}, "149": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 133\\nWho is sometimes used in referring to animals or\\ntilings personified as,\\n1. Invite the rook who, high amid the boughs,\\nIn early spring his airy city builds. TJwmson.\\n2. Italia Italia thou who hast the fatal gift of beauty.\\nByron.\\n152. Note from the following typical sentences\\nthat which is used in referring to things.\\n153. Note from sentence (3) that ivhich may be -which\\nused with its antecedent, having the force of an\\nadjective.\\n1. Gratitude is the fairest blossom which springs from\\nthe soul. Ballon.\\n2. There is a stream whose course is hidden. Emerson.\\n3. The taking of which bark I verily believe was the\\nruin of every mother s son of us. Kingsley.\\n4. Life is a bubble which any breath may dissolve.\\nGreeley.\\nWhich was formerly used in referring to persons\\nas,\\nOur Father which art in heaven, etc.\\nWhich with a preposition has as an equivalent ex-\\npression the word where the corresponding preposi-\\ntion affixed; as, in which wherein by which\\nwhereby to ivhich whereto with which wherewith.\\n154. Note in the following typical sentences\\nthat the relative pronoun that is used in referring\\nto persons, animals, or things.\\nThat.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0149.jp2"}, "150": {"fulltext": "134 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nThat. 1. All are not merry that dance lightly. Herbert.\\n2. The fur that warms a monarch warmed a bear. Pope.\\n3. The mail recover d of the bite,\\nThe dog it was that died. Goldsmith.\\n4. And the poor man that knows him laughs loudest of\\nall. Holmes.\\nThat is the oldest of the relative pronouns and\\noriginally was a demonstrative pronoun.\\nBecause that may be used both in referring to per-\\nsons and things, it is sometimes preferred to who or\\nwhich when the relative has two or more antecedents\\nrepresenting both persons and things.\\nThat is also used for the sake of euphony in taking\\nthe place of who or which when their use in consecutive\\nclauses would sound unpleasant.\\n155. Tliat is the general and in most cases the\\npreferable restrictive relative pronoun.\\n156. In the following cases who and which are\\nnow usually regarded as the preferable relative\\npronouns, even in restrictive relative sentences.\\nI. When the antecedent is a personal pronoun as,\\n1. He laughs at scars who never felt a wound.\\nSJutkespt are.\\n2. They never fail who die in a great cause. Byron.\\n3. He only who gave life has a power over it.\\nRichardson.\\nII. When the antecedent is a demonstrative pro-\\nnoun as,", "height": "2977", "width": "1982", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0150.jp2"}, "151": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 135\\n1. You will always find those who think they know your\\nduty better than you know it Emerson.\\n2. There is no weariness like that which arises from\\ndoubting. /South.\\nIII. When the antecedent is an indefinite pronoun\\nreferring to persons as,\\n1. The real man is one who always finds excuses for\\nothers, but never excuses himself. Beecher.\\n2. Our chief want in life is somebody who shall make\\nus do what we can. Emerson.\\nIV. When the antecedent is a gender noun which\\nhas a pronoun used with it as,\\n1. Every person is near to you whom you can bless.\\nChanning.\\n2. All men who have sense and feeling are being con-\\ntinually helped. Buskin.\\nV. When the relative pronoun is used as the object\\nof a preposition.\\nThat is never used as a subsequent after a preposition.\\nThat as the subsequent of a preposition has the preposi-\\ntion at the end of the relative clause as,\\nI saw the man that you refer to.\\nForm sentences with that as subsequent of the prepo-\\nsitions, through, under, between, and the awkwardness\\nof the construction will be evident.\\nThat is sometimes used with the prepositions, hi/, for,\\nto, of, but in other cases the relative pronoun which is\\nused as,", "height": "2959", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0151.jp2"}, "152": {"fulltext": "136 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. Style is the gossamer on which the seeds of truth\\nfloat through the world. Bancroft.\\n2. We have reached the mountain from which all these\\ndrift boulders were detached. Emerson.\\nVI. When the relative pronoun is in juxtaposition\\nto the demonstrative conjunction, that as.\\nSo true it is that Nature has caprices which art cannot\\nimitate. Macaulay.\\nVII. When the relative pronoun is separated from\\nits verb, and 1 lias an isolated position in the sentence\\nas,\\n1. I mean the man who, when the distant poor need\\nhelp, denies them nothing but his name. Cowper.\\n2. The law is a gun which, if it misses a pigeon, kills a\\ncrow. Lytton.\\n157. Note that what in the following typical\\nsentences has not an antecedent expressed.\\nWhat. l. The head best leaves to the heart what the heart alone\\ndivines. Alcott.\\n2. What men call accident is God s part. Bailey.\\nWhat is the neuter singular form of who, and when\\nused alone is always in the neuter singular.\\n158. As the form and use of what arc always\\ndefinitely known, the antecedent of what can\\nreadily be inferred, and for that reason is gen-\\nerally omitted.\\nAntecedent 159. The antecedent of what when formerly it\\nWhat. was expressed was Unit, and very rarely a neuter\\npronoun in the singular as,", "height": "2979", "width": "1998", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0152.jp2"}, "153": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 137\\n1. That what he wills he does. Shakespeare.\\n2. That what cannot be repaired is not to be regretted.\\nJohnson.\\n3. That what is extremely proper in one company is\\nhighly improper in another. Chesterfield.\\n4. That what will come, and must come, shall come well.\\nArnold.\\n5. I fear nothing what can be said against me.\\nShakespeare.\\n160. When the antecedent of what is expressed\\nfor the sake of emphasis, it takes the unusual,\\nhence the emphatic, position of following the rela-\\ntive pronoun as,\\n1. What fates impose, that men mnst needs abide.\\nShakespeare.\\n2. What a man does, that he has. Emerson.\\n3. What the light of your mind pronounces incred-\\nible, that in God s name leave uncredited. Carlyle.\\nIt is sometimes maintained that what is a compound\\nrelative pronoun either inform or in use.\\n161. What cannot be a compound relative pro- What\\nnoun in form, as it is a neuter singular form of not e( l ual t0\\nThat\\nivho, the early interrogative pronoun, just as that which.\\nwith the same neuter singular ending, t, is a neu-\\nter singular form of the early demonstrative form.\\nMoreover, which, the other element of the so-called\\nequivalent, is itself a compound word made up of\\nwho an early form of like, which ending is also\\nseen in the words each, such, and much.", "height": "2962", "width": "1960", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0153.jp2"}, "154": {"fulltext": "138 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nNor can that which be regarded as the grammatical\\nor logical equivalent of what, but rather the equivalent\\nof what its antecedent expressed or implied.\\n162. Note that but in the following typical sen-\\ntences is used as a relative pronoun after a nega-\\ntive in the clause of its antecedent.\\nBut. 1. There is not a single heart but has its moments of\\nlonging. Beecher.\\n2. There is no heroic poem in the world but is at bottom\\na biography, the life of a man. Garlyle.\\n3. There s not a string attuned to mirth\\nBut has its chord in melancholy. Hood.\\n163. Note that as in the following typical sen-\\ntences is used as a relative pronoun after such\\nwords as such, so, as, in connection with its ante-\\ncedent.\\nAs. 1. Never put much confidence in such as put no confi-\\ndence in others. Hare.\\n2. Life, believe, is not a dream so dark as sages say.\\nBronte\\n3. A cottage will hold as much happiness as would stock\\na palace. Hamilton.\\nAntecedent 164. Note from the following typical sentences\\nOmitted, that the antecedent of who may be omitted, when\\nif expressed it would be a personal pronoun.\\n1. Who broods over the past loses courage for the future.\\nLanier.\\n2. Who loves a garden loves a greenhouse too. Cotoper.\\n3. Whose house is of glass must not throw stones at\\nanother. Herbert.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0154.jp2"}, "155": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 139\\n165. Note from the following sentences that the Relative\\nrelative pronoun may be omitted in condensed Omitted,\\nconstructions when it can readily be inferred from\\nthe context.\\n1. Complaint is the largest tribute heaven receives.\\nSwift.\\n2. Every duty we omit obscures some truth we should\\nhave known. Ruskin.\\n3. All I have seen teaches me to trust the Creator for all\\nI have not seen. Emerson.\\n166. To the relative pronouns ivho, which, and indefinite\\nwhat, are affixed the endings ever and soever, and Relative\\nthus are formed what are called compound relative\\npronouns, or indefinite relative pronouns.\\nThese pronouns are equivalent to a relative pronoun\\nwith an indefinite pronoun antecedent as,\\nwhoever any one who.\\nwhosoever any such a one who.\\nwhichever any one which or anything which.\\nThe indefinite relative pronouns formed with the end-\\ning ever are more generally used than those ending in\\nsoever.\\n167. Whoso is sometimes used as an indefinite\\nrelative pronoun.\\n168. Whosoever is declined as follows\\nSingular.\\nPlural.\\nM.\\nposs.\\nOBJ.\\nNOM.\\nPOSS.\\nOBJ.\\nwho\\nwhose-\\nwhom-\\nwho-\\nwhose-\\nwhom-\\nsoever\\nsoever\\nsoever\\nsoever\\nsoever\\nsoever\\nNo other indefinite relative pronouns are declined.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0155.jp2"}, "156": {"fulltext": "140 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n169. All relative indefinite pronouns excepting\\nivhose, whoever, and whosoever may be used with a\\nnoun having the force of adjectives.\\n170. Note from the following typical sentences\\nthat the antecedent of an indefinite relative pro-\\nnoun is not expressed, and that the antecedent\\nimplied or embodied in the pronoun does not refer\\nto definite persons or things, but to persons or\\nthings in a general or an indefinite way.\\n1. Whatever is worth doing at all is worth doing well.\\nChesterfield.\\n2. Whoso lives for humanity must be content to lose\\nhimself. Frothingham.\\n3. Whatever day\\nMakes man a slave, takes half its worth away. Pope.\\n4. Whatsoever kind of man he is, you at least give him\\nfull authority over your son. Buskin.\\n5. Whatsoever is worthy of their love is worthy of their\\nanger. Denham.\\n171. A relative pronoun has the same gender,\\nnumber, and person as its antecedent.\\n172. To parse a relative pronoun is to answer\\nthe following questions\\n1. What kind of relative pronoun is it\\n2. What is its antecedent\\n3. For what does the antecedent stand\\n4. In what respect docs it agree with its antecedent\\n5. What is its construction in the sentence", "height": "2977", "width": "2014", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0156.jp2"}, "157": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 141\\nParse who in the sentence, He who gives joy finds\\n1. Who is a restrictive relative pronoun used instead\\nof that, because the antecedent is a personal pronoun.\\n(See 156, I.)\\n2. The antecedent is the word he.\\n3. The antecedent he is used to refer to a person.\\n4. Who agrees in gender, number, and person with he.\\n5. Who is the subject nominative of the verb give.\\nParse the relative pronouns in the following sen-\\ntences\\n1. Goodness is the only investment that never fails.\\nThoreau.\\n2. A verse may find him who a sermon flies.\\nHerbert.\\n3. There are occasions on which all apology is rudeness.\\nJohnson.\\n4. We have always pretensions to fame which, in our\\nhearts, we know to be disputable. Id.\\n5. He only is exempt from failure who makes no effort.\\nWhately.\\n6. Admiration is a youthful fancy which scarcely ever\\nsurvives to maturer years. Shaw.\\n7. And eyes disclosed what eyes alone could tell.\\nDwight.\\n8. Who listens once will listen twice. Byron.\\n9. There is no fireside, howsoe er defended,\\nBut has one vacant chair. Longfellow.\\n10. Whatever makes men good Christians makes them\\ngood citizens. Webster.\\n11. We may learn by practice such things upon earth ;is\\nshall be of use to us in heaven. E. 11. Chopin.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0157.jp2"}, "158": {"fulltext": "142 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nParse the personal, indefinite, demonstrative, inter-\\nrogative, and relative pronouns in the following sen-\\ntences\\n1. Tell me the tales that to me were so dear. Bailey.\\n2. Nature designed us to be of good cheer. Jen-old.\\n3. A wise man will find us to be rogues by our faces.\\nSwift\\n4. Show me a thoroughly contented man, and 1 will\\nshow you a useless one. /Shakespeare.\\n5. The God who gave us life, gave us liberty at the\\nsame time. Jefferson.\\n6. Something is lost in accuracy, but much is gained in\\neffect. Macaulay.\\n7. For what is glory but the blaze of fame Mil/on.\\n8. There is nothing like fun, is there I haven t any\\nmyself, but I do like it in others. Haliburton.\\n9. The glories of the possible are ours. Taylor.\\n10. What is mind No matter. What is matter\\nNever mind. What is the soul It is immaterial. Hood.\\n11. It is no merit of mine that he loves me. Eliot.\\n12. Obedience completes itself in understanding.\\nBrooks.\\n13. Talent is that which is in a man s power. Genius\\nis that in whose power a man is. Lou-ell.\\n14. Who loves not more the night of June\\nThan cold December s gloomy noon? Scott\\n15. Brutus was Caesar s friend, and you were mine.\\nLongfellow.\\n16. Life is a succession of lessons, which muet be lived\\nto be understood. Emerson.\\n17. There is no vice so simple, but assumes\\nSome mark of virtue on his outward parts.\\nShakespeare.\\n18. Take in the ideas of the day drain off those of yes-\\nterday. Lytton.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0158.jp2"}, "159": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 143\\n19. Nothing can bring yon peace but yourself.\\nEmerson.\\n20. They have no other doctor but sun and the fresh air,\\nand that such an one as never sends them to the apothe-\\ncary. South.\\n21. There is nothing certain in man s life but this, that\\nhe must lose it. Meredith.\\n22. Those are generally good at flattery who are good\\nfor nothing else. South.\\n23. But whoso is heroic will always find crises to try\\nthe edge. Emerson.\\n24. All join to guard what each desires to gain. Pope,\\n25. He was the first man of the time in which he grew.\\nChoate.\\n26. Friends, if we be honest with ourselves, we shall be\\nhonest with each other. Macdonald.\\n27. It is what we give up, not what we lay up, that adds\\nto our lasting store. Ballon.\\n28. Talking over the things which you have read with\\nyour companions fixes them on the mind. Watts.\\n29. Those who bring sunshine to the lives of others can-\\nnot keep it from themselves. Barrie.\\n30. To persevere in one s duty, and be silent, is the best\\nanswer to calumny. Washington.\\n31. I have no other but a woman s reason I think him\\nso because I think him so. Shakespeare.\\n32. About everything he wrote there was a certain nat-\\nural grace and decorum. Macaulay.\\n33. There were none of the Grogrians but could sing a\\nsong, or of the Marjorams but could tell a story. Goldsmith.\\n34. I hate the man who builds his name\\nOn ruins of another s fame. Qay.\\n35. Each man is a hero and an oracle to somebody, and\\nto that person whatever he says has an enhanced value.\\nEim rson.", "height": "2956", "width": "1909", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0159.jp2"}, "160": {"fulltext": "144 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n36. To Truth s house there is a single door, which is ex-\\nperience. Taylor.\\n37. We must have an intellectual quality in all property\\nand in all action, or they are naught. Emerson.\\n38. Inner sunshine warms not only the heart of the\\nowner, but all who come in contact with it. Fields.\\n39. Our affections are our life. We live by these. They\\nsupply our warmth. Charming.\\n40. A sharp tongue is the only edged tool that grows\\nkeener with constant use. Irving.\\n41. Lepidus flatters both, of both is flattered, but he\\nneither loves, nor either cares for him. Shakespeare.\\n42. I feel like one who treads alone\\nSome banquet hall deserted,\\nWhose lights are fled, whose garlands dead,\\nAnd all but he departed. Moore.\\n43. How happy could I be with either,\\nWere t other dear charmer away\\nBut while ye thus tease me together,\\nTo neither a word will I say. Gay.\\n44. There is no time so miserable but a man may be true.\\nShakespeare.\\nF. SUMMARY OF DEFIXITIOXS.\\nSummary A pronoun is a reference word used to represent\\nof\\nDefinitions.\\nsome person or thing.\\nAn antecedent is a noun or an equivalent to\\nwhich a pronoun may refer for defmiteness of\\nmeaning.\\nPerson is that property of pronouns which is\\nused to designate the relation of a person as\\nspeaking, spoken to, or spoken about.", "height": "2967", "width": "2022", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0160.jp2"}, "161": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 145\\nA personal pronoun is a pronoun which by its\\nform distinguishes the relation of person.\\nA neuter pronoun is a pronoun that does not dis-\\ntinguish the property of gender, and has a neuter\\nnoun as its antecedent.\\nA compound personal pronoun is a personal pro-\\nnoun compounded with the word self.\\nA compound neuter pronoun is a neuter pronoun\\ncompounded with the word self.\\nAn emphatic or intensive pronoun is a compound\\npersonal or neuter pronoun used to emphasize that\\nwhich is named by a noun, or that which is repre-\\nsented by the pronoun itself or in connection with\\na pronoun implied.\\nA reflexive pronoun is a compound personal or\\nneuter pronoun used to refer to the same person or\\nthing designated by the subject of the verb of the\\nsentence.\\nA demonstrative pronoun is a pronoun that directs\\nattention to that which it is used to represent.\\nAn indefinite pronoun is a pronoun used to\\nrefer to any or to no specific person or thing, or\\nto an indefinite quantity or number of persons\\nor tilings.\\nA compound indefinite pronoun is an indefinite\\npronoun compounded with the word thing or body,\\nor with another indefinite pronoun.\\nAn interrogative pronoun is a pronoun used in\\nasking a question.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0161.jp2"}, "162": {"fulltext": "146 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nAn indirect sentence is an interrogative sentence\\nused as a noun clause.\\nA relative pronoun is a pronoun that is used to\\nconnect the sentence which it introduces to the\\nantecedent to which it refers.\\nA restrictive relative pronoun is a pronoun that\\nintroduces a sentence that defines or restricts the\\nmeaning of its antecedent.\\nA supplementary relative pronoun is a pronoun\\nthat is used to introduce a sentence that states\\nan additional fact about its antecedent.\\nAn indefinite relative pronoun is a relative pro-\\nnoun compounded with the endings so, ever, and\\nsoeuer.\\nOUTLINE CLASSIFICATION OF PRONOUNS.\\nI. Classes.\\n1. Personal and neuter.\\n1. Simple.\\n2. Compound.\\na. Intensive or Emphatic.\\nb. Reflexive.\\n2. Demonstrative.\\n3. Indefinite.\\n1. Simple.\\n2. Compound.\\n4. Interrogative.\\n5. Relative.\\n1. Simple.\\n2. Indefinite or compound.", "height": "2953", "width": "2022", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0162.jp2"}, "163": {"fulltext": "PRONOUNS. 147\\nII. Gender same as Nouns. (See page 63\\net seq.)\\nIII. Number same as Nouns. (See page 70\\net seq.)\\nIV. Case same as Nouns. (See page 77 et\\nseq.)\\nSee also Outline Classification of Nouns, page\\n101.", "height": "2945", "width": "1906", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0163.jp2"}, "164": {"fulltext": "148 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nIII. ADJECTIVES.\\nA. CLASSES.\\nAdjectives 173- n a djective is a word used with a noun\\nto designate more definitely that for which the\\nnoun stands. (See 46.)\\n174. An adjective may be used also with pro-\\nnouns or constructions used as equivalents of\\nnouns.\\nAn adjective may occupy different positions in the\\nsentence with reference to its noun.\\n1. Speech is great, but silence is greater. Carlyle.\\n2. Joy is the best of wine. Eliot.\\n3. An infatuated man is not only foolish but wild.\\nCrabbt\\nNote that each of the adjectives in full-faced type in\\nthe foregoing sentences follows the copulative verb with\\nwhich it is joined to form the predicate, and refers to\\nthe subject noun with which it is used.\\nPredicate 175. Such adjectives are called predicate adjec-\\nAdjectives. t i ves# (See 49.)\\n1. A loving heart is the truest wisdom. Dickons.\\n2. Fine manners are the mantle of fair mi m Is. Alcott.\\n3. The smallest act of charity shall stand us in great\\nstead. Atterbury,", "height": "2967", "width": "2014", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0164.jp2"}, "165": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 149\\nNote that each of the adjectives in full-faced type in\\nthe foregoing sentences precedes the noun with which\\nit is used.\\n176. Such adjectives are called attributive adjec-\\ntives. Adjectives.\\n1. This power of woman, natural to her, never sleeps\\nuntil modesty is gone. Addison.\\n2. A female friend, amiable, clever, and devoted, is a pos-\\nsession more valuable than parks and palaces. Beaconsfield.\\n3. He has an intellectual vision, clear, wide, piercing,\\nmethodical. Carlyle.\\nNote that each of the adjectives in full-faced type in\\nthe foregoing sentences directly follows the noun with\\nwhich it is used.\\n177. Such adjectives are called appositive adjec-\\nAppositive\\ntives. Adjectives\\nName the predicate, the attributive, and the apposi-\\ntive adjectives in the following sentences\\n1. Her voice was ever soft,\\nGentle and low, an excellent thing in woman.\\nShakespeare.\\n2. The soul s dark cottage, battered and decayed,\\nLets in new light through chinks that time has made.\\nWaller.\\n3. The fir trees dark and high\\nI used to think their slender tops\\nWere close against the sky. Hood.\\n4. Flavia, most tender of her own good name,\\nIs rather careless of her sister s fame. ovoper.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0165.jp2"}, "166": {"fulltext": "150 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n5. Humor, warm and all-embracing as the sunshine,\\nbathes its objects in a genial and abiding light.\\nWhipple.\\n(Review pages 22, 23, 24.)\\nDescriptive 178 Aii adjective used to describe or tell the\\nAdjective, kind or quality of that for which the noun stands\\nis called a descriptive adjective.\\nDescriptive is from the Latin desrriptivus having\\nthe quality of describing as,\\n1. The crimson moon foretells the harvest near.\\nTliurlow.\\n2. A proud heart and a lofty mountain are never power-\\nful. Eliot.\\n3. These little things are great to little men. Ooldam ith.\\nQuantitive 179. An adjective used to designate how many\\nAdjective, there are or how much is contained in that for\\nwhich the noun stands is called an adjective of\\nquantity or a quantitive adjective.\\nQuantitive is from the Latin quantitivus how man v.\\n1. A countryman between two lawyers is like a fish\\nbetween two cats. Franklin.\\n2. The rugged cliff has a thousand faces in a thousand\\nhours. Emerson.\\n3. A little snow tumbled about becomes a mountain.\\nShakespeare.\\nDemonstra- 18 An adjective used to direct attention to\\ntive that for which the noun stands is called a demon-\\nAdjective. strative ad je C tiye.", "height": "2961", "width": "2006", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0166.jp2"}, "167": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 151\\n1. Sweet Emma Moreland of yonder town,\\nMet me walking in yonder way. Tennyson.\\n2. Yon gray lines that fret the clouds are messengers of\\nday. Shakesjieare.\\n3. This was the opinion and practice of the latter Cato.\\nSwift.\\n4. It is a maxim that those to whom everybody allows\\nthe second place have an undoubted title to the first. Id.\\nNote that the demonstrative adjectives in fall-faced\\ntype in the following sentences are used to designate\\nthe numerical order of that which is named by the\\nnoun.\\n1. Our poetry in the eighteenth century was prose; our\\nprose in the seventeenth, poetry. Hare.\\n2. The first step to greatness is to be honest. Johnson.\\n181. Such demonstrative adjectives are some-\\nOrdinal\\ntimes called ordinal numeral adjectives. Numeral\\nAdjective,\\nOrdinal is from the Latin ordo an order.\\n182. Numeral adjectives of quantity are some- Cai-dirial\\ntimes called cardinal numeral adjectives. Numeral\\nCardinal is from the Latin cardinalis chief or\\nprincipal.\\nNote that the demonstrative adjectives in the fol-\\nlowing sentences are used to point out any one of a\\ngroup or class of persons or things, or a particular\\nindividual group or class of persons or things.\\n1. A miser grows rich by seeming poor. Shenstone.\\n2. Generosity is the flower of justice. Hawthorne.\\nAdjective.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0167.jp2"}, "168": {"fulltext": "152\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nArticle.\\nIndefinite\\nArticles.\\nDefinite\\nArticles.\\nAn or A.\\n3. A man of pleasure is a man of pains. Young.\\n4. The second sober thought of the people is seldom\\nwrong. Van Buren.\\n183. Such demonstrative adjectives are called\\narticles.\\n184. The article that is used to point out any\\none of a group or class of persons or things is\\ncalled the indefinite article.\\n185. The article that is used to point out a\\nparticular group or class of persons or things is\\ncalled the definite article.\\n186. The indefinite article an with its shortened\\nform a is from cine, an early form of one. It is\\nused to point out any one person from a class of\\npersons or any one thing from a class of things.\\nAs the indefinite article is singular in its meaning,\\nit cannot be used with a noun in the plural num-\\nber, and as it designates one from a class, it cannot\\nbe used with a noun that is the name of a class.\\nExplain why an article cannot be used in the plans\\nindicated in the following 1 sentences\\n1. We saw a strange kind of bird.\\n2. Woman is the equal of man.\\n3. Idlers always have some sort of excuse.\\n4. The letter will bring some such answer.\\n5. Lincoln was not that type of hero.\\nNote the following expressions. It lias sometimes\\nbeen maintained that the indefinite article is used with", "height": "2967", "width": "1998", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0168.jp2"}, "169": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 153\\na noun in the plural number. Note that in each of\\nthose cases the indefinite article has its original mean-\\ning of one, and is used to point out the following adjec-\\ntive as a numerical group, and both together are used\\nwith the following noun.\\nA hundred men. A thousand years. A million\\ndollars.\\n187. Note from the following examples that an\\nis used before words beginning with a vowel sound.\\nAn enemy, an heir, an owl, an hour, an ocean, an\\nhonest man, an umbrella.\\n188. Note from the following examples that a is\\nused before words beginning with a consonant\\nsound.\\nA country, a horse, a map, a hen, a youth, a unit, a\\nuseful book, a European, a yew tree, a university, a\\nwonder, many a one.\\nSome writers use an before words beginning with h\\nand not accented on the first syllable; as, an hypothesis,\\nan hysterical laugh, an historical essay, an hygrometer.\\n189. The definite article, the, is an old masculine The.\\ndemonstrative form, the neuter singular form of\\nwhich was that, and it still retains its demonstra-\\ntive use in pointing out definitely that for which\\nthe noun stands. The is used with its substantive\\nword to point out as known, definite, or importanl\\nan individual person or thing, or group of persons", "height": "2961", "width": "1964", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0169.jp2"}, "170": {"fulltext": "154 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nor things, or a class of persons or things as, the\\nboy; the Alps; the diamond; the Irish; the\\nSmiths; the good; the Ohio the United States;\\nthe mineral kingdom Gladstone, the statesman\\nWebster, the orator.\\nObserve how articles are used in the following com-\\npound constructions\\n1. In his own household he was the prophet, priest, and\\nking.\\n2. Caesar was a general, statesman, and historian.\\n3. The sovereign wore a black and white robe.\\n4. We saw the old and famous castle.\\n190. Note from the foregoing sentences that an\\narticle which is used with two or more nouns des-\\nignating the same person or thing is placed only\\nbefore the first noun, and when used with a noun\\nhaving two or more adjectives, the article is placed\\nbefore only the first adjective.\\nConstruct or select eight additional sentences illus-\\ntrating the foregoing rule.\\n191. Note from the following typical expressions\\nthat the article precedes the general adjective used\\nwith the same noun.\\nAn earnest man, the whole company, a beautiful\\nscene, the final review, a glorious sunrise, a majestic\\nmountain.\\nSuch words as all, both, man//, such, what, or adjec-\\ntives modified by the adverbs, as how, tuu, and sv. may", "height": "2945", "width": "2022", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0170.jp2"}, "171": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 155\\nprecede the article as, all the soldiers, both the boys,\\nmany a mail, such an hour, what a day, as good an idea,\\nhow great a trial, too wise a man, so good a precept.\\n192. Note from the following sentences that an\\narticle which is used with two or more nouns re-\\nferring to different persons or things is placed\\nbefore each noun, and when the noun is not ex-\\npressed the article is placed before each adjective\\nthat represents the noun implied.\\n1. The general, the colonel, and the captain were in\\nconsultation.\\n2. We saw a lion, a tiger, and a man in the same cage.\\n3. He had in his yard the brown, the green, the yellow,\\nand the purple quartz.\\n4. The master drove a black and white horse.\\nConstruct or select eight additional sentences illus-\\ntrating the foregoing case.\\nNote. In the foregoing cases, when the article is\\nregularly omitted, it may be used for the sake of em-\\nphasis, and when the article is regularly used in con-\\nstructions regarded as a unit as,\\n1. He will be a better and a wiser man.\\n2. He was the orator and the statesman of his age.\\n3. He handed him the pen and the ink.\\n4. The boy and the girl have gone to school.\\n5. A horse and a wagon stood at the door.\\nExplain the presence and absence of articles in the\\nconnected constructions in the following sentences:\\n1. The firmest and noblest ground on which people can\\nlive is truth. Emerson.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0171.jp2"}, "172": {"fulltext": "156 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n2. The edges and corners of the box were carved with\\nmost wonderful skill. Hawthorne.\\n3. Mountains have a grand, stupid, lovable tranquillity.\\nHolmes.\\n4. The hammer and the anvil are the two hemispheres\\nof every true reformer s character. Holland.\\n5. The foolish and the dead alone never change their\\nopinions. Lotrell.\\n6. The sleeping ocean lay like a wavy and glittering\\nmirror. Cooper.\\n7. The winds and the waves are always on the side of\\nthe ablest navigators. Gibbon.\\n8. The leafy, blossoming present time springs from the\\nwhole past. CarlyU.\\n9. Ought a gentleman to be a loyal son, a true husband,\\nan honest father Thackeray.\\n10. Of these pamphlets, the longest, the bitterest, and\\nthe ablest was commonly attributed to Ferguson. Macanlay.\\n11. A large, bare forehead gives a woman a masculine\\nand defying look. Hunt.\\nB. COMPARISON.\\nNote that the different degrees of sweetness denoted\\nby the following adjectives are designated by different\\nforms of the adjective.\\nSweet, sweeter, sweetest.\\nThese different forms are called comparative forms\\nof the adjective.\\nSome adjectives of quantity are also used to express\\ncomparison.\\nComparison. 193 The property of adjectives that designates\\nthe degrees of quality or characteristic of that for\\nwhich the noun stands is called comparison.", "height": "2961", "width": "2014", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0172.jp2"}, "173": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 157\\nComparison is from the French conxparaison the act\\nof comparing.\\n194. The different forms used to indicate the\\ndifferent steps in comparison, are called degrees of\\ncomparison.\\nDegree is from the French degre a step.\\nNote that each adjective in full-faced type in the fol-\\nlowing sentences is the simplest form of the adjective.\\n1. The wise man is but a clever infant. Carh/le.\\n2. A small unkindness is a great offense. More.\\n3. A narrow mind begets obstinacy. Dryden.\\nNote that this simple form of the adjective is the\\nbasis of other forms.\\n195. The simplest form of the adjective and the Positive\\nform used as the basis of comparison is called the Degree,\\npositive degree.\\nPositive is from the Latin positivus absolute.\\nNote that in the positive degree a certain degree of\\nquality or characteristic is assumed to be possessed.\\nNote that each adjective in full-faced type in the fol-\\nlowing sentences is used to designate a quality or char-\\nacteristic as one degree higher or lower than that-\\ndesignated by the positive degree.\\n1. Character is higher than intellect. Enn rson.\\n2. No man is wiser for his learning. Selden.\\n3. The higher a man is in grace, the lower he will be in\\nhis own esteem. Spurgeon.", "height": "2953", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0173.jp2"}, "174": {"fulltext": "158 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nComparative 196. The form of the adjective that is used to\\nDegree, designate a quality or a characteristic as one degree\\nhigher or lower than that designated by the posi-\\ntive degree is called the comparative degree.\\nComparative is from the Latin comparativus not\\nabsolute, relative.\\nNote that each adjective in full-faced type in the\\nfollowing sentences is used to designate a quality or a\\ncharacteristic in the degree highest or lowest from that\\ndesignated by the positive degree.\\n1. The greatest firmness and the greatest mercy.\\nLongfellow.\\n2. The best hearts are the bravest. Sterne.\\n3. The deepest rivers make least din. Sterling.\\nSuperlative 197 The form of the adjective that is used to\\nDegree, designate a quality or a characteristic in the degree\\nhighest or lowest from that designated by tin-\\npositive degree is called the superlative degree.\\nSuperlative is from the Latin superlativns supreme\\nor highest.\\nNote that the comparative and superlative degrees\\nare degrees relative to the positive degree, and conse-\\nquently relative to each other.\\nNote that the comparative degree is used when two\\npersons or things are compared, and the superlative\\ndegree is used when more than two things are compared.\\nInflectional Note the inflection of the following adjectives in the\\nForm. different degrees of comparison", "height": "2977", "width": "2022", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0174.jp2"}, "175": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES.\\nPOSITIVE.\\nCOMPARATIVE.\\nSUPERLATIVE\\ncold\\ncold-er\\ncold-est\\nwarm\\nwarm-er\\nwarm-est\\nstout\\nstout-er\\nstout-est\\nfat\\nfatt-er\\nfatt-est\\nsad\\nsadd-er\\nsadd-est\\nwise\\nwise-r\\nwise-st\\nfine\\nfine-r\\nfine-st\\nholy\\nliolie-r\\nliolie-st\\nmerry\\nmerrie-r\\nmerrie-st\\n159\\nNote that tlie foregoing adjectives in the positive\\ndegree are generally words of one syllable.\\nNote that the comparative degree is formed by\\naffixing er or r to the positive degree, and the superla-\\ntive degree is formed by affixing est or st to the positive\\ndegree.\\nNote that when the positive degree ends in a con-\\nsonant the er and est affixes are used.\\nNote that when the positive degree ends in a vowel\\nthe affixes r and st are used.\\nNote that in adjectives ending in a consonant pre-\\nceded by a short vowel, the final consonant is doubled\\nbefore adding er and est.\\nNote that final y is changed to ie before adding the\\naffixes r and st. (See Sect. 95, I., Note 1.)\\nEegular,\\n198. Note that the following adjectives have an i rre g U iar.\\nirregular form of comparison:\\nPOSITIVE.\\nCOMPARATIVE.\\nSUPERLATIVE.\\nbad\\n1. -j ill\\nworse\\nworst\\n(evil", "height": "2945", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0175.jp2"}, "176": {"fulltext": "1G0\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nPOSITIVE.\\nCOMPARATIVE.\\nSUPERLATIVE.\\n2. far\\n(farther\\nX further\\nfarthest\\nfurthest\\no j good\\nI well\\nbetter\\nbest\\n4. hind\\nhinder\\nhindmost\\nhindermost\\n5. late\\nlater\\nt latest\\nlatter\\nI last\\n6 many\\nmuch\\nmore\\nmost\\n7 (near\\n(nigh\\nnearer\\nnigher\\nnearest\\nnighest\\nnext\\n8. old\\nolder\\noldest\\nelder\\neldest\\n9. little\\nless\\nleast\\n199. Note that the following adjectives have no\\nform for the positive degree\\nCOMPARATIVE.\\ninner\\nnether\\nouter\\nutter\\nupper\\nunder\\nSUPERLATIVE.\\ninner\\ninnermost\\nnethermost\\nI utinost\\noutermost\\nJ utmost\\nuttermost\\nupmost\\nuppermost\\nundermost\\nNote that lesser is a double comparative form, and\\nhindermost, innermost, nethermost, outermost, uttermost,", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0176.jp2"}, "177": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 161\\nuppermost, form the superlative by affixing most to the\\ncomparative form.\\n200. Note that the following adjectives have\\nonly a comparative form:\\nAfter, over, rather.\\nSome adjectives and nouns ending in most are super-\\nlative in force, but do not distinguish any positive or\\ncomparative degree as,\\nHithermost, northernmost, eastmost, endmost, and topmost.\\n201. Note from the following sentences that Adverbial,\\nadjectives may have variations of degrees ex-\\npressed as equivalents to inflectional comparison\\nby using the adverb more before the positive\\ndegree of the adjective to form a comparative,\\nand most before the positive to form the superla-\\ntive degree.\\n1. Joy is more divine than sorrow, for joy is bread and\\nsorrow is medicine. Beecher.\\n2. The most enthusiastic man in a cause is rarely chosen\\nas a leader. Helps.\\nThis is sometimes called comparison by adverbs or\\nadverbial mode of comparison.\\nThere is no established rule that can be laid down\\nfor the use of the inflectional or the adverbial mode of\\ncomparison, but the tendency is in the direction of\\nusing the inflectional comparison with adjectives of one\\nsyllable, and the adverbial mode of comparison with\\nwords of two or more syllables. With adjectives of", "height": "2957", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0177.jp2"}, "178": {"fulltext": "102\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\ntwo syllables the use of the mode of comparison La\\nlargely determined by euphony.\\n202. Note from the following sentences that\\nwhen two connected forms of comparison are used\\nin the same sentence, the inflected form precedes\\nthe adverbial form of comparison.\\n1. The highest and most lofty trees have the most reason\\nto dread the thunder. Rollin.\\n2. The deepest and most passionate love is that which\\nsurvives the death of esteem. Ouida.\\n3. The purest and most thoughtful minds are those which\\nlove culor the most. Buskin.\\n203. Note from the following sentences that hss\\nwith the positive degree of an adjective may form\\na comparative degree, and least with the positive\\ndegree may form the .superlative degree of com-\\nparison. This is sometimes called the descending\\nscale of comparison.\\n1. Men are less forgiving than women. Richardson.\\n2. Mammon led them on\\nMammon, the least erective spirit that fell\\nFrom heaven. Mi It mi.\\nNote from the following sentences that the adverbs,\\ntoo and very, with the positive degree of an adjective\\nmay be used to express an implied comparison in an\\nabsolute sense, that is, without any comparison with\\nthe rest of a class.\\n1. They live too long who happiness outlive. Dryden.\\n2. Men are never very wise in the exercise of a new-\\npower. Charming.", "height": "2961", "width": "2006", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0178.jp2"}, "179": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 163\\nIn early English the comparative and superlative\\ndegrees of the adjective were sometimes used in an\\nabsolute sense, the comparative degree being equal to\\ntoo with the positive, and the superlative degree in the\\nsense of very with the positive. This superlative use\\nis still retained in some expressions in the language\\nas,\\nMy dearest mother, etc.\\nThe meaning of some adjectives is such as to make\\nrelative comparison impossible as,\\neternal, indefinite, first, -weekly, etc.\\nIt must, however, be remembered in connection with\\nthe limitation of the comparison of many adjectives\\nthat words have a general and a technical meaning, and\\nin common speech and writing the general rather than\\nthe technical meaning is employed and understood.\\nMany adjectives that could not be compared from the\\nstandpoint of their technical meaning are in commonly\\naccepted usage comparable from the standpoint of their\\ngeneral meaning.\\nNote the general and the technical meaning of such\\nwords as,\\nround, black, empty, perfect, extreme, chief, etc.\\nName the adjectives in the following sentences, tell\\nto what class each one belongs, and compare all that\\nare found in the comparative or superlative degrees\\n1. The beams of joy are made belter by reflection.\\nFuUer.\\n2. It is easier to suppress the first desire than to satisfy\\nall that follow it. Franklin.", "height": "2953", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0179.jp2"}, "180": {"fulltext": "164\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR\\n3. The greatest happiness comes from the greatest\\nactivity. Bovee.\\n4. That man lives twice that lives the first life well.\\nHerrick.\\n5. It is much easier to be critical than to be correct,\\nBeaconsfield.\\n6. The highest rate of interest that we pay is on bor-\\nrowed trouble. Slvaw.\\n7. Patience is the chiefest fruit of study. Selden.\\n8. A poor spirit is poorer than a poor purse. Swift.\\n9. A smile is ever more bright and beautiful with a tear\\nupon it. Landor.\\n10. Fiction is most powerful when it contains most\\ntruth. Hull* i ml.\\n11. The poorest man may in his cottage bid defiance to\\nall the forces of the crown. Chatham.\\n12. The greatest truths are the simplest. Ballon.\\n13. Common sense is the genius of our age.\\nLord Thurlow.\\n14. The true and strong and sound mind is the mind\\nthat can embrace equally great things and small. Johnson.\\n15. With reference to this habit of reading, I make bold\\nto tell you that it is your pass to the greatest, the purest,\\nand the most perfect pleasure that God has prepared for his\\ncreatures. Trollope.\\n16. A rushing, roaring sound was heard along the ocean,\\nwhose surface was first dimpled, next ruffled, and finally\\ncovered with a sheet of clear, white, and spotless foam.\\nCoojh r.\\n17. He most lives\\nWho thinks most, feels the noblest, acts the best.\\nBailey.\\n18. Much rain wears the marble. Shakespeare.\\n19. Necessity never made a good bargain. Franklin.", "height": "2977", "width": "2006", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0180.jp2"}, "181": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 165\\nC. SUMMARY OF DEFINITIONS.\\nAn adjective is a word used with a noun to des-\\nignate more definitely that for which the noun\\nstands.\\nA predicate adjective is an adjective used with a\\ncopulative verb to form the predicate.\\nAn attributive adjective is an adjective that pre-\\ncedes the noun with which it is used.\\nAn appositive adjective is an adjective that\\nimmediately follows the noun with which it is\\nused.\\nA descriptive adjective is an adjective that is\\nused to describe the kind or quality of that for\\nwhich the noun stands.\\nA quantitive adjective is an adjective that is\\nused to distinguish how many there are, or how\\nmuch is contained in that for which the noun\\nstands.\\nA demonstrative adjective is an adjective that\\nis used to direct attention to that for which the\\nnoun stands.\\nAn article is a demonstrative adjective that is\\nused to point out any one of a group or class of\\npersons or things, or point out a particular indi-\\nvidual group or class of persons or things.\\nThe indefinite article is the article that is used\\no point out any one of a group or class of persons\\nor things.", "height": "2967", "width": "1965", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0181.jp2"}, "182": {"fulltext": "166 ENGLISH GRAMMA It.\\nThe definite article is the article that is used to\\npoint out a particular group or class of persons or\\nthings.\\nComparison is the property of adjectives that\\ndesignates the degree of quality or characteristic\\nof that for which the noun stands.\\nDegrees of comparison are the different steps of\\ncomparison.\\nThe positive degree is the simple form of the\\nadjective used as the basis or absolute degree of\\ncomparison.\\nThe comparative degree is the form of the ad-\\njective used to designate a quality or a charac-\\nteristic as one degree higher or lower than that\\ndesignated by the positive.\\nThe superlative degree is the form of the ad-\\njective used to designate a quality or a character-\\nistic in the degree highest or lowest from that\\ndesignated by the positive.\\nInflectional form of comparison is the form of\\ncomparison expressed by inflectional endings.\\nLess and least may be used with the positive\\ndegree to express comparison.\\nToo and very may be used with the positive\\ndegree to express an implied comparison.\\nAdverbial form of comparison is the form of\\ncomparison expressed by adverbs in connection\\nwith the positive degree of the adjective.", "height": "2967", "width": "2008", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0182.jp2"}, "183": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 167\\nOUTLINE CLASSIFICATION OF ADJECTIVES.\\nI. Classes.\\n1. As to position.\\n1. Predicative.\\n2. Attributive.\\n3. Appositive.\\n2. As to use.\\n1. Descriptive.\\n2. Quantitive.\\n3. Demonstrative.\\na. Ordinal Numeral.\\nb. Cardinal Numeral.\\nc. Article.\\n1. Definite.\\n2. Indefinite.\\nII. Comparison.\\n1. Degrees.\\n1. Positive.\\n2. Comparative.\\n3. Superlative.\\n2. Forms.\\n1. Inflectional.\\na. Regular.\\nb. Irregular.\\n2. Adverbial.", "height": "2945", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0183.jp2"}, "184": {"fulltext": "168 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nIV. VERBS.\\nA. CLASSES OF VERBS.\\nA verb is a word used to assert something about\\nsome person or thing. (See 30.)\\nA verb usually expresses action as,\\nPetty laws breed great crimes. Ouida.\\nA verb is sometimes used to express a state as,\\nShe sleeps My lady sleeps. Longfellow.\\nAuxiliary 204. Note that the verbs in full-faced type in\\nVerbs. ie following sentences have lost their own mean-\\ning, and are used to help the verbs with which\\nthey are joined in the expression of their meaning.\\nSuch verbs are called auxiliary verbs.\\n1. The advice that is wanted is generally unwelcome.\\nJohnson.\\n2. Difficulties are meant to rouse, not discourage.\\nCha/nning.\\n3. In all ages solitude has been called for, has been\\nflown to. Disraeli.\\nNotional 205. Verbs that retain their meaning in express-\\nVerbs. m g an action are called notional verbs as.\\n1. We see the world, each of us. with our own sight, ami\\nmake from within us the world we see. Thackeray.\\n2. By attention, ideas are registered on the memory.\\n(Review 35.) \u00e2\u0080\u0094Locke.", "height": "2961", "width": "2010", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0184.jp2"}, "185": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 169\\n206. A transitive verb is one that requires an Transitive\\nobject to complete the idea of the action expressed Verb,\\nby the verb.\\nTransitive is from the Latin transitivus a going\\nover, and refers to the idea that the action expressed\\nby the transitive verb generally goes over and ter-\\nminates on an object; as,\\n1. Pedantry crams our heads with lumber. Colton.\\n2. We cultivate literature on a little oatmeal. Smith.\\nNote whether the idea expressed by the transitive\\nverbs in the following sentences can be said to go over\\nand terminate on objects\\n1. The rich man s son inherits cares. Lowell.\\n2. Every life has some secret pain. Clianning.\\n3. Blown roses hold their sweetness to the last. Dryden.\\n4. These possess wealth as sick men possess fevers.\\n(Review 36.) \u00e2\u0080\u0094Johnson.\\n207. An intransitive verb is one that does not intransitive\\nrequire an object to complete the idea of the action Verb,\\nexpressed by the verb as,\\nI was born an American, I live an American, I shall die\\nan American. Webster.\\n208. Many verbs are used either as transitive or\\nintransitive verbs. Some intransitive verbs may\\nbe used as transitive verbs, and nearly all transitive\\nverbs may be used as intransitive verbs.\\n1. For I know that Death is a guest divine\\nWbo shall drink my blood us 1 drink this wine.\\nWinter.", "height": "2964", "width": "1968", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0185.jp2"}, "186": {"fulltext": "170 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n2. He was a bold man that first ate an oyster. Swift.\\n3. Strive mightily, but eat and. drink as friends.\\nShakespeare.\\nNote that the verbs drink and ate in foregoing sen-\\ntences (1) and (2) are transitive in use.\\nNote that in foregoing sentence (3) the same verbs\\nare intransitive in use.\\n1. The man who can overcome his own terror is a hero\\nand more. Macdonald.\\n2. Youth and health have withstood well the voluntary\\nhardships of her lot. Eliot.\\n3. Four gray walls and four gray towers\\nOverlook a space of flowers. Tennyson.\\n4. I ran over their cabinet of minerals. Addison.\\n5. I was told to look after you once, and I mean to do so.\\nKingsbury.\\n6. All great men come out of the middle classes.\\nEmerson.\\nNote in the foregoing sentences that intransitive\\nverbs are formed into transitive verbs by prefixing\\nprepositions to intransitive verbs, as in sentences (1),\\n(2), (3), or by joining prepositions with transitive\\nverbs, as in sentences (4), (5), (0).\\n1. He sleeps his last sleep, he has fought his last battle.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Heath.\\n2. Your old men shall dream dreams. Bible.\\n3. Creator Venus\\nBeneath the sliding sun thou runn st thy race.\\nDryden,\\nCognate 209. Note from the foregoing sentences that\\nObjects. some intransitive verbs may become so far trail-", "height": "2953", "width": "2014", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0186.jp2"}, "187": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 171\\nsitive verbs as to admit of an object noun of\\nkindred meaning. Such objects are called cognate\\nobjects.\\nCognate is the from Latin cognatus related or akin.\\nAs nearly all transitive verbs are also used as intran-\\nsitive verbs, any possible classification of reasons for\\nchange from transitive to intransitive verbs would\\nprove more misleading than helpful.\\nCertain verbs are most frequently used with it as a\\nsubject as, it rains, it snows, it hails, it grows dark, it\\nlightens, it thunders, etc. (See page 109.)\\n210. Such verbs used in this way are called impersonal\\nimpersonal verbs. Verbs.\\n(For the verbs, meseems and methinks, see page 110.)\\nMost of these verbs are also used with other subjects,\\nas,\\n1. Tears rained from our eyes.\\n2. Orders were thundered in our ears.\\n(Review 37.)\\nA few intransitive verbs have sometimes an incom-\\nplete meaning, and at such times are used to connect\\ntheir subjects with the predicate nouns and adjectives\\nwhich with these verbs are used to form predicates;\\nas,\\n1. Nothing at times is more expressive than silence.\\nEliot.\\n2. Society became my glittering bride.\\nAnd airy hopes my children. Wordsworth.\\nCopulative\\n211. Such verbs are called copulative verbs. Verbs.", "height": "2953", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0187.jp2"}, "188": {"fulltext": "172 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nName the transitive, intransitive, impersonal, com-\\nplete, and incomplete verbs in the following sen-\\ntences\\n1. But there are times when patience proves at fault.\\nBrof iii inj.\\n2. Peace rules the clay when reason rules the mind.\\nCollin*.\\n3. The dreams which nations dream come true.\\nLowell.\\n4. No friendship can excuse a sin. Taylor.\\n5. Literature is the fruit of thinking souls. Carlyle.\\n6. We knew it would rain, for the poplars showed\\nThe white of their leaves. Aldrkh.\\n7. A true poem is a gallery of pictures. Lubbock.\\n8. Truth is tough it will not break like a bubble at a\\ntouch. Holmes.\\n9. Silence is the consummate eloquence of sorrow.\\nWinter.\\n10. Prose is words in best order. Poetry is the best\\nwords in the best order. Coleridge.\\n11. Before men made us citizens, great Nature made us\\nmen. Lowell.\\n12. The greatest pleasure I know is to do a good action\\nby stealth and to have it found out by accident. Lamb.\\n13. An obstinate man does not hold opinions, but they\\nhold him. Pope.\\n14. Blessed is that man who knows his own distaff and\\nhas found his own spindle. Holland.\\nB. VOICE.\\nName each noun in the following sentences thai is\\nused as the name of the doer or agent of the action\\nexpressed by the verb.", "height": "2945", "width": "2014", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0188.jp2"}, "189": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 173\\nName each noun in the following sentences that is\\nused as the name of the object of the action expressed\\nby the verb.\\n1. Bees gather honey.\\n2. Honey is gathered by bees.\\n1. Birds build nests.\\n2. Nests are built by birds.\\nJ 1 Horses draw wagons.\\n2. Wagons are drawn by horses.\\nNote that the two sentences in each of the foregoing\\ngroups are used to express the same thought.\\nNote that in the first sentence in each group the name\\nof the agent is the subject of the verb, and the name\\nof the object of the action is the object of the verb.\\nNote that in the second sentence in each of the fore-\\ngoing groups the noun used as the object of the action is\\nthe subject of the verb, and the noun used as the agent\\nis the subsequent of the preposition by.\\nCompare forms of verbs in sentences (1) and (2) of\\nforegoing groups, and note that different forms of the\\nverb are used, and that these forms designate whether\\nthe subject represents the agent or the object of the\\naction expressed by the verb.\\n212. The form of the verb used to designate Voice,\\nwhether the subject is the agent or the object of\\nthe action expressed by the verb is called voice.\\nVoice is from the Latin vocare to utter or express\\nby voice.\\n213. The voice of the verb used to designate Active\\nthat the agent of the action is the subject of the\\nverb is called the active voice.\\nVoice.", "height": "2967", "width": "1973", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0189.jp2"}, "190": {"fulltext": "174 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nActive is from the Latin activus serving to express\\nthe performing of an action.\\nPassive 214. The voice of the verb used to designate\\nVoice. iat th. e object of the action is the subject of the\\nverb is called the passive voice.\\nPassive is from Latin passivus serving to express\\nthe receiving or suffering of an action.\\nState the reason why only transitive verbs can have\\na passive voice.\\nSpecify the nouns and pronouns in the following sen-\\ntences that are used as the agents or the objects of the\\naction expressed by the verb. Also name each verb,\\nand tell whether it is formed in the active or in the\\npassive voice.\\n1. Memory delights old age.\\n2. Fair faces need no paint.\\n3. Fools are taught by experience.\\n4. Cats hide their claws.\\n5. Wise men are governed by reason.\\n6. Quiet sleep feels no foul weather.\\n7. No advice is needed by lucky men.\\n8. They were tanned by the sun.\\n9. The empty vessel makes the greatest sound.\\n10. He who sows corn will never reap grapes.\\n11. The sin is avoided by him who avoids the temptation.\\n12. Hungry horses make a clean manger.\\n13. He who has good health has great wealth.\\n14. Shame is hardened by public reproof.\\n15. All debts arc paid by him who dies.\\n16. Shallow waters make most noise.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0190.jp2"}, "191": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 175\\nChange the following sentences with verbs in the\\nactive voice to corresponding sentences with verbs in\\nthe passive voice\\n1. Death keeps no calendar.\\n2. A cunning knave needs no broker.\\n3. Friends need no formal invitation.\\n4. The sleeping fox catches no poultry.\\n5. You take every bush for a bugbear.\\n6. He lights the candle at both ends.\\nChange the following sentences with verbs in the\\n.passive voice to corresponding sentences with verbs in\\nthe active voice\\n1. No man is flattered by adversity.\\n2. A great fire is kindled by a little wind.\\n3. No bones are broken by soft words.\\n4. Temptation is prevented by constant occupation.\\n5. Speedy journeys are made by discreet stops.\\n6. Friends are tried by adversity.\\nC. MODE.\\n1. Heaven blesses humble earth. Piatt.\\n2. Heaven bless your expedition. Shakespeare.\\n3. Bless the hand that gave the blow. Dryden.\\n1. Note the uses and the forms of the verb, bless, in\\nthe foregoing sentences.\\n2. Note that the action expressed by the verb,\\nblesses, in sentence (1) is presented to the mind as the\\nstatement of a, fact.\\n3. Note that the action expressed by the verb, 6?e*\u00c2\u00ab,\\nin sentence (2) is presented to the mind as the state-\\nincut of a thought.", "height": "2961", "width": "1961", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0191.jp2"}, "192": {"fulltext": "176 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n4. Note that the action expressed by the verb bless\\nin sentence (3) is presented to the mind as the state-\\nment of a command or exhortation.\\nMode. 215. The use or form of a verb that indicates\\nhow the action or being expressed by the verb is\\npresented to the mind is called mood or mode.\\nMode is from the Latin modus meaning manner,\\nand refers to the way or manner or mode in which the\\naction expressed by the verb is presented to the mind.\\nNote that the action expressed by each of the verbs\\nin full-faced type in the following sentences is presented\\nto the mind as an actual fact.\\n1. A good companion makes good company.\\n2. A rich man s failings are covered with money.\\n3. Humility often gains more than pride.\\nNote that the action expressed by each of the verbs\\nin full-faced type in the following sentences is presented\\nto the mind as ufact assumed to be true.\\n1. Though one grain fills not the sack, it helps.\\n2. If the old dog barks, he gives counsel.\\n3. Though the fox runs, the chickens have wings.\\nNote that the action expressed by each of the verbs\\nin full-faced type in the following sentences is presented\\nto the mind in the form of a question asking for a fact.\\n1. What is freer than a gift\\n2. Who will hang the bell about the oat s neck\\n3. Is no coin good silver but your money", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0192.jp2"}, "193": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 177\\n216. The use or form of a verb which indicates indicative\\nthat the action or being expressed by the verb is Mode,\\npresented to the mind as a fact is called the indica-\\ntive mode.\\nIndicative is from the Latin indicativus serving to\\npoint out, and refers to its use in pointing out or direct-\\ning attention to the facts expressed by the verb.\\nNote that the action expressed by each of the verbs\\nin full-faced type in the following sentences is presented\\nto the mind not as a fact, but as a thought that is,\\nsomething thought of.\\n1. God deliver me from the man of one book.\\n2. Though modesty be a virtue, bashfulness is a vice.\\n3. If a fool have success, it ruins him.\\n217. The use or form of a verb which indicates Subiunctive\\nthat the action or being expressed by the verb is Mode,\\npresented to the mind as something thought of is\\ncalled the subjunctive mode.\\nSubjunctive is from the Latin subjunctivus joined\\nto, and refers to the fact that this mode is usually, but\\nnot always, used in subjoined or subordinate sentences.\\n1. Note that the writer of foregoing sentence (1)\\ndoes not state by the form of the verb, deliver, whether\\nhe does or does not need to be delivered, but states the\\nthought that if need does come, then he prays or desires\\nor wishes to be delivered.\\n2. Note that the writer of sentence (2) by the form\\nof the verb, be, neither affirms nor denies that modesty\\nis a virtue, but simply states the thought as conceded\\nor in doubt, then asserts bashfulness is a vice.", "height": "2977", "width": "1980", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0193.jp2"}, "194": {"fulltext": "178 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n3. Note that the writer of sentence (3) b} r the form\\nof the verb, have, does not assert that a fool will or will\\nnot succeed, but simply states the thought of a supposed\\nsuccess, then asserts the fact that it will ruin him.\\nSubjunctive 218 Note from the following sentences that the\\nin subjunctive mode may be used in the principal\\nPrincipal\\nSentences, sentences.\\n1. Thy kingdom come, Thy will be done.\\n2. Heaven reward your goodness.\\n3. God help the poor.\\nSubjunctive 219 Note m the following sentences that the\\nin Noun subjunctive mode may be used in noun clauses.\\nClauses.\\n1. Command that these stones be made bread.\\n2. Whether he come or not is left undecided.\\n3. Would that he were safe at home.\\n4. It will be to our credit that he want nothing.\\nSubjunctive 22 Note f rom the following sentences that the\\nin subjunctive mode may be used in adverbial clauses.\\nAdverbial\\nClauses. 1- money be not your servant, it will be your master.\\n2. Though the heavens be glorious, yet the}- are not all\\nstars.\\n3. The army was under arms lesl they be attacked.\\n4. Let the truth spread till it reach every laud and every\\nsea.\\nNote. The subjunctive mode is gradually falling\\ninto disuse among modern writers and speakers.\\nNote that the action expressed by the verbs in full-\\nfaced type in the following sentences is presented to the\\nmind as a statement of a command.", "height": "2967", "width": "2014", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0194.jp2"}, "195": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 179\\n1. Stand not upon the order of your going,\\nBut go at once. Shakespeare.\\n2. Come one, come all, this rock shall fly\\nFrom its firm base as soon as I. Scott.\\nNote that the action expressed by the verbs in full-\\nfaced type in the following sentences is presented to\\nthe mind as a statement of entreaty.\\n1. Help me, Cassius, or I sink Shakespeare.\\n2. Visions of glory, spare my aching sight. Gray.\\nNote that the action expressed by the verbs in full-\\nfaced type in the following sentences is presented to\\nthe mind as the statement of a request.\\n1, Never tell your resolution beforehand. Selden.\\n2. Bear welcome in your eyes. Shakespeare.\\n221. The use or form of the verb which indi-\\ncates that the action or being expressed by the\\nverb is presented to the mind as the statement of\\na command, an entreaty, or a request, is called the\\nimperative mode.\\n222. Name each verb in the following; sentences\\nand tell in what mode it is\\n1. Your words bring daylight with them when ou\\nspeak. Eliot.\\n2. If youth be a defect, it is one that Ave outgrow only\\ntoo soon. Lowell.\\n3. Blessed are the horny sons of toil. Id.\\n4. Flame is magnificent though it feed upon the homes\\nof men. Stedman.", "height": "2965", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0195.jp2"}, "196": {"fulltext": "180 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n5. Read much, but not many works. Hamilton.\\n6. Hold the fleet angel fast until he bless thee. Cotton.\\n7. If he have not a friend he may quit the stage.\\nBacon.\\n8. It was well said that envy keeps no holidays. J\\n9. If you have tears, prepare to shed them now.\\nShakespeare.\\n10. Accuse not Nature,\\nShe hath done her part; do thou but thine. Milton.\\n11. Nurture your minds with great thoughts.\\nBeaconsfidd.\\n12. Bless not thyself only that thou wert born in Athens.\\nBrowne.\\nD. TEXSE.\\nNote the time and state of action (complete or in-\\ncomplete) expressed by each of the verbs in full-faced\\ntype in the following sentences\\nr 1. Necessity creates industry.\\nI. 2. Necessity created industry.\\nI 3. Necessity will create industry.\\nNote the time anil state of action (complete or in-\\ncomplete) expressed by each of the verbs in the fol-\\nlowing sentences\\nr 1. Necessity has created industry.\\nII. 2. Necessity had created industry.\\nI 3. Necessity will have created industry.\\nNote that in foregoing groups, I. and II.,- eacti of\\nthe verbs in sentence (1) expresses present time, cadi\\nof the verbs in sentence (2) past time, and each of the\\nverbs in sentence (3) future time.\\nNote that each of the verbs in group IT. designates\\nthe action as completed at the time expressed by the\\nverb.", "height": "2967", "width": "2006", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0196.jp2"}, "197": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 181\\n223. The form of the verb that is used to clesig- Tense,\\nnate the time, or both the time and the state of\\naction expressed by the verb, is called tense.\\nTense is from Old French tens (temps time.\\nThe tenses of the verb in foregoing group, I., do not\\ndesignate the state, but only the time of the action\\nexpressed by the verb; hence are named from the basis\\nof the time of the action expressed by the verb, as\\n1. Necessity creates. Present tense.\\n2. Necessity created. Past tense.\\n3. Necessity win create. Future tense.\\nThe tenses of the verb in foregoing group, II., desig-\\nnate not only the time, but also the state of the action\\nexpressed by the verb, hence are named from the basis\\nof both the time and the state of action expressed by\\nthe verb, as\\n1. Necessity has created. Present perfect tense.\\n2. Necessity had created. Past perfect tense.\\n3. Necessity will have created. Future perfect tense.\\nObserve the foregoing tense forms, and note that the\\npresent and past tenses have the only inflected tense\\nforms. The other tenses are formed with the aid of\\nauxiliary verbs.\\nUsing he as subject, write out the tense forms of the\\nverb kill, killed, to express the following conditions of\\ntime, or time and state of action\\n1. Action completed in the past time.\\n2. Action performed in the future time.\\n3. Action completed in the future time.\\n4. Action performed in the present time.", "height": "2963", "width": "1960", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0197.jp2"}, "198": {"fulltext": "182 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n5. Action completed in the present time.\\n6. Action performed in the past time.\\nThe foregoing sentences are in the indicative mode,\\nactive voice.\\nName the verbs in the active voice, indicative mode,\\nin the following sentences, and tell the tense of each\\n1. A bear will not attempt to fly. Swift.\\n2. It is not so correct to say that he (Shakespeare)\\nspeaks from Nature as that she speaks through him. Pope.\\n3. The young moon had fed her exhausted horn with\\nthe sunset s fire. Shelley.\\n4. Love has made its best interpreter a sigh. Byron.\\n5. I warmed both hands against the fire of life.\\nLandor.\\n6. Prayer will make a man cease from sin, or sin will\\nentice a man to cease from prayer. Bunyan.\\n7. A nightingale dies for shame if another bird sings\\nbetter. Fronde.\\n8. Hero worship exists, has existed, and will forever\\nexist universally among mankind. Carlyle.\\n9. Polished brass will pass upon more people than rough\\ngold. Chester field.\\n10. God enters by a private door into every individual.\\nEllli rsnrt.\\n11. And, Father Cardinal, I have heard you say.\\nThat we shall see and know our friends in heaven\\nIf that be true, I shall see my boy again.\\nSkakespi are.\\nPresent Tense.\\nPresent 224 Observe in the following sentences that the\\nTense, present tense may be used to designate that which\\nthe verb is used to express", "height": "2967", "width": "2000", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0198.jp2"}, "199": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 183\\n1. As actually taking place at a present time (1).\\n2. As taking place at some future time, but stated\\nin the present for vividness of expression (2) and (3).\\n3. As stating a general truth or custom belonging\\nto all time (4) and (5).\\n4. As taking place in past time, but pictured to the\\nmind as present for the sake of giving vividness of\\nexpression (6).\\n1. The noonday quiet holds the hill. Tennyson.\\n2. But fifty years hence, when Truth gets a hearing, the\\nmuse of history will put Phocion for the Greek\\nPhillips.\\n3. Traitor, I go, but I return. Croly.\\n4. The heart is wiser than the intellect. Holland.\\n5. Earth is but the frozen echo of the silent voice of\\nGod. Hageman.\\n6. The anchors were weighed, the great hull swayed in\\nthe current, the bell strikes the wheels revolve, the signal\\ngun gives back its echoes in upon every structure along the\\nshore and the Arctic glides joyfully forth from the Mersey\\nand turns her prow to the winding channel and begins her\\nhomeward run. The pilot stood and men saw him.\\nBeecJier.\\nPast Tense.\\n225. Observe in the following sentences that the p ast\\npast tense may be used to designate that which Tense.\\nthe verb is used to express\\n1. As taking place at some time before the present,\\nas a single act.\\n2. As a customary act taking place at a time before\\nthe present.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0199.jp2"}, "200": {"fulltext": "184 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. Then sculpture and her sister arts revived\\nStone leaped to form, and rocks began to live. Pope.\\n2. In this fool s paradise he drank delight. Crabbe.\\nFuture Tense.\\nFuture 226 Observe in the following sentences that the\\nTense, future tense may be used to designate that which\\nthe verb is used to express\\n1. As actually taking place some time after the\\npresent (1), (2).\\n2. As stating a general truth belonging to all time\\n(3), (4).\\n3. As stating a mild command (5).\\n4. As stating a customary or repeated action (6).\\n1. We shall meet in happier climes, and on a safer shore.\\nAddison.\\n2. To-morrow the dreams and flowers will fade. Moore.\\n3. A suppressed resolve will betray itself in the eye.\\nEliot.\\n4. A wise man will make more opportunities than he\\nfinds. Beacons ft eld.\\n5. You (Sherman) will proceed with as little delay as\\npossible to Memphis, Tennessee, taking with you one\\ndivision of your present command. Grant.\\n6. They will go to Sunday-school through storms their\\nbrothers are afraid of They will stand behind a table\\nat a fair all day. Holmes.\\nNote. In colloquial English the present tense witli\\nan adverb referring to future time is quite commonly\\nused instead of the future tense as,\\n1. I leave to-morrow on an early train.\\n2. He starts at sunrise.", "height": "2966", "width": "2014", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0200.jp2"}, "201": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 185\\n3. I am going abroad next month.\\n4. I remain in the city next winter.\\nPerfect Tense.\\n227. Observe in the following sentences that the Perfect\\nperfect tense is used to designate that which the Tense.\\nverb is used to express\\n1. As action completed and performed in the present\\ntime (2).\\n2. As completed action as repeated and reaching to\\nthe present time (1).\\n3. As action completed and belonging to all time,\\nbut stated in the present time (3).\\n1. I have long looked for one fit to grow by my side.\\nCooper.\\n2. Now I have found him. Id.\\n3. God has lent us the earth for our life. RusMn.\\nPast Perfect Tense.\\n228. Note from the following sentence that the p ast\\npast perfect tense is used to designate that which Perfect\\nthe verb is used to express as action completed in\\nthe past time before an assumed past time. The\\nassumed past time may be either expressed or\\nimplied.\\n1. .The star that had blazed so brightly over the world\\nAvent down in blood, and the bravest of the brave had\\nfought his last battle. Headley.\\n229. Note from the following sentence that th\\nFuture\\nPerfect\\nfuture perfect tense is used to designate that which Tense.", "height": "2959", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0201.jp2"}, "202": {"fulltext": "186 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nthe verb is used to express as action completed in\\nthe future before an assumed future time. The\\ngiven future time may be expressed or implied.\\nI. When that crisis shall come, the colossal fabric of\\nthe British Empire will have given way under its always\\naccumulating weight. Sewa/rd.\\nGive the tense of each verb in the following sen-\\ntences and state the particular use of each\\n1. I had wandered in at noontide when all nature is\\npeculiarly quiet. Irving.\\n2. God s mills grind slow but sure. Herbert.\\n3. Joy comes and goes, hope ebbs and Hows\\nLike the wave. Arnold.\\n4. You will therefore permit me to repeat emphatically\\nthat Marley was as dead as a door nail. Dickens.\\n5. The allegory of Bunyan has been read by many\\nthousands with tears. Macaulay.\\n6. His blood has been very hot, but it has had time to\\ncool. Cooper.\\n7. As a general he marshaled the peasant into a vet-\\neran, and supplied by discipline the absence of experience.\\nPhillips.\\n8. He that lives upon hopes will die fasting.\\nThackeray.\\n9. A good man will avoid the spot of any sin.\\nJohnson.\\n10. In politics what begins in fear usually ends in folly.\\nColeridge.\\nII. Where law ends tyranny begins. Chatham.\\n12. Genuine wit implies no small amount of wisdom and\\nculture. Harvey.\\n13. Events of all sorts creep or fly exactly as God\\npleases. Cowper.", "height": "2945", "width": "2014", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0202.jp2"}, "203": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n187\\nE. PERSON.\\nNote from the verbs in following sentences (1), (2),\\n(3), that some forms of the verb are used to denote\\nwhether that expressed by the verb has reference to a\\nsubject in the relation of the first, the second, or the\\nthird person.\\n1. I am enjoying my privileges.\\n2. You are testing your abilities.\\n3. He is developing great powers.\\n4. Waste makes want.\\n5. Quick landlords make careful tenants.\\n230. Such a modification of the verb is called Person.\\nperson.\\nNote from the verbs in foregoing sentences (4), (5),\\nthat some forms of the verb are used to denote whether\\nthat expressed by the verb has reference to one or to\\nmore than one person or thing.\\n231. Such a modification of the verb is called\\nnumber.\\nThe modifications of a verb for person or number are\\nlimited to a few forms, but under the assumption that\\nthe verb is used to distinguish the action expressed by\\nits subject both in person and in number. These rela-\\ntions may be said to exist even in the verb forms that\\nare not modified. On such a basis the verb must be in\\nthe first, second, or third person, and in the singular or\\nplural number.\\nNumber.\\n232. The forms of the verb used to distinguish\\nperson and number by inflection are found only in", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0203.jp2"}, "204": {"fulltext": "188 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nthe active voice and in the indicative mode as\\nfollows\\n1. The second person, singular number, has the end-\\nings, st and est, in the present and past tenses as\\nThou strivest; thou readest; thou lovedst.\\n2. The third person, singular number, has the end-\\nings, s, th, or eth, in the present tense as\\nShe loves, he readeth, he doth.\\n3. s is the regular ending in the third person, sin-\\ngular number of the present tense, indicative mode,\\nactive voice.\\nNote. The endings, st and est, of the second per-\\nson, singular number, are rarely used, and th and eth\\nare no longer used except in poetry or impassioned\\nprose. These endings are sometimes called Old Form\\nendings.\\nDesignate the inflected verb endings of verbs in the\\nfollowing sentences, and state whether they arc common\\nor Old Form endings\\n1. He is gentle that doth gentle deeds. Chaucer.\\n2. One touch of nature makes the whole world kin.\\nShakespeare.\\n3. There is no God, the foolish saith. Mrs. Brown ing.\\n4. Life hath more awe than death. Bailey.\\nF. VERBALS.\\nVerbal. Note that the words in full-faced type in the fol-\\nlowing sentences are verb forms used cither as nouns or\\nas adjectives", "height": "2967", "width": "2022", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0204.jp2"}, "205": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n189\\n1. Thinking is very far from knowing.\\n2. A dog living is better than a lion dead.\\n3. To labor is to live.\\n233. Such forms are called verbals.\\n234. The verbal which, used as a noun, expresses infinitive.\\nthe action or condition denoted by the verb, with-\\nout directly asserting it, is called an infinitive.\\n(See 39.)\\nNote that there are different forms of infinitives in\\nthe following sentences\\n1. To buy and to sell is but to win and lose.\\n2. To beg a courtesy is to sen liberty.\\n1. Buying and selling is but winning and losing.\\n2. Begging a courtesy is selling liberty.\\n235. Note that one form consists of to a verb\\nform, or the same form of the verb without to.\\nThis form is called the simple infinitive, or in-\\nfinitive.\\n236. Note that the other form consists of the\\nsimplest form of the verb with ing affixed. This\\nform of the infinitive is called the gerund.\\n237. To is not necessarily a characteristic sign\\nof the simple infinitive. In early English to was\\nnot used with the infinitive, and in present usaue\\nis generally omitted before the infinitive, after the\\nverbs, may, can, see; trill, shall, hear; Id. dare feel;\\nbid, mast, make, need, and do; as,\\nGerund,", "height": "2961", "width": "1976", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0205.jp2"}, "206": {"fulltext": "190 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. I dare do all things that may become a man who\\ndares do more is none. Shakespeare.\\n2. Let us be merciful as well as just. Longfellow.\\n238. The sign of the infinitive in Early English\\nwas an, which in a shortened form is found to-day\\nin such expressions as, he has gone a-hunting,\\na-wooing, a-Jishing, etc.\\nNote that the verbs in the following sentences are\\nused as adjectives\\n1. Then came lovely spring flooding the earth with\\nflowers. Longfellow.\\n2. And Hope enchanted smiled and waved her golden\\nhair. Coivper.\\nParticiples. 239 The verbal which, used as an adjective,\\nshares in the construction of the verb to which it\\nbelongs is called a participle. (See 47.)\\n240. Infinitives are verb nouns; participles are\\nverb adjectives.\\n241. The simple infinitives and gerunds are the\\npresent and the perfect, and are in the active and\\npassive voices as,\\n(to) give; (to) have given; (to) be given; (to) have\\nbeen given.\\ngiven; having given; being given having been given.\\n242. The participles are the present, the past,\\nand the perfect, and are in the active and passive\\nvoices.\\nActive, giving given having given\\nPassive, being given given having given", "height": "2967", "width": "1974", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0206.jp2"}, "207": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 191\\nNote. The present active participle ends in ing\\nthe past participle generally ends in d, t, or n.\\nGerund is from the Latin gerere to bear or to\\ncarry, and has reference to a gerund as carrying or\\nbearing some of the characteristics of a verb.\\n243. The gerund is sometimes called the verbal\\nnoun, but that name would seem to specify the\\nnaming rather than the expressing of the action.\\nThe gerund should perhaps be placed in a distinct\\nclass of verbals, as it is in several languages, but the\\nuses of the early English gerund have become so inter-\\nwoven with the infinitive and gerund uses that it has\\nseemed more desirable to classify the gerund as a kind\\nof infinitive.\\n244. Note from the following sentences that a\\ngerund may be used as a subject or as an object of\\na verb or with a preposition.\\n1. Knowing is seeing. Locke.\\n2. Cease vowing and sighing, the night is nigh gone.\\nMontgomery.\\n3. Genius is an immense capacity for taking trouble.\\nCarlyle.\\nAs the gerund and the present participle are alike in\\nform, the specific use in each case must be the deter-\\nmined tesl for these verbals.\\n(Noun.) Suffering for a friend doubles friendship.\\n(Gerund.)\\n(Adjective.) Standing pools gather tilth. (Participle.)\\nWhile the forms of the gerund and the present par-\\nticiple are similar, they are not identical, as an inquiry", "height": "2953", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0207.jp2"}, "208": {"fulltext": "192 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\ninto the derivation of the endings and the historical\\ndevelopment of these verbals will clearly reveal them\\nto be separate forms with separate uses.\\nNote. In such compound forms as walking stick,\\nfishing rod, hiding place, etc., the verbal Forms are\\ngerunds and not participles, and mean not a stick that\\nwalks, but a stick for walking, etc.\\nAbstract nouns formed from verbs and ending in ing\\nmay readily be mistaken for gerunds, and the distinc-\\ntion is not at all times easily apprehended, as it is based\\non the inquiry as to whether the naming or the express-\\ning idea of the action dominates in the form.\\n1. If the questioned form has an object, it must be\\na gerund.\\n2. If it has not an object and is modified by the\\ndefinite article or limited by the preposition of, with\\nits subsequent, it can generally be assumed to be an\\nabstract noun as,\\n1. The setting of a great hope is like the setting of the\\nsun. Longfellow.\\n2. All of us have cause to wail the dimming of our\\nshining star. Shakespeare.\\n3. One must spend time in gathering knowledge to give\\nit out richly. Stedman.\\nName the infinitives, gerunds, participles, and ab-\\nstract nouns in the following\\n1. I shall cheerfully bear the reproach of having de-\\nscended below the dignity of history. Macaulay.\\n2. And the miser bees are busy hoarding golden honey.\\nAldrich.\\n3. For next to being a good poet is the power of under-\\nstanding one. Longfellow.", "height": "2967", "width": "2038", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0208.jp2"}, "209": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 193\\n4. But winter lingering chills the lap of May.\\nGoldsmith.\\n5. To be of no church is dangerous. Johnson.\\n6. It needs a great nature to bear the weight of a great\\ngratitude. Ouida.\\n7. Half the failures in life come from pulling one s horse\\nwhen he is leaping. Hood.\\n8. Learning makes a man fit company for himself.\\nYoitng.\\n9. The law is a glass, not to make me beautiful, but to\\nshow me my deformities. Hill.\\n10. To choose time is to save time. Bacon.\\n11. Ivy twines the crumbling wall to decorate decay.\\nBailey.\\n12. Prayer is the spirit speaking truth to truth. Id.\\n13. The truest self-respect is not to think of self.\\nBeecher.\\nG. CONJUGATION.\\n245. The regular arrangement of verb forms 0oniu\u00c2\u00b0-a-\\nand phrases used in the expression of the relations tion.\\nof voice, mode, tense, person, and number, is called\\nconjugation.\\nConjugation is from the Latin conjugare to join\\ntogether.\\n246. The form of conjugation in the active voice, Common\\nand the one to which reference has been made thus Form.\\nEar in the explanation of modes and tenses, is called\\nthe common form.\\n247. There is, however, another form of conju- Progressive\\ngation in the active voice which is constructed by Form,\\njoining the present participle of the verb to the", "height": "2961", "width": "1963", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0209.jp2"}, "210": {"fulltext": "194 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\ndifferent forms of the conjugation of the verb be f\\nand is used to denote action as continuing or pro-\\ngressing at the time designated by the auxiliary\\nverb. This is called the progressive form.\\nPrincipal 248 The forms of a verb needful for the pur-\\nParts, pose of building up or constructing the different\\nparts of a conjugation are called the principal parts\\nof a verb.\\n249. The principal parts of a verb are,\\nI. Present indicative or infinitive. (Active.)\\nII. Past indicative. (Active.)\\nIII. Past participle.\\nThe present or simple form of the principal parts is\\nthe root form of the verb, and is generally found in the\\npresent indicative or infinitive, or in the imperative or\\nsubjunctive modes.\\nNote. Sometimes the present active participle is\\ngiven as a principal part of the verb, because it is\\nneeded in the construction of the progressive form of\\nthe verb. This is not essential, as the present active\\nparticiple is always the root jform of the verb ing\\naccording to the following:\\n1. i? final when silent and not preceded by a vowel\\nis dropped before adding ing; as, hoping, loving, etc.\\n2. Words of one syllable, or words of more than one\\nsyllable accented on the last syllable, when they end in\\na single consonant preceded by a single vowel, double\\nthe final consonant before adding ing; as, running, wit-\\nting, forgetting, etc.\\n3. Otherwise ing is added directly.", "height": "2964", "width": "2014", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0210.jp2"}, "211": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 195\\n250. A verb that lias not all its principal parts Defective\\nis called a defective verb. Verb.\\n251. A verb that has more than one form for Redundant\\nany of its principal parts is called a redundant verb. Verb.\\n252. Verbs that change the vowel of the present old Con-\\nto form the past indicative, and do not make any jugation.\\nfurther change, are called strong verbs, or verbs of\\nthe old conjugation.\\nThe past participle of verbs of the old conjugation\\nformerly ended in en, but many of these verbs have lost\\nthe characteristic ending.\\n253. Verbs that acid t, d, or eel to the present to Q on _\\nform the past indicative are called weak verbs, or jugation.\\nverbs of the new conjugation.\\nThe endings t and d are shortened forms of te and de\\nwhich are old forms of the past tense of the verb do.\\nTT tit te j t dreamt\\nHe dream did dream dream\\nde cl dreamed.\\nThe vowel e before final d is the connecting vowel\\nof the conjugation which is omitted before the ending t.\\nThe verbs of the old conjugation are the oldest in\\nthe language. All new verhs mining into the language\\nin modern times are formed according to the construc-\\nfcioD of the new conjugation.\\n254. Verbs whose past tense and pasl participle Regular\\nare formed by adding or ed to the present are Verbs,\\ncalled regular verbs.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0211.jp2"}, "212": {"fulltext": "196\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nIrregular 255 Verbs whose past tense and past participle\\nVerbs, are not formed by adding d or ed to the present\\nare called irregular verbs.\\n256. The following list of old conjugation verbs\\nis given for reference. When there is a regular\\nverb form in any of the parts, it is indicated by the\\nletter R. When there are two or more forms in\\nany of the principal parts, they are given in the\\norder of their importance in common usage.\\nOld Conjugation Verbs.\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST.\\nPAST PARTICIPLE\\nabide\\nabode\\nabode\\narise\\narose\\narisen\\nawake\\nawoke R\\nawoke R\\nbear (bring forth)\\nbore\\nborn\\nbear (carry)\\nbore\\nborne\\nbeat\\nbeat\\nbeaten\\nbegin\\nbegan\\nbegun\\nbegun\\nbehold\\nbeheld\\nbeheld\\nbid\\nJ bade\\nj bid\\nbidden\\nbid\\nbind\\nbound\\nbound\\nbite\\nbit\\nf bitten\\nt bit\\nblow\\nblew\\nblown\\nbreak\\nbroke\\nbrake\\nbroken\\nburst\\nburst\\nburst\\nchide\\nchid\\nchidden\\n(rl id\\nchoose\\nchose\\nchosen", "height": "2967", "width": "2006", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0212.jp2"}, "213": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\nli\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST.\\nPAST PARTICIPLE.\\ncleave (to split)\\ncleft\\n(clove R\\ncleft\\ncloven R\\ncling\\nclung\\nclung\\ncome\\ncame\\ncome\\ndig\\ndug R\\ndug R\\ndo\\ndid\\ndone\\ndraw-\\ndrew\\ndrawn\\ndrunk\\ndrink\\ndrank\\ndrank\\ndrunken\\neat\\nate\\neaten\\nfall\\nfell\\nfallen\\nfight\\nfought\\nfought\\nfind\\nfound\\nfound\\nfling\\nflung\\nflung\\nfly\\nflew\\nflown\\nforbear\\nforebore\\nforeborne\\nforget\\nforgot\\nf forgotten\\nforgot\\nforsake\\nforsook\\nforsaken\\nfreeze\\nfroze\\nfrozen\\nget\\ngot\\n(got\\ngotten\\ngive\\ngave\\ngiven\\ngo\\nwent l\\ngone\\ngrind\\nground\\nground\\ngrow\\ngrew\\ngrown\\nhang\\nhung R\\nhung R\\nheave\\nhove R\\nhove R\\nhold\\nheld\\nheld\\nknow\\nknew\\nknown\\nlie\\nlay\\nlain\\nride\\nrode\\nridden\\nl \\\\Y.m, p\\ntsl tense of wend,\\nto go.", "height": "2967", "width": "1984", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0213.jp2"}, "214": {"fulltext": "198\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nPRESENT.\\nring\\nrise\\nrun\\nsee\\nseek\\nseethe\\nsell\\nshake\\nshine\\nshoot\\nshrink\\nsing\\nsink\\nsit\\nslay\\nslide\\nsling\\nslink\\nsmite\\nspeak\\nspin\\nspring\\nstand\\nstave\\nsteal\\nstick\\nsting\\nPAST.\\nPAST PARTICIPLE.\\nj rang\\nX rung\\nrung\\nrose\\nrisen\\nran\\nrun\\nsaw\\nseen\\nsought\\nsought\\nsod R\\nsodden\\nsold\\nsold\\nshook\\nshaken\\nshone R\\nshone B\\nshot\\nshot\\nshrank\\nshrunk\\nshrunk\\nshrunken\\nsang\\nsung\\nsunk\\nsank\\nsung\\nsunk\\nsunken\\nsat\\nsat\\nslew\\nslain\\nslid\\nj slid\\nslidden\\nslung\\nslunk\\nslank\\nslung\\nslunk\\nsmote\\nsmit\\nsmitten\\nsmit\\nspoke\\nspake\\nspoken\\nspun\\nsprang\\nsprung\\nstood\\nspun\\nsprung\\nstood\\nstove R\\nstove R\\nstole\\nstolen\\nstuck\\nstuck\\nstung\\nstung", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0214.jp2"}, "215": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST.\\nPAST PARTICIPLE\\nstink\\nstank\\nstunk\\nstunk\\nstride\\nstrode\\nstridden\\nstrid\\nstrike\\nstruck\\nstruck\\nstricken\\nstring\\nstrung\\nstrung\\nstrive\\nstrove\\nstriven\\nswear\\nswore\\nsworn\\nswim\\nJ swam\\nswum\\nswum\\nswing\\nswung\\nswung\\ntake\\ntook\\ntaken\\ntear\\ntore\\ntorn\\nthrive\\nthrove\\nthriven\\nthrow\\nthrew\\nthrown\\ntread\\ntrod\\n(trod\\ntrodden\\nwake\\nwoke R\\nwoke R\\nwear\\nwore\\nworn\\nweave\\nwove R\\nwoven\\nwove R\\nwin\\nwi m\\nwon\\nwind\\nwound\\nwound\\nwring\\nwrung\\nwrung\\nwrite\\nwrote\\nwritten\\n199\\nIrregular Verbs of New Conjugation.\\n257. The following list comprises the irregular\\nverbs of the new conjugation, and is given according\\nto the plan stated in the foregoing list.\\nPR] SENT.\\nPAST.\\nPABT PARTK tl\\nbend\\nbent R\\nLent R\\nbereave\\nbereft R\\nbereft R", "height": "2953", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0215.jp2"}, "216": {"fulltext": "200\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST.\\nPAST PARTICIPLE.\\nbeseech\\nbesought R\\nbesought R\\nbleed\\nbled\\nbled\\nbreed\\nbred\\nbred\\nbring\\nbrought\\nbrought\\nbuild\\nbuilt R\\nbuilt R\\nburn\\nburnt R\\nburnt R\\nbuy\\nbought\\nbought\\ncast\\ncast\\ncast\\ncatch\\ncaught\\ncaught\\nclothe\\nclad R\\nclad R\\ncost\\ncost\\ncost\\ncreep\\ncrept\\ncrept\\ncut\\ncut\\ncut\\ndeal\\ndealt\\ndealt\\ndream\\ndreamt R\\ndreamt R\\ndwell\\ndwelt R\\ndwelt R\\nfeed\\nfed\\nfed\\nfeel\\nfelt\\nfelt\\ngild\\nR gilt\\nR gilt\\ngird\\ngirt R\\ngirt R\\ngrave\\nR\\nR graven\\nhave\\nhad\\nhad\\nhear\\nheard\\nheard\\nhew\\nR\\nR hewn\\nhide\\nhid\\nhidden\\n1 hid\\nhurt\\nhurt\\nhurt\\nkeep\\nkept\\nkept\\nkneel\\nknelt R\\nknelt R\\nknit\\nR knit\\nR knit\\nlay\\nlaid\\nlaid\\nlead\\nled\\nled\\nlean\\nR leant\\nR leant\\nlearn\\nR learnt\\nR learnt", "height": "2961", "width": "2006", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0216.jp2"}, "217": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n201\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST.\\nPAST PARTICIPLE\\nleap\\nR leapt\\nR leapt\\nleave\\nleft\\nleft\\nlend\\nlent\\nlent\\nlight\\nR lit\\nR lit\\nlose\\nlost\\nlost\\nmake\\nmade\\nmade\\nmean\\nmeant\\nmeant\\nmeet\\nmet\\nmet\\npay\\npaid\\npaid\\npen\\nR pent\\nR pent\\nput\\nput\\nput\\nread\\nread\\nread\\nrend\\nrent\\nrent\\nrid\\nrid\\nrid\\nrive\\nR\\nR riven\\nsay\\nsaid\\nsaid\\nseek\\nsought\\nsought\\nsell\\nsold\\nsold\\nsend\\nsent\\nsent\\nset\\nset\\nset\\nsew\\nR\\nR sown\\nshave\\nR\\nR shaven\\nshear\\nR shore\\nR shorn\\nshed\\nshed\\nshed\\nshoe\\nshod\\nshod\\nshoAV\\nR\\nshown R\\nshred\\nshred R\\nshred R\\nshut\\nshut\\nshut\\nsleep\\nslept\\nslept\\nslit\\nslit\\nslit\\nsow\\nR\\nsown R\\nspeed\\nsped R\\nsped R\\nSpell\\nR spelt\\nR spell\\nspend\\nspent\\nspent", "height": "2954", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0217.jp2"}, "218": {"fulltext": "202\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nPRESENT.\\nspill\\nspit\\nsplit\\nB spilt\\nspit\\nspat\\nsplit\\nspit\\nspat j\\nPAST\\nrun [i iii.i:\\nli\\nspilt\\nspat\\nsplit\\nCONJUGATION OF VERB HAVE.\\n258. As the verb have, which is used as an auxil-\\niary verb in the construction of some conjugation\\nforms, has some unusual contractions with the in-\\nflectional endings, the present and past tenses are\\ngiven at this time.\\nPrincipal Parts.\\nPRESENT.\\npast.\\nPAST PARTICIPLE\\nhave\\nhad\\nhad\\nIndicative Mode.\\nSINGULAR.\\nPresent Tense.\\nPLURAL.\\n1. I have\\n2. You have (thou hast)\\n3 He has\\n1.\\n3.\\nAVe have\\nYou have\\nThey have\\nSINGULAR.\\nPast Tense.\\nPHRAL.\\n1. I had\\n2. You had\\n3. He had\\n(thou hadst)\\n1.\\n2.\\n3.\\nWe had.\\nYou had\\nThey had\\nJ fust is a contracted form of ha rest.\\nJin* is a contracted form of haves,\\nJ/ml is a contracted form of haved.\\nIluilst is a contracted form of ha/vedest.", "height": "2929", "width": "2014", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0218.jp2"}, "219": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 203\\nThere is also an old form of the third person, singu-\\nlar number of the present tense viz. hath, which is a\\ncontracted form of haveth.\\n259\\nCONJUGATION OF VERB BE.\\nPrincipal Parts.\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST. PAST PARTICIPLE\\nam, be\\nwas been\\nIndicative Mode.\\nPresent Tense.\\nSign root form of verb (partly inflected).\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\n1. I am 1. We are\\n2. You are (thou art) 2. You are\\n3. He is 3. They are\\nPast Tense.\\nSign past tense (principal part).\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\n1. I was 1. We were\\n2. You were (thou wert or wast) 2. You were\\n3. He was 3. They wer\\nFuture Tense.\\nSign root form of verb.\\nmil\\n1. I shall be 1. Wr shall be\\n2. STou will be (thou wilt be) 2. Y u will he\\n3. lie will be 3. They will be", "height": "2921", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0219.jp2"}, "220": {"fulltext": "20-4 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nPresent Perfect Tense.\\nSign have (partly inflected) -f- past participle.\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\n1. I have been 1. We have been\\n2. You have been (thou hast been) 2. You have been\\n3. He has been 3. They have been\\nPast Perfect Tense.\\nSign had past participle.\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\n1. I had been 1. We had been\\n2. You had been (thou hadst been) 2. You had been\\n3. He had been 3. They had been\\nFuture Perfect Tense.\\nSign have past participle.\\nwill\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\n1. I shall have been 1. We shall have been\\n2. You will have been 2. You will have been\\n(thou wilt have been)\\n3. He will have beeu 3. They will have been\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nPresent Tense.\\nSign root form of verb (not inflected).\\nSINGULAR. 1 IIKAL.\\n1. I be 1. We be\\n2. You be (thou be) 2. Yon be\\n3. He be 3. They be", "height": "2953", "width": "2014", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0220.jp2"}, "221": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 205\\nPast Tense.\\nSign past tense, principal part (not inflected).\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\n1. I were 1. We were\\n2. You were (thou wert) 2. You were\\n3. He were 3. They were\\nPresent Perfect Tense.\\nSign have (not inflected) past participle.\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\n1. I have been 1. We have been\\n2. You have been 2. You have been\\n(thou have been)\\n3. He have been 3. They have been\\nPast Perfect Tense.\\nSign had (not inflected) past participle.\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\n1. T had been 1. We had been\\n2. You had been 2. You had been\\n(thou had been)\\n3. He had been 3. They had been\\nImperative Mode.\\nPresent Tense.\\nSign simple root form of verb.\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\nBe (thou or you) Be (you or ye)\\nVERBALS.\\nI. Infinitives.\\n1. Sim J tie.\\n1. 1 rt siiii. Sign voot form of verb; be.\\n2. Perfect. Sign=Ziave+pas1 participle; (to) have been.", "height": "2945", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0221.jp2"}, "222": {"fulltext": "206 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n2. Gerunds.\\n1. Present. Sign root form of verb -\\\\-ing being.\\n2. Present. Sign=/tai jw/+past participle; having been,\\nII. Participles.\\n1. Present. Sign root form of verb 4- ing; being.\\n2. Past. Sign principal part of verb; been.\\n3. Perfect. Sign =Jiaving+ past participle; having been.\\n260. The conjugation of the verb fo is in reality\\na composite conjugation made up of the remnants\\nof three different verb roots; viz., be, (ban), am,\\n(art, is, are), and ivas (loere).\\n261. Note from the foregoing conjugation forms\\nthat shall and to ill are used in the formation of\\nfuture tenses, and the verb, have, is used in the\\nformation of perfect tenses and verbal forms in the\\nperfect.\\n262. The verb be is used as a notional verb\\nwhen signifying existence or when used as a copu-\\nlative verb as,\\n1. Man s life is as it was and as it ever will be. Carlyle.\\n2. Where liberty dwells there is my country. Franklin.\\nCONJUGATION OF THE VERB KNOW.\\nGive and apply the tense signs and verbal formations\\ngiven in connection with the verb be in the formation\\nof the active voice of the verb know.\\nPrincipal Parts.\\nPRESENT.\\npast.\\nPAST PARTICIPLE\\nknow\\nknew\\nknown", "height": "2967", "width": "2006", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0222.jp2"}, "223": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 207\\nACTIVE VOICE. (Common Form.)\\nIndicative Mode.\\nPresent Tense,\\nsingular. plural.\\n1. I know 1. We know\\n2. You know (thou knowest) 2. You know\\n3. He knows 3. They know\\nPast Tense,\\nsingular. plural.\\n1. I knew 1. We knew\\n2. You knew (tkou knewest) 2. You knew\\n3. He knew 3. Tkey knew\\nEUTURE\\nSINGULAR.\\nTense.\\nPLURAL.\\n1.\\n2.\\n3.\\nI shall know\\nYou will know\\n(thou wilt know)\\nHe will know\\n1.\\n2.\\n3.\\nWe shall know\\nYou will know\\nThey will know\\nPresent\\nPer\\nfect\\nTense.\\nsingular.\\nPLURAL.\\n1.\\n2,\\nI have known\\nYou have known\\n1.\\n2.\\nWe have known\\nYou have known\\n(thou hast known)\\n3. He has known 3. They have known\\nPast Perfect Tense.\\nsingular. plural.\\n1. I had known 1. We had known\\nYou had known 2. You had known\\n(thou hadst known)\\nlie had known 3. Thev had known", "height": "2905", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0223.jp2"}, "224": {"fulltext": "208 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nFuture Perfect Tense,\\nsingular. plural.\\n1. I shall have known 1. We shall have known\\n2. You will have known 2. You will have known\\n(thou wilt have known)\\n3. He will have known 3. They will have known\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nPresent Tense,\\nsingular. plural.\\n1. I know 1. We know\\n2. You know (thou know) 2. You know\\n3. He know 3. They know\\nPast Tense,\\nsingular. plural.\\n1 I knew 1. We knew\\n2. Yon knew (thou knew) 2. You knew\\n3. He knew 3. They knew\\nPresent Perfect Tense,\\nsingular. plural.\\n1. I have known 1. We have known\\n2. You have known 2. Yon have known\\n(thou have known)\\n3. He has known 3. They have known\\nPast Perfect Tense.\\nSINGULAR.\\nPLURAL,\\n1. I had known\\n1. We had known\\n2. You had known\\n2. You had known\\n(thou had known)\\n3. He had known\\n3. They had knowi", "height": "2967", "width": "1974", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0224.jp2"}, "225": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n209\\nImperative Mode.\\nSINGULAR.\\nKnow (you or thou)\\nPLURAL.\\nKnow (you or ye)\\nI. Infinitives.\\n1. Simple.\\n1. Present.\\n2. Perfect.\\n2. Gerunds\\n1. Present.\\n2. Perfect.\\nII. Participles.\\nVERBALS.\\nTo know, know\\nTo have known, have known\\nKnowing\\nHaving known\\n1. Present. Knowing\\n2. Past. Known\\n3. Perfect. Having known\\n263. The progressive form of the active voice is\\nconstructed by joining the present participle of a\\nverb to the conjugation of the verb be.\\nThe present gerund and the present and past parti-\\nciples are wanting in the progressive form.\\nConstruct the active, progressive form of the verb\\nknow.\\n264. The passive voice of a transitive verb is\\nconstructed by joining the past participle of the\\nverb to the conjugation of the verb be with a\\nsingle exception, the past participle being the same\\nin the passive as in the active voice.", "height": "2955", "width": "1961", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0225.jp2"}, "226": {"fulltext": "210 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nConstruct the passive voice of the verb know.\\n265. There is a progressive form of the passive\\nvoice in the present and past tenses of the indica-\\ntive. It is formed by joining the present passive\\nparticiple to the corresponding tenses of the verb\\nbe as,\\nThe machine is being made.\\nThe machine was being made.\\nConstruct the passive, progressive tenses of the verb\\nknow.\\n266. There is an old verb phrase which is still\\nused as an equivalent of these foregoing progres-\\nsive forms of verbs as,\\nThe machine is making is being made.\\nMaking in the preceding expression is not a present,\\nactive participle, but is a present, active gerund, and\\nis a contracted form of a-making as,\\nThe machine is making The machine is a-making.\\n267. Analogous to constructions found in Ger-\\nman and French, the present and past tenses of\\ncertain intransitive verbs expressing motion, as\\ncome, go, etc., may be formed with the present\\nand past tenses of the verb be past participle\\ninstead of have and had with past participle; as,\\nI am come I have come.\\nHe is gone He 1ms gone.\\nThey were gone They had gone.", "height": "2967", "width": "2014", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0226.jp2"}, "227": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n211\\n268. The synopsis of a verb is the regular\\narrangement of verb forms and phrases showing\\nthe modes and tenses of a verb in a single person\\nand number.\\nWrite out the synopsis of the regular verb love in\\nthe first person, singular number. Place corresponding\\ntense forms opposite each other, and voice forms in\\nthree columns, as follows\\nI. Active Voice. II. Active Voice. III. Passive Voice.\\n(Common Form) (Progressive Form)\\nWrite out the verbals, active and passive, of the\\nregular verb save.\\nH. POTENTIAL VERB PHRASES.\\n269. Verb phrases made up of may, might, can,\\ncould, must, shall, should, will, would, with infini-\\ntives, and used to denote power, ability, possibility,\\nor necessity, are called potential verb phrases. 1\\n270. Some are accustomed and prefer to re-\\ngard these potential verb phrases as mode forms\\nconstituting what is called the potential mode.\\n271. The tenses of the potential mode and their\\nformation are as follows:\\n1. Present may, can, must the present infinitive.\\n2. Past might, could, would, should present infinitive.\\n3. Present perfect may. can, must 4- perfect infinitive.\\n*t. I asl perfect might, could, would, should -f perfect\\ninfinitive.\\n1 See Notes to Teachers, 9.", "height": "2962", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0227.jp2"}, "228": {"fulltext": "212\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n272. The progressive form of the potential mode\\nin the present and past tenses has be with the\\npresent participle instead of the present infinitive,\\nand in the present perfect and past tenses, have\\nbeen with the present participle instead of the\\nperfect infinitive.\\n273. To such as prefer to regard potential verb\\nphrases as mode forms, the discussion of the fol-\\nlowing verb forms and their uses has only to be\\nregarded as a discussion of the auxiliaries of the\\npotential mode, and the sum of the uses of these\\nauxiliaries, the true definition of the potential\\nmode.\\n274.\\nMay.\\nPRESENT.\\nmay\\nPrincipal Parts,\\npast.\\nmight\\nPAST PARTICIPLE.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nPresent Tense,\\nsingular.\\n1. I may\\n2. You may (thou may est)\\n3. He may\\nPast Tense.\\nplural.\\n1. We may\\n2. You may\\n3. They may\\n1. I might 1. We might\\n2. You might (thou mightst) 2. You might\\n3. He might 3. They might", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0228.jp2"}, "229": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 213\\n275. May originally was the past tense of a May.\\nverb signifying to have power or freedom to do a\\nthing. May is now used to denote the absence of\\nany hindrance to an action.\\n276. Might originally was the past perfect tense Might.\\nof the same verb.\\nNote the general uses of may and might in the follow-\\ning sentences\\n1. You may be witty, but not satirical. Greeley.\\n2. You may imitate, says Balzac, but you may never\\ncounterfeit. Higginson.\\n3. Defeat may be victory in disguise. Longfellow.\\n4. Art may make a suit of clothes, but nature must pro-\\nduce a man. Hume.\\n5. Sisters and brothers, little maid,\\nHow many may you be? Wordsworth.\\n6. May you live happily and long for the service of your\\ncountry. Dryden.\\n7. He who does evil that good may come pays a toll to\\nthe devil to let him into heaven. Hare.\\n8. Earnest men never think in vain, though their\\nthoughts may be errors. Lytton.\\n9. Let us be silent so we may hear the whisper of the\\ngods. Emerson.\\n277. Note in the foregoing sentences that may\\nwith an infinitive is used,\\n1. To denote permission (1) (2).\\n2. To denote power or possibility (3) (4).\\nTo modify or soften the abruptness of a ques-\\ntion (j5).", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0229.jp2"}, "230": {"fulltext": "214 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n4. As an equivalent of the subjunctive.\\n1. To express desire or wish\\n2. In sentences where the action denoted by the verb\\nrefers to a time future to a given presenl time, and\\nwhere also the occurrence of the action is assumed\\nas doubtful (7) (8) (9).\\nMight. 1. One might say that he Avas playing the cradle song of\\nhis mind. Allen.\\n2. For of all sad words of tongue or pen\\nThe saddest are these, It might have been.\\nWhitHer.\\n3. I might not be admitted. Shakespeare.\\n4. Certain as this, might my days endure\\nFrom age inglorious and black death secure. Pope.\\n5. It was my secret wish that he might accompany us.\\nByron.\\n278. Note in the foregoing sentence that might\\nhas in general the same uses as may viz.\\n1. Possibility (1) (2).\\n2. Permission (3).\\n3. Used as an equivalent to the subjunctive.\\n1. To express desire or wish (4).\\n2. In sentences where the action denoted by the verb\\nrefers to a time future to a given past time, and\\nwhere also the occurrence of the action is\\nassumed as doubtful (5).\\n279. Can.\\nPrincipal Pahts.\\nTRESENT. PAST. PAST TAKTICirLE.\\ncan could", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0230.jp2"}, "231": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 215\\nIndicative Mode.\\nPresent Tense,\\nsingular. plurai/.\\n1. I can 1. We can\\n2. You can (thou canst) 2. You can\\n3. He can 3. They can\\nPast Tense,\\nsinc.ular. plural.\\n1. I could 1. We could\\n2. You could (thou couldst) 2. You could\\n3. He could 3. They could\\n280. Can originally was the past tense of a verb can.\\nsignifying to know or to know how to do a thing.\\nCan is now used as signifying to be able to do a\\nthing.\\n281. Could is from con. an early form of can, 4- could.\\nde coude coude, with I (ignorantly inserted to\\nmake the form analogous with the forms should\\nand would), coulde could.\\nNote the general uses of can and could in the follow-\\ning sentences\\n1. A great artist can paint a great picture on a small Can.\\ncanvas. Wunier.\\n2. No language can express the power and beauty and\\nheroism of a mother s love. liapin.\\n3. Creation is great and cannot be understood. Arnold.\\n4. Humanity cannot be degraded. Beaconsfield.\\n282. Observe in the foregoing sentences that can\\nis used to designate,", "height": "2960", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0231.jp2"}, "232": {"fulltext": "216 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. Power or ability (1) (2).\\n2. Possibility (3) (4).\\nCould. 1- He (Homer) could not want sight who taught the\\nworld to see. Denham.\\n2. 0. could I flow like thee and make thy stream\\nMy great example as it is my theme. Id.\\n3. I wish I could walk along your front walk and drop\\ninto your study for a moment. Lowell.\\n4. If I were inventing these things, I could be wonder-\\nfully humorous over them. Mark Twain.\\n5. If a man could halve his wishes, he would double his\\nhappiness. Franklin.\\n283. Note in the foregoing sentences that could\\nis used as an equivalent of the subjunctive to\\nexpress power or possibility\\n1. In a statement with condition implied (1).\\n2. In sentences of wish or desire with an implied\\npossibility of realization (2) (3).\\n3. In conditional sentences where the condition is\\nassumed as untrue.\\n1. In protasis of condition\\n2. In apodosis of condition (4).\\nMust.\\nMust. 284. Must originally was the past tense of the\\nverb, mo tan, signifying to he allowed or to be free\\nto do a thing. Must is now used as a present\\ntense of the indicative mode, and has the same\\nform for all persons of the singular and the plural\\nnumber.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0232.jp2"}, "233": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 217\\n285. Mote, the third person, singular, of the\\nverb motan, is still found in poetry and in the\\nexpression, So mote it be.\\n286. Must with the present infinitive has the\\nsignificance of a present tense, but with the perfect\\ninfinitive has the force of a past tense.\\nNote the more general uses of must in the following\\nsentences\\n1. In this world man must be anvil or hammer.\\nLongfellow.\\n2. You must confine yourself within the modest limits of\\norder. Shakespeare.\\n3. Popularly, what everybody says must be true what\\neverybody does must be right. Tylor.\\n287. Note in the foregoing sentences that must\\nis used with the following meanings\\n1. To be obliged to do a thing (1).\\n2. To be required to do a tiling (2).\\n3. To give certainty to a thing (3).\\nName the potential verb phrases in the following\\nsentences and explain the significance of the notional\\nverb in each place\\n1. A friend may well be reckoned the masterpiece of\\nnature. Emerson.\\n2. Heaven might have spared one torment when we fell.\\nOrenviUe.\\n3. It is my humble prayer that I may be of some use in\\nmy day and generation. Ballon.\\n4. Chaucer, I confess, is a rough diamond, and must be\\npolished ere he shine. Dryden.", "height": "2967", "width": "1971", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0233.jp2"}, "234": {"fulltext": "218 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n5. One can love any man that is generous. Hunt.\\n6. There is no blessing thai can be given to an artisan s\\nfamily more than the love of books. Bright.\\n7. To know the pains of power we must go to those\\nwho have it. Colton.\\n8. You can never plan the future Irv the past. Burke,\\n9. If men could learn from history, what lessons it\\nmight teach us. Coleridge.\\n10. With the talents of an angel a man may be a fool.\\nYoung.\\n11. Faithfulness can feed on suffering and know no\\ndisappointment. Eliot.\\n12. The navigation of the Mississippi we must have.\\nTefferson.\\n13. Had I a heart for falsehood framed, I never could\\ninjure you. Sheridan.\\n14. The young may die, but the old must. Longfellow.\\n15. Promises may get friends, but it is performance that\\nmust nurse and keep them. Feltham.\\n16. Nothing can be done well in art except by vision.\\n1 iii shin.\\n17. No one but an adventurous traveler can know the\\nluxury of sleep. Beaconsfield.\\n18. You must take the will for the deed. $wijt\\n19. Learn to live well, that thou may st die so too.\\nDenham.\\n20. We neither know nor judge ourselves others may\\njudge, but cannot know us. Collin*.\\n21. We may give more offense by our silence than even\\nby impertinence. Hazlitt.\\n22. Oh, might I kiss the mountain rains\\nThat sparkle on her cheek Wordsworth.\\n23. An honest man speaks truth though it may give\\noffense; a vain man, in order that it may. lladilt.", "height": "2967", "width": "2006", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0234.jp2"}, "235": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n219\\n24. Would that I might wear out life like thee\\nMid bowers and brooks. Bryant.\\n25. In a certain sense I hope that it may be said of me\\nthat I am a lover of my species. Lamb.\\n26. No fountain is so small that heaven may not be im-\\naged on its bosom. Hawihornl.\\n27. When I forget my sovereign, may my God forget me.\\nThurlow.\\n28. May you rule us long\\nMay children of our children say,\\niShe wrought her people lasting good. Tennyson.\\n288\\nShall\\nPrincipal Parts.\\nPRESENT.\\nshall\\npast.\\nshould\\nPAST PARTICIPLE.\\nIndicative Mode\\n1.\\n2.\\n3.\\nPresent Tense.\\nBINGULAB.\\nI shall\\nYou shall (thou shalt)\\nHe shall\\n1.\\n2.\\n3.\\nPLURAL.\\nWe shall\\nYou shall\\nThey shall\\n1.\\n2.\\n3.\\nBINGULAB.\\nI should\\nYou should\\nHe should\\nPast Tense.\\n(thou shouldst)\\n1.\\n2.\\n3.\\nplural.\\nWe should\\nYou should\\nThey should\\n289. Shall originally was the past tense of a\\nverb meaning to oive, and its usual meaning in\\nearly English was to be wider /i/l /(n ,i to do a.\\nthing, or to be impelled to do a thing.\\nShall.", "height": "2961", "width": "1960", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0235.jp2"}, "236": {"fulltext": "220 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n290. Shall is no longer used as an independent\\nverb, but is used with an iiilinitive, and in such\\nuse has lost, to a great extent, its early meaning\\nwhen used in the first person, but has retained\\nthat meaning to a marked degree in the second\\nand third persons.\\n291. From the early meaning of shall has been\\ngradually developed that idea of future time which\\nit is used to express, with the infinitive, in the\\nfuture tenses of the indicative as,\\nI shall to go I owe it to go I am impelled to go T am\\nto go I shall go.\\n292. It has already been noted that shall with\\nthe infinitive is used in forming future tense forms.\\n(See 259.)\\n293. Shall in the first person, and sometimes in\\nthe second and third, is used with infinitives to\\nform future tense forms.\\n294. Inasmuch as shall in the second and third\\npersons is joined with infinitives to form verb\\nphrases used to denote promise, command, deter-\\nmination, and confident prediction, shall with a\\nlike form cannot be employed to definitely express\\nsimple futurity, and for that reason |iiih as much\\nas any other, its use as a future tense form in the\\nsecond and third persons is coming to be generally\\navoided by careful writers and speakers.", "height": "2965", "width": "1988", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0236.jp2"}, "237": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 221\\nNote in the following sentences the general uses of\\nshall with an infinitive:\\n1. I shall tread in the footsteps of my illustrious prede-\\ncessor. Van Buren.\\n2. He declares that he shall win the purse for you.\\nBulwer.\\n3. Never mind, my lad, whilst I live thou shalt never\\nwant a friend to stand by thee. Irving.\\n4. Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neigh-\\nbor. Bible.\\n5. He shall marry Beatrix or tell the reason why.\\nThackeray.\\n6. Thou shalt lift up thy green boughs again. Thou shalt\\nshoot forth from thy roots new flowers again. Beecher.\\n7. Well, good-by, till next spring, if next spring shall\\never come to us. Lowell.\\n8. Come one, come all, this rock shall fly\\nFrom its firm base as soon as I. Scott.\\n9. He best can paint them who shall feel them most.\\nPope.\\n295. Note from the foregoing sentences that\\nshall, with an infinitive, may be used to denote,\\n1. Simple futurity (future tense) (1).\\n2. The future time in indirect discourse when the\\nsubjects of verb of principal and subordinate sentences\\nare the same (2).\\n3. Promise (3). 5. Determination (5).\\n4. Command (4). 6. Confident prediction (6).\\n7. As an equivalent of the subjunctive mode.\\n1. In conditional sentences.\\n1. Protasis of condition i 7).\\n2. Acidosis of condition (8).\\n2. In relative clauses having an implied eondition (9).", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0237.jp2"}, "238": {"fulltext": "222 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nShould.\\nShould. 296. Should, the past tense of shall, is from the\\nearly form scul shut de shulde shoulde\\nshould. (Compare German schulde, a debt.)\\n297. Should does not express past time unless\\njoined with a perfect infinitive to form a verb\\nphrase.\\n298. Should in a verb phrase has the same gen-\\neral uses as shall, but retains in all relations more\\nor less of the original meaning of obligation.\\nNote the general uses of should with the infinitive in\\nthe following sentences\\n1. The essay should be pure literature, as the poem is\\npure literature. S.m Hit.\\n2. Every person whom we approach should be the better\\nfor us. Channing.\\n3. I should be much of a hound if I lost my gratitude\\nto Herbert Spencer. Stevenson.\\n4. Fielding came up more and more bland and smiling\\nwith the conviction that he should win in the end. harm l.\\n5. If we had got here as soon as I expected, I should\\nhave met yon in Paris. Lowell\\n6. And now am I, if a man should speak truly, little\\nbetter than one of the wicked. Shakespeare.\\n7. Life was intended to be so adjusted that the body\\nshould be the servant of the soul. Holland.\\n8. No one can express thee, though all should approve\\nthee. Mrs. Browning.\\n0. A man might pass for insane who should see things\\nas they are. Channing.", "height": "2967", "width": "2003", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0238.jp2"}, "239": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 223\\n299. Observe in the foregoing sentences that\\nshould, with an infinitive, may be used to denote,\\n1. Duty, obligation, authority, etc. (1) (2) (3).\\n2. The idea of future time in subordinate sentences\\nand indirect discourse (4).\\n3. As an equivalent of the subjunctive mode.\\n1. In conditional sentences.\\n1. Protasis of condition (6).\\n2. Apodosis of condition (5).\\n2. In relative clauses implying a condition (9).\\n3. In subordinate sentences expressing result, pur-\\npose, concession, etc. (7) (8).\\n300.\\nWill.\\nPrincipal Parts.\\nPRESENT.\\npast.\\npast participle.\\nwill\\nwould\\nIndicative Mode.\\nPresent Tense.\\nSINGULAR.\\nPLURAL.\\n1.\\nI will\\n1.\\nWe will\\n2.\\nYou will (thou wilt)\\n2.\\nYou will\\n3.\\nHe will\\nSINGULAK.\\nPast Tense.\\n3.\\nThey will\\nPLDRAL.\\n1.\\n1 would\\n1.\\nWe would\\n2.\\nYou would\\n(tl\\nou wouldst)\\n2\\nYou would\\n3.\\nlie would\\n3.\\nThey would\\n301. Will is from an old verb meaning to choose,\\nto desire, or to be willing to do a thing.\\nWill", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0239.jp2"}, "240": {"fulltext": "224 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n302. Will is used with the infinitive to form future\\ntenses (see 259), or to form potential verb phrases.\\n303. Will, used with the infinitive, retains, with\\nmore or less distinctness, its early meanings when\\nused in the first person, but these early meanings\\nare not well preserved in the second and third per-\\nsons of the verb.\\n304. In poetry and colloquial English will is\\nsometimes shortened to Til, and should to I\\\\l,\\nwe will to ivell, etc.\\n305. From these early meanings of will have\\nbeen developed that idea of future time which,\\nwith the infinitive, will is used to express in the\\nfuture tenses of the indicative mode as,\\nYou will to go you choose to go yen are willing t\\ngo you are ready to go you will go.\\n306. The use of wdl with infinitives in future\\ntense forms has already been shown. (See 226.)\\nNote in the following sentences the general use of\\nwill in potential verb phrases:\\n1. There stand if thou wilt stand. Milton.\\n2. Flow gently, I ll sing thee a song in thy praise.\\nHums.\\n3. And show me your nest with the young ones in it,\\nI will not steal them away. Ingelow.\\n4. Will you permit the orphan to offer you a trifle\\nScott.\\n5. Merciful Father, I will not complain. Miller.\\n6. And ye will not come to Me that ye might have life.\\nBible.", "height": "2967", "width": "2014", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0240.jp2"}, "241": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 225\\n307. Note from the foregoing sentences that\\nwill in potential verb phrases is used to express,\\n1. Determination (1).\\n2. Promise (2) (3).\\n3. Consent or refusal (4) (5).\\n4. Willingness (6).\\nWould.\\n308. Would, the past tense of will, is from wol, would.\\nan early form of will, de, the past tense charac-\\nteristic ivolde would.\\n309. From the early form of will is also formed\\nwont (I ivill not) wol not.\\nNote the general uses of would in the following sen-\\ntences\\n1. Cholera, scurvy, fever, the wound that would not be\\nhealed. Tennyson.\\n2. On the slightest suspicion they would cut off the\\nhands of the natives for punishment or intimidation.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bancroft.\\n3. Goethe said there would be little left of him if he\\nwere to discard what he owed to others. Cash man.\\n4. Oh, would I were a boy again,\\nWhen life seemed formed of sunny years. Lemon.\\n5. If you would be powerful, pretend to be powerful.\\nTooke.\\nC). If one were constantly to think of death, the business\\nof life would stand still. Johnson.\\n7. Thought would destroy their paradise. Gray.\\n8. Men would be angels, angels would be gods. Pope.\\ni). He will lie, sir, with such volubility that you would\\nthink truth to be a fool. Shdkespeart", "height": "2967", "width": "1967", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0241.jp2"}, "242": {"fulltext": "220 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n310. Observe in the foregoing sentences that\\nwould is used to denote,\\n1. Determination (1).\\n2. Customary action (2).\\n3. The idea of future action (time) in indirect (lis\\ncourse (3).\\n4. An equivalent of the subjunctive,\\n1. Expressing wish (4).\\n2. In conditional sentences,\\n1. In the protasis of condition (5).\\n2. In the apodosis of condition with prot-\\nasis expressed (6).\\n3. In the apodosis of condition with prot-\\nasis implied (7) (8).\\n3. In subordinate sentences expressing result, pur-\\npose, etc. (9).\\nUSES OF SHALL AND WILL IN INTERROGATIVE\\nSENTENCES.\\n311. Think of the original meaning of icill, and\\ntell why 10 ill cannot be used in questions of first\\nperson.\\n312. Note in the following interrogative sen-\\ntences that shall or will may be used in the second\\nor third person.\\n313. Note that the form of the answer expected\\nto the question determines the choice of shall or\\nwill; as,\\n1. Shall you decide A. T shall.\\n2. Will you decide A. I will.", "height": "2967", "width": "1990", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0242.jp2"}, "243": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 227\\n3. Shall he decide A. He shall.\\n4. Will he decide A. He will.\\n5. Shall they decide A. They shall.\\n6. Will they decide A. They will.\\n314. Note that the same principle may apply to\\nthese same sentences in indirect questions as the\\nsubjects of the verbs in the principal and subordi-\\nnate sentences are the same.\\n1. You say that you shall decide.\\n2. You say that you will decide.\\n3. He says that he shall decide.\\n4. He says that he will decide.\\n5. They say that they shall decide.\\n6. They say that they will decide.\\n315. Note that in the foregoing groups sentences\\n(1), (3), and (5), the verb phrases are potential verb\\nphrases, and that in sentences (2), (4), and (6), the\\nverb phrases are future indicative tense forms.\\n316. Note that the same principle may be ap-\\nplied in the choice of ivould or should; as,\\n1. You said that you should decide.\\n2. You said that you would decide.\\n3. He said that he should decide.\\n4. He said that he would decide.\\n5. They said that they should decide.\\n6. They said that they would decide.\\n317. Name the potential verb phrases in the\\nfollowing sentences, and explain the significance\\nof each", "height": "2955", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0243.jp2"}, "244": {"fulltext": "228 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. Give me a chance, says Stupid, and I will show\\nyou. Haliburton.\\n2. Homer shall live like Alexander long,\\nAs much recorded and as often sung. Pope.\\n3. If you would write to any purpose, you must be per-\\nfectly free from within. Emerson.\\n4. Give any one a fortune, and he shall be thought a\\nwise man. Scott.\\n5. If the tongue had not been framed for articulation,\\nman would still be a beast in the forest. Emerson.\\n6. He that would have his virtues published is not the\\nservant of virtue, but glory. CoUon.\\n7. I should be quite willing that you should think mo a\\nbore if I could only be the means of impressing upon you\\nthe importance of observation. Lowell.\\n8. Be thou as chaste as ice, as pure as snow, thou shalt\\nnot escape calumny. Shakespeare.\\n9. They shall have war to pay for their presumption.\\nlit.\\n10. Shall they no longer bloom upon the stock of his-\\ntory Wordsworth.\\n11. Could Ave enter the palace of an old Ionian lord, we\\nknow what we should see there. Wroude.\\n12. If I can t pray, I will not make believe. Longfellow.\\n13. Shall it not be scorn to me to harp on such a mold-\\ner d string? Tennyson.\\n14. She could not think, but w T ould not cease to speak.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Crabbe.\\n15. I would rather be right than be president. Clay.\\n16. The cat would eat fish and would not we1 her feet.\\nHeywood.\\n17. Herodotus wrote as it was natural he should write.\\nMacatUay.\\n18. Mount slowly, sun that we may journey long.\\nWordsworth", "height": "2967", "width": "1977", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0244.jp2"}, "245": {"fulltext": ")s m\\nnet\\nMode.\\nVERBS. 229\\n318. Change the verbs that are in the subjunc- y erlD\u00c2\u00a3\\ntive mode in the following sentences to equivalent Subjunctive\\npotential verb phrases\\n1. Such happiness, where er it be known,\\nIs to be pitied. Wordsworth.\\n2. Had I known this before we set out, I think I had\\nremained at home. Scott.\\n3. America, if she fall, will fall like a strong man.\\nChatham.\\n4. that he\\nWere once more that landscape painter,\\nThat her spirit might have rest. Tennyson.\\n5. A poet without love were a physical and metaphysi-\\ncal impossibility. Carlyle.\\n6. Though your sins be red as scarlet,\\nThey shall be white as snow. Wordsworth.\\n7. I will know\\nIf there be any faith in man. Tennyson.\\n8. Blood, though it sleep a time, yet never dies.\\nChaplin.\\n9. If a man were sure of living forever here, he would\\nnot care about his offspring. Hawthorne.\\n10. I would I were dead if God s will were so.\\nShakespeare.\\n11. Blind were we without these. Wordsicorth.\\n12. If our spirit had gone forward, we had all been made\\nmen. Id.\\n13. Had doting Priam checked his son s desire,\\nTroy had 1 n bright with fame and not with fire. Id.\\n14. Our humanity were a poor thing, but for the divinity\\nthat stirs within us. Bacon.\\n15. A man be heaven ever praised! is sufficient for\\nhimself. Carlyle.", "height": "2967", "width": "1978", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0245.jp2"}, "246": {"fulltext": "230 ENGLISH GRAMMAS.\\n16. I wish it were never one s duty to quarrel with any-\\nbody. Macdonald.\\n17. Of all the needs a book has, the i hief need is that it\\nbe readable. Trollope.\\n18. Let me say amen betimes lest the devil cross my\\nprayers. Shakespeare.\\n19. Had there been less suffering, there would have been\\nless kindness. Thackeray.\\n20. Virtue were a kind of misery if fame were all the\\ngarland that crowned her. Felt on.\\n21. Heaven were not heaven, if we knew what it were.\\nSuckling.\\n22. Win her with gifts, if she respect not words;\\nShakespeare.\\n23. What hardship had it been to wait an hour?\\nWordsworth.\\n24. I wonder if the lion be to speak. Shakespeare.\\n25. Don t let Effie come and see me till my grave is\\ngrowing green. Tennyson.\\nPotential 319 Change the potential verb phrases used as\\nVerb equivalents of subjunctives in the following sen-\\ntences into their subjunctive form:\\n1. The essence of an author is that he should be articu-\\nlate. Sioinburne.\\n2. Am I mad that I should cherish\\nThat which bears such bitter fruit? Tennyson.\\n3. Long may thy hardy sons of rustic toil\\nBe blessed with health and peace and sweet content.\\nHums.\\n4. I wish that the spring would go faster,\\nNor summer bide so late. Jn /r.\\n5. Heaven grant that other cities may be gay.\\nWordsworth.", "height": "2977", "width": "1982", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0246.jp2"}, "247": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 231\\n6. No by Heav n, I exclaimed, may I perish\\nIf ever I plant in that bosom a thorn. O Keefe.\\n7. Galileo would probably not have been persecuted if\\nhis discoveries could have been disproved. Whately.\\n8. I do desire that we may be better strangers.\\nShakespeare.\\n9. What we earn, God grant, he may have. Phillips.\\n10. Truly this world can go on without us if we would\\nbut think so. Longfellow.\\n11. I wonder how it is that so cheerful looking a tree as\\nthe willow should ever have become associated with ideas\\nof sadness. Hamerton.\\n12. Lucky he -Avho has been educated to bear his fate,\\nwhatever it may be, by an early example of uprightness\\nand a childish training in honor. Thackeray.\\n13. Institutions may crumble and fall, but it is only that\\nthey may renew a better youth. Bancroft.\\n14. In order that all men may be taught to speak the\\ntruth, it is necessary that all likewise should learn to hear\\nit. Johnson.\\n15. If a man should happen to reach perfection in this\\nworld, he would have to die immediately to enjoy himself.\\nShaw.\\n16. Full often wished he that the winds might rage.\\nWordsworth.\\n17. And the whole world would henceforth be\\nA wider prison unto me. Byron.\\n18. He would pray that both might die at the same\\nmoment. Wordsworth.\\n19. I dare not confess that, lest I should compare with\\nhim in excellence. Shakespeare.\\n20. Every god that is admitted into his poem acts a part\\nwhich would have been suitable to no other divinity.\\nAddison.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0247.jp2"}, "248": {"fulltext": "232 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n21. If perchance your faith should fail,\\nLook up and you shall see me soon. Wbrdstvorth.\\n22. If I carved my name\\nUpon the cliffs that guard my native land,\\nI might as well have traced it on the sand.\\nTennyson.\\n320. The following defective verbs and verb\\ninfinitives should be noted\\nOught Ought.\\nSINGULAR. PLURAL.\\n1. I ought 1. We ought\\n2. You ought (thou oughtest) 2. Vou ought\\n3. He ought 3. They ought\\n321. Ought was originally a past or a past per-\\nfect tense of the early verb, owe, meaning to\\npossess, to he in debt, to be obliged. Ought has\\nnot reference to present time, but is used with a\\nperfect infinitive to refer to action in the past\\ntime, and also has reference to action in past time\\nwhen used in indirect discourse as,\\n1. I ought to be satisfied. (Present.)\\n2. I ought to have been satisfied. Past.)\\n3. He said that I ought to be satisfied. (Fast and indi-\\nrect discourse.)\\n322. Note that the infinitive following ought\\nuses the form of the infinitive with to; as,\\n1. Every man is a consumer and ought to be a producer.\\nEmerson.", "height": "2967", "width": "1982", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0248.jp2"}, "249": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 233\\n2. To manage men one ought to have a sharp mind in a\\nvelvet sheath. Eliot.\\n3. All skill ought to be exerted for universal good.\\nJohnson.\\n323. Dare, originally a past tense, is now used Dare.\\nas a present tense. (Past tense, durst or dared.)\\nLike all present tense verbs from earlier past\\ntense forms, it has not the characteristic ending\\ns, in the third person, singular number, except\\nin rare cases.\\n324. The impersonal verb form in the present __\\ntense, methhiks (it seems to me), and its past tense\\nform, methought (it seemed to me), is from an early\\nEnglish verb meaning to appear, and is not directly\\nrelated to the present verb, to think.\\n325. Need, meaning to he obliged to do a thing. Need\\nhas not the characteristic s in the third person,\\nsingular; as,\\nHe need not go.\\n326. Need, meaning to be in want of a thing,\\nhas the characteristic s in the third person, singu-\\nlar; as,\\nHe needs lud p.\\n327. This last form should not be confounded\\nwith the adverb, needs meaning from necessity;\\nas,\\nHe must needs go that the devil drives. Shakespeare.", "height": "2963", "width": "1984", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0249.jp2"}, "250": {"fulltext": "234 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nDo. 328. I. Do with an infinitive is used as an equiv-\\nalent of, or a substitute for, the present and pasl\\ntenses of the indicative mode, active voice.\\n1. As an equivalent in affirmative sentences.\\n1. Sweet April showers\\nDo bring May flowers. Tusser.\\n2. God did anoint thee with his odorous oil\\nTo wrestle, not to reign. Mrs. Browning.\\n2. As a substitute in negative sentences.\\n1. Science does not know its debt to imagination.\\nEmerson.\\n2. I do not love a man who is zealous for nothing.\\nGoldsmith.\\n3. As a substitute in interrogative sentences.\\nDo you think I was born in a wood, to be afraid of an\\nowl? Swift.\\n329. II. Do is used with the imperative mode\\nto express emphasis.\\nDo not delay the golden moments fly.\\nLongfellow.\\n330. III. Do is used as a substitute for another\\nverb or expression.\\nThus my soul moves eastward as all the heavenly\\nbodies do (move eastward). HoweU.\\nNote. Do with an infinitive is sometimes regarded\\nas a verb of emphasis, but it is emphatic only when the\\nemphasis of tone is added to it.", "height": "2967", "width": "1982", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0250.jp2"}, "251": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 235\\nI. SUMMARY OF DEFINITIONS.\\nA verb is a word used to assert something\\nabout some person or thing.\\nAn auxiliary verb is a verb that has lost its own\\nmeaning and is used to help another verb to ex-\\npress its meaning.\\nA notional verb is a verb that retains its mean-\\ning in expressing an action.\\nA transitive verb is a verb that requires an\\nobject.\\nAn intransitive verb is a verb that does not\\nrequire an object.\\nAn impersonal verb is a verb that has as its\\nsubject the word it, not referring to any definite\\nthing.\\nA copulative verb is a verb used to connect\\nits subject with that which, with the verb, forms\\nthe predicate.\\nVoice is the form of a verb used to designate\\nwhether the subject is the agent or the object of\\nthe action expressed by the verb.\\nThe active voice is used to designate that the\\nagent of the action is the subject of the verb.\\nThe passive voice is the voice used to desig-\\nnate that the object of the action is the subject of\\nthe verb.\\nMode is the use or form of the verb that indi-\\ncates how the action or being expressed by the\\nverb is presented to the mind.", "height": "2960", "width": "1968", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0251.jp2"}, "252": {"fulltext": "236 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nThe indicative mode is the mode which indi-\\ncates that the action expressed by the verb is pre-\\nsented to the mind as a fact.\\nThe subjunctive mode is the mode which indi-\\ncates that the action expressed by the verb is pre-\\nsented to the mind as a thought.\\nThe imperative mode is the mode which indicates\\nthat the action expressed by the verb is presented\\nto the mind as the statement of a command, an\\nentreaty, or a request.\\nTense is the form of the verb used to designate\\nthe time, or the time and state of action expressed\\nby the verb.\\nThe present tense is the tense used to designate\\naction as taking place in present time.\\nThe past tense is the tense used to designate\\naction as taking place in past time.\\nThe future tense is the tense used to designate\\naction as taking place in future time.\\nThe present perfect tense is the tense used to\\ndesignate action as completed in present time.\\nThe past perfect tense is the tense used to desig-\\nnate action as completed in past time.\\nThe future perfect tense is the tense used to\\ndesignate action as completed in future time.\\nPerson is the form or use of the verb that desig-\\nnates whether the action expressed by the verb\\nhas reference to a subject in the relation of the\\nfirst, the second, or the third person.", "height": "2967", "width": "1974", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0252.jp2"}, "253": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 237\\nNumber is the form of the verb used to designate\\nwhether that expressed by the verb has reference\\nto one or to more than one person or thing.\\nA verbal is a verb form having the construction\\nof a verb, but used as a noun or as an adjective.\\nAn infinitive is the verbal that is used as a\\nnoun.\\nA simple infinitive is the infinitive form with to\\nor the same verb form without to.\\nThe gerund is the infinitive ending in ing.\\nA participle is the verbal that is used as an\\nadjective.\\nConjugation is the regular arrangement of verb\\nforms and phrases used in the construction of voice,\\nmode, tense, person, and number.\\nThe common form of conjugation is the usual\\nform of the verb used in the expression of the\\nrelations of conjugation.\\nThe progressive form of conjugation is the form\\nused to denote the action as continuing or pro-\\ngressing at the time designated by the auxiliary\\nverbs.\\nThe principal parts of a verb are the forms of a\\nverb needed in the building up or the construction\\nof the different parts of the conjugation.\\nA complete verb is a verb that has one form for\\neach of its principal parts.\\nA redundant verb is a verb that has more than\\none form for any of its principal [nuts.", "height": "2953", "width": "1968", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0253.jp2"}, "254": {"fulltext": "238 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nA defective verb is a verb that has not one form\\nfor each of its principal parts.\\nA strong verb (verb of old conjugation) is a verb\\nthat changes a vowel of the present, and does\\nnot make any further addition to form the past\\nindicative.\\nA weak verb (verb of new conjugation) is a verb\\nthat adds t, d, or ed to the present to furm the\\npast indicative.\\nA regular verb is a weak verb whose past indi-\\ncative and past participle are formed by adding d\\nor ed to the present tense.\\nAn irregular verb is a weak verb whose past\\nindicative and past participle are not formed by\\nadding d or ed to the present tense.\\nOUTLIKE CLASSIFICATION OF VERBS.\\nI. As to kind.\\n1. Transitive.\\n2. Intransitive.\\nII. As to use.\\n1. Notional.\\n2. Auxiliary.\\n3. Copulative.\\nIII. As to modifications.\\n1. Voice. 2. Mode.\\n1. Active. 1. Indicative.\\n2. Passive. 2. Subjunctive.\\n3. Imperative.", "height": "2967", "width": "1974", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0254.jp2"}, "255": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n23\\n3.\\nTense.\\n1. Present.\\n4. Present perfect.\\n2. Past.\\n5. Past perfect.\\n3. Future.\\nG. Future perfect.\\n4.\\nPerson. 5.\\nNumber.\\n1. First.\\n1. Singular.\\n2. Second.\\n2. Plural.\\n3. Third.\\nIV. As to formation of principal ptarts.\\n1. Strong (old conjugation).\\n2. Weak (new conjugation).\\n1. Regular.\\n2. Irregular.\\nV. As to completeness of principal parts.\\n1. Complete.\\n2. Redundant.\\n3. Defective.\\nVI. As to form of conjugation.\\n1. Common.\\n2. Progressive.\\nVII.\\nVerbals.\\n1. Infinitive.\\n1. Simple.\\nGerund.\\n2. Participles", "height": "2929", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0255.jp2"}, "256": {"fulltext": "240\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n331. To parse a verb is to tell its formation, its\\nkind, its use, and its modifications.\\nParse the sentence, Happiness is reflected.\\nHappiness\\nis reflected\\nis a word used as a name,\\nhence a\\nis used as a name of a class,\\nhence a\\nis a common noun, the name of\\na quality, hence an\\ncannot be referred to sex, hence a\\ndoes not refer to more than one\\nthing, hence\\nis used as subject of verb is re-\\nflected, hence\\nhas an object (as subject), hence\\nis a\\nis a verb phrase consisting of\\nis, used to help verb reflected,\\nhence\\nreflected retains its own mean-\\ning, hence\\nis used to designate that the\\nobject of the action is the\\nsubject of the verb, hence\\nis used to designate that the\\naction expressed by the verb\\nis presented to the mind as a\\nfact, hence\\nnoun\\ncommon\\nnoun\\nabstract\\nnoun\\nneater noun\\nsingular\\nnumber\\nnominative\\ncase.(Sul)-\\nject nom.)\\ntransitive\\nverb\\nauxiliary\\nverb\\nnotional\\nverb\\npassive\\nvoice\\nindicative\\nmode", "height": "2932", "width": "1975", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0256.jp2"}, "257": {"fulltext": "VERBS.\\n241\\nreflected\\nis used to designate the action\\nas taking place at the present\\ntime, hence\\nis used to designate that the\\naction expressed by the verb\\nhas reference to the same re-\\nlation to the subject as the\\nperson spoken about, hence\\nis used to refer to the action\\nperformed by the verb as re-\\nferring to one thing, hence\\nhas as its subject the noun hap-\\npiness.\\nis a composite verb, am, or be,\\nteas, been.\\nhas past tense and past parti-\\nciple formed by adding ed to\\npresent tense, hence\\nhas one form for each of its\\nprincipal parts, hence\\npresent\\ntense\\nthird\\nperson\\nsingular\\nnumber\\nweak, regu-\\nlar verb\\ncomplete\\nverb\\n332.\\nPausing Summary.\\nHappiness is a common, abstract, neuter noun, singu-\\nlar number, and nominative case, subject nominative of\\nverb is reflected.\\nIs reflected is a transitive verb phrase consisting of\\nauxiliary verb, is, and notional verb reflected.\\nIs is a compositive verb, am or 6e, tens. been.\\nReflected is a complete, regular, weak verb.", "height": "2967", "width": "1965", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0257.jp2"}, "258": {"fulltext": "242 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nIs reflected is found in the passive, indicative, pres-\\nent, third, singular, and has for its subject the noun\\nhappiness.\\nParse the nouns and verbs in the following sen-\\ntences\\n1. Character gives splendor to youth. Emerson.\\n2. Labor humanizes, exalts. Alcott.\\n3. Public opinion is democratic. Holland.\\n4. The future is purchased by the past. Johnson.\\n5. Death had lost its pleasures. Macaulay.\\n6. May this bright flower of Charity display\\nIts bloom. Wordsworth.\\n7. Hadst thou less unworthy proved,\\nI had loved thee more than ever wife was loved.\\nTennyson.", "height": "2967", "width": "1974", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0258.jp2"}, "259": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS. 243\\nV. ADVERBS.\\n333. An adverb is a word used with a *verb to Adverbs,\\ndesignate more definitely that which the verb is\\nused to express. (See 51.)\\n334. Certain adverbs are sometimes joined with\\nadjectives or other adverbs to designate more\\ndefinitely the limitations they are used to dis-\\ntinguish. (See 52.)\\nA. CLASSES OF ADVERBS.\\n335. It has been shown that adverbs may be\\nclassified according to their meaning. (Review\\npage 26 et seq.)\\n1. Adverbs of time. (When?)\\nNow, to-day, soon, lately, then, never, yet, when,\\nas, after, before, hitherto, etc.\\n2. Adverbs of place. (Where?)\\n1. (From which Whence, thence, hence, etc.\\n2. (To which?) Whither, thither, hither, else-\\nwhere.\\n3. (At which Here, there, yonder, near, within,\\nwithout; wherein, whereat, etc.\\n3. Adverbs of number. (How often?)\\nOnce, repeatedly, daily, again, often, thrice, etc.", "height": "2956", "width": "1970", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0259.jp2"}, "260": {"fulltext": "244 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n4. Adverbs of manner. (How\\nWell, thus, so, how, ill, as, such, however, slowly,\\nsadly, etc.\\n5. Adverbs of degree. (How much\\nMuch, little, almost, nearly, too, very, quite,\\npartly, etc.\\n6. Adverbs of assertion. (To what extent is asser-\\ntion true or untrue\\nSurely, probably, possibly, certainly, verily, not,\\nperhaps, truly, indeed, yea, nay, etc.\\n336. The foregoing lists of adverbs are given\\nfor reference and for showing the more common\\nadverbs belonging to each class.\\n337. According to their meaning some adverbs\\nbelong to two or more classes, hence care must be\\nexercised in noting the special meaning of the\\nadverb as it is used in the sentence.\\n338. Adverbs according to their use or func-\\ntion in the sentence may be distinguished as\\nfollows\\nSimple 339 Note that the adverbs in full-faced type in\\nAdverbs, the following sentences are used only as modifying\\nadverbs. Such adverbs are called simple adverbs.\\n1. Every man who observes vigilantly and resolves stead-\\nfastly grows unconsciously into genius. Lytton.\\n2. One after one the stars have risen and set. LoweU.", "height": "2967", "width": "1982", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0260.jp2"}, "261": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS.\\n245\\n340. Note that the adverbs in full-faced type in Demonstra-\\ntive\\nAdverbs.\\nthe following sentences have both a modifying and\\na demonstrative use. Such adverbs are called\\ndemonstrative adverbs.\\n1. Now I know in part, then shall I know even as also\\nI am known. Bible.\\n2. Darkness there might well\\nSeem twilight here. Milton.\\n341. Note that the adverbs in full-faced type in i n t er roe:a-\\nthe following sentences have both a modifying and tive\\nan interrogative use. Such adverbs are called Adverbs\\ninterrogative adverbs.\\n1. Why should the spirit of mortal be proud? Knox.\\n2. Whither is fled the vision of a gleam\\nWhere is now the glory and the dream Wordsworth.\\n3. How do ye vary your vile days and nights Hunt.\\n342. Note that the adverbs in full-faced type in R e i a ti V e\\nthe following sentences have both a modifying and Adverbs.\\na relative use. Such adverbs are called relative\\nadverbs. 1\\n1. Men can be great when great occasions call. Stedman.\\n2. No nation can be destroyed while it possesses a good\\nhome life. Holland.\\n3. The more you are talked about, the less powerful you\\nare. Beaconsfield.\\n4. The newspaper is a greater treasure to the people\\nthan uncounted millions of gold. Beech r.\\n343. The word the, before the comparative D emonstra\\nmore, in sentence (3) is a demonstrative adverb, tive The.\\n1 See Notes to Teachers, 10.", "height": "2964", "width": "1967", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0261.jp2"}, "262": {"fulltext": "246 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nand directs attention to the relative adverb the t\\nbefore the comparative less. These words must\\nnot be confounded with the definite article. They\\nare indirect case forms of the original word for\\nwhich that is formed, and which, as has been\\n_ shown, is now used as a demonstrative and rela-\\nRelative\\nThe. tive pronoun. Hie uses ot the in sentence (o)\\ncorrespond to the Latin construction, eo quo,\\nwith comparatives.\\n344. Note the construction of than in sentence\\n(3). Than was originally used as a relative adverb\\nin the sense of when.\\n345. The original meaning is implied when than\\nis used after comparatives to introduce a sentence\\nexpressed or implied, which sentence is used as the\\nstandard of comparison.\\n346. Expand sentence (4), and the original use of\\nthan is seen.\\nWhen uncounted millions of gold is a great treasure to\\nthe people, the newspaper is a greater treasure to the\\npeople.\\n347. The antecedent of a relative adverb is\\ngenerally a demonstrative adverb expressed or\\nimplied as,\\nINTERROGATIVE. DEMONSTRATIVE. RELATIVE. INDEFINITE.\\nwhere? there where somewhere\\nwhence? thence whence from some place", "height": "2977", "width": "1966", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0262.jp2"}, "263": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS.\\n247\\nNTKRROGATIVE.\\nDEMONSTRATIVE.\\nRELATIVE.\\nINDEFINITE.\\nwhen\\nthen\\nwhen\\nat some time\\nwhither\\nthither\\nwhither\\nto some place\\nhow?\\nthus or so\\nas, that\\nsomehow\\nWhen the antecedent of the relative adverb is\\nexpressed for the sake of emphasis, it follows the\\nrelative adverb. (Compare 160.\\n1. When thou canst get the ring upon my finger\\nthen call me husband. Shakespeare.\\n2. When the broken arches are black as night,\\nThen view St. David s rained pile. Scott.\\n3. Where slavery is, there liberty cannot be and where\\nliberty is, there slavery cannot be. Lincoln.\\n348. Yes and no used alone as responsive words\\nin answer to interrogative sentences are sometimes\\nregarded as adverbs of assertion, the one the\\nadverb of affirmation, and the other the adverb of\\nnegation. As a part of speech presupposes a sen-\\ntence of which it is a part, and as these words in\\nsuch situations are not parts of any sentence\\nexpressed or implied, it is evident that they cannot\\nproperly be regarded as parts of speech. They\\narc words representing the corresponding affirma-\\ntive or negative statements in answer to interroga-\\ntive sentences; as,\\nAre you an American? x\\nI am an American.\\nWere you in the army\\nNo.\\n1 was not in the army.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0263.jp2"}, "264": {"fulltext": "248 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nThere. 349 The adverb there is often used in the\\nposition of the grammatical subject to direct\\nattention to the subject following the verb.\\n350. Compare this use of there with the use of\\nit. (See page 110.)\\n1. There is no religion in being unhappy. Ghanning.\\n2. There is no royal road to anything. Holland.\\nPhrase 351 Sometimes two or more words are taken\\nAdverbs, together and form a phrase adverb as,\\n1. Silently one by one in the infinite meadows of heaven,\\nBlossomed the lovely stars, the forget-me-nots of the\\nangels. Longfellow.\\n2. They arrived too late to save the ship, for the violent\\ncurrent had set her more and more on the beach. Irving.\\n3. The unrest of dawn impels us to and fro. Qrady.\\nB. COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.\\nComparison 352. Many adverbs admit of comparison and\\n\u00c2\u00b0f are compared like adjectives. (See page 156.)\\nAdverbs.\\n353. The greater number of adverbs that admit\\nof comparison have the adverbial mode of com-\\nparison; as, kindly, more kindly, most Mndly.\\n354. A few adverbs have the inflectional form\\nof comparison; as, soon, sooner, soonest.\\n355. The following adverbs have an irregular\\nform of comparison", "height": "2985", "width": "1966", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0264.jp2"}, "265": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS.\\nPOSITIVE.\\nCOMPARATIVE.\\nfar\\nfarther\\nor further\\nill or badly\\nworse\\nlate\\nlater\\nlittle\\nless\\nmuch\\nmore\\nnigh or near\\nnearer\\n(rathe)\\nrather\\nwell\\nbetter\\n249\\nSUPERLATIVE.\\nfarthest\\nor furthest\\nworst\\nlatest or last\\nleast\\nmost\\nnearest or next\\nbest\\n356. Note 1. Near, now used as a positive, is in\\nreality a comparative form of nigh.\\nNote 2. Rathe, (early or soon) is now practically\\nobsolete, although found occasionally in the poets\\nas,\\n1. Why rise ye up so rathe Chaucer.\\n2. Rathe she rose, half cheated in the thought\\nShe needs must bid farewell to sweet Loraine.\\nTennyson.\\n357. To parse an adverb is,\\n1. To tell its class according to,\\n1. Meaning. 2. Use.\\n2. To compare it, if compared.\\n3. To state what word or words it modifies.\\nDiligence has done well.\\nParse well in the preceding sentence,\\nwell I is a simple adverb.\\nis used to express manner.\\nhas an irregular form of comparison, well,\\nbetter, best.\\nis used to modify the meaning of the verb has done.", "height": "2967", "width": "1971", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0265.jp2"}, "266": {"fulltext": "250 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nName and parse the adverbs in the following sen-\\ntences\\n1. A great writer does not reveal himself here and there,\\nbut everywhere. Lowell.\\n2. Poetry is evidently a contagious complaint. Irving.\\n3. There are no eyes so sharp as the eyes of hatred.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Holland.\\n4. Art does not represent things falsely, but truly as\\nthey appear to mankind. Buskin.\\n5. Sooner or later the world comes around to see the\\ntruth and do the right. Hillard.\\n0. Can one desire too much of a good thing\\nShakespeare.\\n1. When they are at Rome they do there as they see\\ndone. Burton.\\n8. As a rule, there is no surer way to the dislike of men\\nthan to behave well where they have behaved badly.\\nWallace.\\n9. The greater a man is, the less he is disposed to show\\nhis greatness. Channing.\\n10. Rashness is often more the result of cowardice than\\nof courage. Wellington.\\n11. Life is but thought. Coleridge.\\n12. Liberty is not the right of one, but all. Spencer.\\n13. The plague of gold strikes far and near. Browning.\\n14. Expectation ends only in heaven. St. Ki ntijern.\\n15. Vigorous exercise will often fortify a feeble con-\\nstitution. Sigourney.\\n16. Example is always more efficacious than precept.\\nJohn Sim.\\n17. A daughter of the gods, divinely tall,\\nAnd most divinely fair. Tennyson.\\n18. Then Heaven tries the earth if it be in tune.\\nAnd over it softly her warm ear lays. LoweU.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0266.jp2"}, "267": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS. 251\\nC. SUMMARY OF DEFINITIONS.\\nAn adverb is a word joined to a verb to des-\\nignate more definitely that for which the verb\\nstands.\\nA simple adverb is an adverb used simply to\\nmodify or designate more definitely that expressed\\nby the word with which it is joined.\\nA demonstrative adverb is an adverb that has\\nboth a modifying and a demonstrative use.\\nAn interrogative adverb is an adverb that has\\nboth a modifying and an interrogative use.\\nA relative adverb is an adverb that has a modi-\\nfying and a relating use.\\nComparison is the property of adverbs used to\\ndistinguish the different degrees of that which is\\ndesignated by the adverb.\\nThe positive degree is the degree that is used in\\nan absolute sense or as a basis of comparison.\\nThe comparative degree is the degree that is used\\nto express that which is denoted by the adverb as\\none degree higher or lower than that expressed by\\nthe positive degree.\\nThe superlative degree is the degree which is\\nused to express that which is designated by the\\nadverb as in the degree highest or lowest from that\\ndesignated by the positive degree.\\nInflectional comparison is the form of comparison\\nthai is expressed by means of inflectional endings\\nor changes in the form of adverbs.", "height": "2961", "width": "1977", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0267.jp2"}, "268": {"fulltext": "252\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nAdverbial comparison is the form of comparison\\nexpressed by means of adverbs in connection with\\nthe positive degree of another adverb.\\nOUTLINE CLASSIFICATION OF ADVERBS.\\n1. According to meaning.\\n1. Time.\\n2. Place.\\n3. Number.\\n4.\\n5.\\nG.\\nMaimer.\\nDegree.\\nAsserti-on.\\n2. According to use.\\n1. Simple.\\n2. Demonstrative.\\n3.\\n4.\\nInterrogative\\nRelative.\\n3. According to form.\\n1. Simple.\\n2.\\nPhrase.\\n4. Comparison.\\n1. Degree.\\n1. Positive.\\n2. Comparative.\\n3. Superlative.\\n2. Forms.\\n1. Inflectional.\\n1. Regular.\\n2. Irregular.\\n2. Adverbial.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0268.jp2"}, "269": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITIONS. 253\\nVI. PREPOSITIONS.\\n358. A preposition is a word used to connect a p rer)OS i t i on\\nnoun or its equivalent to some other part of speech\\nin the sentence, and to indicate a relation between\\nthem.\\n359. Originally the preposition was simply a\\nlocal adverb used with a verb to emphasize, or\\nmake more definite, the meaning of the verb. 1\\n360. In the evolution of the preposition three\\ndistinct stages are clearly evident.\\nI. It is placed before, or prefixed to a verb, and its\\nmeaning is merged in the meaning of the verb.\\n1. A valiant man ought not to undergo or tempt a danger.\\nJohnson.\\n2. Withhold revenge, dear God, tis not my fault.\\nShakespeare.\\nII. It is placed after a verb, and its meaning joined\\nto the meaning of the verb.\\n1. Ring out the darkness of the land.\\nRing in the church that is to be. Tennyson.\\n2. Putting off the courtier, he put on the philosopher.\\nMUton.\\nIII. It is placed before a noun or its equivalent to\\nindicate its case relation, and has a separate meaning\\nand ;i connective force.\\n1 Sou Notes to Teachers, 11.", "height": "2881", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0269.jp2"}, "270": {"fulltext": "254 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n1. Your real influence is marred by your treatment of\\nyourself. Alcott.\\n2. Everything good in a man thrives best when properly\\nrecognized. Clark.\\n361. The equivalents of nouns with which prep-\\nositions are used are,\\nI. Pronoun.\\nSoft words with nothing in them make a song. Waller.\\nII. Adjective.\\nThe beautiful rests on the foundations of the necessary.\\nEmerson.\\nIII. Phrase.\\nOur material possessions, like our joys, are enhanced in\\nvalue by being shared. Prentice.\\nIV. Clause.\\nNever be afraid of what is good. The good is always the\\nroad to what is true. Ilauiertou.\\n362. The parts of speech to which a preposition\\nmay connect a noun or its equivalent are,\\nI. Verb or verbal.\\n1. Your tongue runs before your wit. Swift.\\n2. Sympathy is two hearts tugging at one load.\\nParkhurst.\\n3. To live in hearts we leave behind is not to die.\\nCampbell.\\nII. Noun.\\nKindness in us is the honey that blunts the sting of un-\\nkindness in another. I junior.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0270.jp2"}, "271": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITIONS. 255\\nIII. Pronoun.\\nFor which of these works do you stone me Bible.\\nIV. Adjective.\\nGratitude is the rarest of virtues. Parker.\\nV. Adverb (rarely).\\nIt is seldom that an Egyptian workman can be induced\\nto make anything exactly to order. Lane.\\nA. CLxiSSES.\\n363. Prepositions are not numerous, and in the\\nEnglish language do not greatly exceed fifty in\\nnumber.\\n364. In form, prepositions are simple and com-\\npound.\\n365. The following prepositions are simple in simple,\\nform: at, by, for, from, in, of, off, on, out, through,\\ntill, to, up, with.\\n366. Nearly all other prepositions are compound Compound,\\nforms composed of simple preposition forms joined\\ntogether, or simple preposition forms prefixed to\\nnouns, adjectives, or adverbs; as, into, upon, through-\\nout, outside, aboard, beside, along, around, between,\\nbegond, behind, underneath.\\n367. Some present participles and other verb\\nforms are used as prepositions as. concerning, except-\\ning, touching, respecting, etc.; save, except, past, etc.\\n1. I am free from all doubt concerning it. Tillotson.\\n2. Respecting my sermons, I most siiuvivly beg of you\\nto extenuate nothing. Smith.", "height": "2957", "width": "1965", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0271.jp2"}, "272": {"fulltext": "256 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nPhrase 368 Sometimes two or more words are taken\\nPreposition, together and form what is called a phrase preposi-\\ntion as,\\n1. Out in the yard the lilies of the valley, slipping out of\\ntheir cool sheaths of green leaves, were not more white,\\nmore fresh. Allen.\\n2. Great eloquence Ave cannot get except from human\\ngenius. King.\\n3. Over the hills, out of the earth, down from the clouds,\\npours in resistless night. Curtis.\\n369. The phrase prepositions most commonly\\nused are with regard to, by means of, on account of,\\nby virtue of, in consideration affront in between,\\ninstead of, out of, according- to.\\n370. The adjectives like and near are frequently\\nfollowed by nouns or equivalents, and have the\\nconnecting and relating force of prepositions.\\nThese words, in such cases, cannot be regarded as\\npurely prepositions, as their adjective use in the\\nsentence, even when followed by a noun, is fre-\\nquently as strong as the relation indicated by the\\npreposition. Moreover, the adjective near is used\\nwith such prepositional force in all degrees of com-\\nparison. These adjectives when used with prepo-\\nAdjective r 1 J J\\nPreposition, sitional iorce may be called adjective prepositions.\\n1. A man s best things are nearest him. MUm s.\\n2. They are as like each other as two peas. Surift.\\n3. Men are like Geneva watches with crystal faces which\\nexpose the whole movement. Emerson.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0272.jp2"}, "273": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITIONS.\\n257\\n371. So numerous are the relations denoted by\\nprepositions, and so various are the relations ex-\\npressed by the same preposition, that a simple and\\npractical classification of prepositional relations is\\nimpossible. These relations can best be learned\\nthrough continued observation, and a classification\\nof the various uses of the different prepositions as\\nthey are met with in literature.\\n372. Among the more common and characteristic\\nrelations expressed by prepositions are time, place,\\nsource, manner, quality, possession, means, cause,\\nreason. 1\\nB. PARSING SUMMARY.\\n1. Name and state form of preposition.\\n2. Point out the terms of relation.\\n3. State the kind of phrase formed by nouns and\\npreposition.\\n4. Tell what the prepositional phrase is used to\\nexpress.\\nParse the prepositional phrases in the following\\nsentence\\nHe came from New York to Boston.\\nFrom\\nNew York\\nis a simple preposition.\\nshows a relation between, or connects, the verb\\ncame and the noun New rJc.\\nis a noun in the objective case denoting place\\nfrom which, ami forms, with the preposition\\nfrom, an adverbial phrase modifying verb came.\\n1 Scu Mutes to Teachers. L2.", "height": "2959", "width": "1983", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0273.jp2"}, "274": {"fulltext": "258 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nto is a simple preposition.\\nshows a relation between, or connects, the verb\\ncame and the noun Bost on.\\nBoston is a noun in the objective case denoting place\\nto which, and forms, with the preposition to,\\nan adverbial phrase modifying verb came.\\nHe was a man of good character.\\nof is a simple preposition.\\nshows a relation between, or connects, the noun\\nman and the noun character.\\ncharacter is a noun in the objective case denoting quality,\\nand forms, with the preposition of, an adjec-\\ntive phrase modifying the noun man.\\nName and parse the prepositions in the following\\nsentences\\n1. Labor for labor s sake is against nature. Locke.\\n2. Judgment is forced upon us by experience. Johnson.\\n3. Nothing great was ever achieved without enthu-\\nsiasm. Emerson.\\n4. There is a joy in sorrow which none but a mourner\\ncan know. Tapper.\\n5. They are always in extremes, and pronounce con-\\ncerning everything in the superlative. Watts.\\n6. Open suspecting of others comes of secretly con-\\ndemning ourselves. Sidney.\\n7. Nature through all her works in great degree\\nBorrows a blessing from variety. nurchiU.\\n8. Labor was appointed at the creation. Maun.\\n9. Nothing but sympathy with society will lead to its\\ncure. Channing.\\n10. There he lies with a great beard, like a Russian bear\\nupon a drift of snow. Congreve.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0274.jp2"}, "275": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITIOXS. 259\\n11. The word rest is not in my vocabulary. Greeley.\\n12. The light upon her face\\nShines from the windows of another world.\\nLongfelloio.\\n13. A witty writer is like a porcupine his quill makes\\nno distinction between friend and foe. Shaw.\\n14. A reader with an ear for melody has a feast spread\\nfor him in Saxon poetry fit for Apollo. King.\\n15. He who was taught only by himself had a fool for a\\nmaster. Johnson.\\n16. There is no defense against reproach except ob-\\nscurity. Addison.\\n17. Good humor may be said to be one of the very best\\narticles of dress one can wear in society. Thackeray.\\n18. Upon the Kentucky landscape during these October\\ndays, there lies this later youth of the year, calm, deep,\\nvigorous. Allen.\\n19. You can t order remembrance out of a man.\\nThackeray.\\n20. Keep your working power at its maximum. Alger.\\n21. Nature fits all her children with something to do.\\nLowell.\\n22. A pound of pluck is worth a ton of luck. Garjield.\\n23. A happy genius is the gift of nature. Dryden.\\n24. The dignity of truth is lost with much protesting.\\nJohnson.\\n25. Men are people who come in like a child with a piece\\nof good news. Emerson.\\n20. To the poetic mind all things are poetical.\\nLongfellow.\\n27. So sinks the day star in the ocean lied. Milton.\\n28. Honor and shame from no condition rise;\\nAct well your part, there all the honor lies.\\n29. The true university of these days is a collection of\\nbooks. arlyle.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0275.jp2"}, "276": {"fulltext": "2G0 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nC. SUMMARY OF DEFINITIONS.\\nf\\nA preposition is a word used to connect a noun,\\nor its equivalent, to some other part of speech\\nin the sentence, and indicate a relation between\\nthem.\\nA phrase preposition is two or more words\\ntaken together to form a preposition.\\nAn adjective preposition is an adjective that\\nhas also the form of a preposition.\\nOUTLINE CLASSIFICATION OF\\nPREPOSITIONS.\\nI. As to form.\\n1. Simple. 3. Adjective.\\n2. Compound. 4. Phrase.\\nII. As to kind of relation indicated.\\n1. Adverbial when the first term is a verb,\\nadjective, or adverb.\\n1. Indirect object.\\n2. Place from which.\\n3. Place to which.\\n4. Place in which.\\n5. Source, origin, separation.\\n6. Means or instrument, agent.\\n7. Cause.\\n8. Manner, time, price, specification.\\n2. Adjective when the first term is a noun or\\nits equivalent.\\n1. Quality. 2. Possession.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0276.jp2"}, "277": {"fulltext": "CONJUNCTIONS. 261\\nVII. CONJUNCTIONS.\\n373. A conjunction is a word used to join Ooninnction.\\ntogether sentences or similar parts of the same\\nsentence. (See 54.)\\nA. CLASSES.\\n374. Note in the following sentences that a con- ph raS e\\njunction may consist of two or more words taken Conjunction,\\ntogether as one expression; such forms are called\\nphrase conjunctions.\\n1. Property lias its duties as well as its rights.\\nDrummond.\\n2. We are no longer happy as soon as we wish to be\\nhappier. Landor.\\n3. God puts the excess of hope in one man in order that\\nit may be a medicine to the man who is despondent.\\nBeecher.\\n375. Note that the two conjunctions in full- Oorx-ela-tive\\nfaced type in each of the following sentences Conjunction,\\nmutually relate to each other. Such conjunctions\\nare called correlative conjunctions.\\n1. There is nothing either good or bad, but thinking\\nmakes it so. Shakesjieare.\\n2. Man is neither the vile nor the excellent being which\\nhe sometimes imagines himself to be. Beaconsfield.\\nFlattery corrupts both the receiver and the giver.\\nBurke.", "height": "2953", "width": "1968", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0277.jp2"}, "278": {"fulltext": "262 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\n4. The sun, though it passes through dirty places, yet\\nremains as pure as before. Coke.\\n5. The supreme poet will be not alone a seer, but also a\\npersistent artist of the beautiful. Stedman.\\nCoordinate 376 A coordinate conjunction is a conjunction\\nConjunction, that is used to connect constructions of equal\\nrank. (See 55.)\\n377. Coordinate conjunctions are divided into\\nthe following classes\\n1. Copulative (uniting or coupling together the\\nideas or thoughts expressed in the connected construc-\\ntions); as, and, both, also, moreover, not only, but also,\\netc.\\nCopulative is from the Latin eopulativus linking\\nor connecting together.\\n2. Alternative (offering or denying a choice of the\\nideas or thoughts expressed in the connected construc-\\ntions); as, either, or; neither, nor; etc.\\nAlternative is from the Latin altematw doing a\\nthing alternately or by turns.\\n3. Adversative (designating that one of the thoughts\\nis opposite or adverse to the other thought expressed\\nin the construction); as, but, yet, however, notwith-\\nstanding, etc.\\nAdversative is from the Latin adversativus contrary\\nor opposing.\\n4. Illative (designating that one of the thoughts is\\nan inference from the other thought expressed in the\\nconnected construction); as, therefore, hence, conse-\\nquently, accordingly, etc.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0278.jp2"}, "279": {"fulltext": "CONJUNCTIONS. 263\\nIllative is from the Latin illativus a concluding or\\ninferring.\\n5. Causal (designating that one of the thoughts is\\na conclusion or a cause or reason of the other thought,\\nwithout at the same time modifying that thought);\\nas, for.\\nCausal is from the Latin causa a cause.\\nName, classify, and explain the use of each co-\\nordinate conjunction in the following sentences\\n1. Speak fitly or be silent wisely. Herbert.\\n2. To keep our secret is wisdom, but to expect another\\nto keep it is folly. Holmes.\\n3. The power of association is stronger than the power\\nof beauty, therefore the power of association is the power\\nof beauty. Buskin.\\n4. For art may err, but nature may not miss.\\nDryden.\\n5. The world is a wheel, and it will come around all\\nright. Beaconsfield.\\nG. Our grand business is not to see what lies dimly at\\na distance, but to do what lies clearly at hand. Carlyle.\\n7. Pride is essential to a noble character, and a love of\\npraise is one of its civilizing elements. Beecher..\\n8. Our character is our will for what we will we are.\\nManning.\\n9. Fortune does not lend, but sells her wares at full\\nmarket price. (Jolt on.\\n10. Our words have wings, but fly not where we would.\\nEliot.\\n11. We live most on the crust or rind of things.\\nFr iuh\\n12. Tie said, I will relieve myself and make my point\\ngood yet or die for it. Carlyle.", "height": "2954", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0279.jp2"}, "280": {"fulltext": "264 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n13. He blushes therefore he is guilty. Addison.\\n14. I came upstairs iuto the world; for I was born in a\\ncellar. Congreve.\\n15. Give me hardship, pain, toil, but with them give me\\nliberty and I shall not complain. Giles.\\n16. The sculptor does not work for the anatomist, but\\nfor the common observer of life and nature. Ruskin.\\n17. Talking and eloquence are not the same to speak\\nand to speak well are two things; a fool may talk, but a\\nwise man speaks. Johnson.\\nSubordinate 378 -A- subordinate conjunction is a conjunction\\nConjunction, that is used to connect a sentence of a lower rank\\nto one of higher rank. (See 56.)\\n379. A subordinate conjunction has usually two\\ndistinct uses in the subordinate sentence, the\\none as a connecting element in the sentence the\\nother as expressing a clause relation that is, a\\nsubstantive, adjective, or adverbial relation.\\n380. Subordinate conjunctions are divided into\\nthe following classes\\n1. Temporal (Time). When, while, until, as, before,\\nere, till, etc.\\n2. Place. Where, wherever, etc.\\n3. Manner. How, as, etc.\\n4. Cause. For, because, since, as, whereat, etc.\\n5. Condition. If, unless, provided, etc.\\n6. Concession. Though, although.\\n7. Purpose (Final). That, in order that, lest, pro-\\nvided that, so, etc.\\n8. Result (Consequence). So that, l nt th tt, etc.\\n9. Demonstrative (Substantive). That.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0280.jp2"}, "281": {"fulltext": "CONJUNCTIONS. 265\\n381. Observe in the foregoing classification of\\nconjunctions that a casual conjunction may be\\neither a coordinate or a subordinate conjunction.\\n382. To distinguish between the coordinate and\\nsubordinate conjunction is to determine whether\\nthe sentence introduced by the causal conjunction\\naffirms or gives the reason for the thought ex-\\npressed by the other sentence (coordinate), or\\nwhether the thought expressed by the other sen-\\ntence is the effect of that expressed by the sentence\\nintroduced by the causal conjunction (subordi-\\nnate) as,\\n1. TJie season has been good, for the crops are heavy.\\n2. Socrates died because he took poison.\\n383. Note in the foregoing sentence (1) there\\nare two sentences. Note that the second sentence\\nof the sentence (1) is an affirmation of or reason\\nfor the thought expressed by the first sentence.\\n384. Note that in the foregoing sentence (2)\\nthere are two sentences. Note that the thought\\nexpressed by the first sentence is a statement\\nof the effect of that expressed by the second\\nsentence.\\n385. The causal conjunction of sentence (1) is a\\ncoordinate causal conjunction.\\n386. The causal conjunction of sentence (2) is a\\nsubordinate causal conjunction.", "height": "2959", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0281.jp2"}, "282": {"fulltext": "266 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nName, classify, and explain use of each subordinate\\nconjunction in the following sentences, and tell foi\\nwhat kind of clause each subordinate sentence is used\\n1. A man lias no more religion than he acts out in his\\nlife. Beecher.\\n2. There are none so low but that they have their tri-\\numph. Bovee.\\n3. Things always seem fair when we look back at them.\\nLoweU.\\n4. As the wind was favorable I had an opportunity of\\nsurveying this amazing scene. Berkeley.\\n5. No ritual is too much, provided it is subsidiary to the\\ninner work of worship. Gladstone.\\n6. Thy head is as full of quarrels as an egg is full of\\nmeat. Shakespeare.\\n7. At the workingman s house hunger looks in but dares\\nnot enter. Franklin.\\n8. The forests are full of trees before the sea is thick\\nwith ships. Brooks.\\n9. Think not thy time long in this world, since the\\nworld itself is not long. Browne.\\n10. Man can be great when great occasions call.\\nStoddard.\\n11. Stay a while that we may make an end the sooner.\\nBacon.\\n12. As the day broke, the scene of slaughter unfolded its\\nhorrors. Irving.\\n13. Men often call themselves poor, not because they\\nwant necessaries, but because the}- have nut more than they\\nwant. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Johnson.\\n14. If I am not worth the wooing, I am not worth the\\nwinning. Longfellow.\\n15. Difficulties spur us whenever they do not check us.\\nReade.", "height": "2966", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0282.jp2"}, "283": {"fulltext": "CONJUNCTIONS.\\n267\\n1(3. It is I who ought to be angry and unforgiving, for I\\nAvas in the wrong. Thackeray.\\n17. Thou hast betrayed thy secret as a bird betrays its\\nnest, by striving to conceal it. Longfellow.\\n18. The French say that English ladies have left hands.\\nEmerson.\\n19. The shoemaker makes a good shoe because he makes\\nnothing else. Emerson.\\n20. We hate some persons because we do not know them,\\nand we do not know them because we hate them. Colton,\\n387. To parse a conjunction is to name it, give To e a\\nits order, what it expresses, and the elements it Conjunction,\\nconnects as,\\nHope lightens burdens, but fear makes them heavier.\\nbut\\nis a word used to connect sentences,\\nhence a\\nis used to connect sentences of equal\\norder, hence\\nconnects sentences expressing thoughts\\nopposite or adverse to each other,\\nhence\\nconnects the sentences through con-\\nnecting the verb lightens to the verb\\nfear.\\nconjunction,\\ncoordinate.\\nadversative.\\nB. PAUSING SUMMARY.\\nBat is a coordinate, adversative con junction, con-\\nnecting the sentences, Hope lightens burdens and\\nw fear makes them heavier, by connecting the verb\\nlightens with the verb fear, and designating the order\\nand meaning of the sentences.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0283.jp2"}, "284": {"fulltext": "268 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nC. SUMMARY OF DEFINITIONS.\\nA conjunction is a word or words used to\\njoin together sentences or similar parts of the\\nsame sentence.\\nA simple conjunction is a single word used as\\na conjunction.\\nA phrase conjunction is two or more words\\ntaken together as a conjunction.\\nCorrelative conjunctions are two conjunct inns\\nthat mutually relate to each other.\\nA coordinate conjunction is a conjunction that\\nis used to connect constructions of equal rank.\\nA subordinate conjunction is a conjunction that\\nis used to connect a sentence of a lower rank to\\none of a higher rank.\\nA copulative conjunction is a coordinate con-\\njunction that is used to unite or couple together\\nthe ideas or thoughts expressed in the connected\\nconstruction.\\nAn alternative conjunction is a coordinate con-\\njunction which is used to designate that a choice\\nof thoughts in the connected construction is either\\noffered or denied.\\nAn adversative conjunction is a coordinate con-\\njunction which is used to designate that one of\\nthe thoughts is opposite or adverse to the other\\nthought in the connected construction.\\nAn illative conjunction is a coordinate conjunc-\\ntion which is used to designate that one of the", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0284.jp2"}, "285": {"fulltext": "CONJUNCTIONS. 269\\nthoughts is an inference from the other thought in\\nthe connected construction.\\nA causal conjunction is a coordinate conjunc-\\ntion which is used to designate that one of the\\nthoughts in the connected construction is a con-\\nclusion or the cause or reason of the other thought,\\nwithout at the same time being the modifier of that\\nthought.\\nA temporal conjunction is a subordinate con-\\njunction that is used in the expression of\\ntime.\\nA conjunction of place is a subordinate con-\\njunction that is used in the expression of place or\\nlocality.\\nA conjunction of manner is a subordinate\\nconjunction that is used in the expression of\\nmanner.\\nA conjunction of cause is a subordinate con-\\njunction that is used in the expression of cause\\nor reason.\\nA conjunction of condition is a subordinate\\nconjunction that is used in the expression of a\\nsupposition or condition.\\nA conjunction of concession is a subordinate con-\\njunction that is used in the expression of what is\\ngranted or conceded.\\nA conjunction of purpose is a subordinate eon-\\njunction that is used in the expression of what is\\ndesigned, intended, or proposed.", "height": "2913", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0285.jp2"}, "286": {"fulltext": "270\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nA conjunction of result is a subordinate con-\\njunction that is used in the expression of what\\nfollows as a consequence or result.\\nA demonstrative conjunction is a subordinate con-\\njunction that is used to represent, point out, or\\nintroduce a subordinate sentence as a substantive\\nclause.\\nOUTLINE CLASSIFICATION OF\\nCONJUNCTIONS.\\nAs to composition.\\n1. Simple.\\n2. Phrase.\\nII. As to expression of meaning.\\n1. Independent. 2. Correlative.\\nIII. As to classes.\\n1. Coordinate.\\n1. Copulative. 4. Illative.\\n2. Alternative. 5. Causal.\\n3. Adversative.\\n2.\\nSubordinate.\\n1. Temporal.\\n2. Manuer.\\n3. Place.\\n4 Cause.\\n5. .Result.\\n6. Purpose.\\n7. Condition.\\n8. Concession.\\n9. Demonstrative.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0286.jp2"}, "287": {"fulltext": "INTERJECTIONS. 271\\nVIII. INTERJECTIONS.\\n388. An interjection, as lias been stated, is aj nter j ect i oni\\nword or expression used to express feeling, and\\ncannot be regarded as a part of speech, which is\\nan element of thought. (See 58.)\\n389. A phrase interjection (exclamatory phrase)\\nmay consist of different parts of speech such parts\\nof speech do not lose their functional use when used\\nas part of a phrase interjection, but when the ele-\\nment that they are used to represent is feeling\\nrather than thought, it may seem preferable to\\nregard the whole phrase expression as an inter-\\njection.\\n390. Specify the kind of feeling expressed by\\nthe interjections in the following sentences\\n1. 0, ever thus from childhood s hour\\nI ve seen my fondest hopes decay. Moore.\\n2. But hush hark a deep sound strikes like a rising\\nknell. Byron.\\n3. Bless me this is pleasant\\nUiding on the rail. Saxe.\\n4. Softly she is lying\\nWith her lips apart. Eos/man.\\n5. Hurrah! hurrah! hurrah! a single field\\nHas turned the chance of war. MacavXay.\\nG. Audio! the universal air\\nSeemed lit with ghastly flame. Hood.", "height": "2905", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0287.jp2"}, "288": {"fulltext": "272 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n7. And every hand that dealt the blow,\\nAh me it was a brother s. Campbell.\\n8. But for the touch of a vanished hand\\nAnd the sound of a voice that is still Tennyson.\\n9. Ah what a shadow is praise. Charming.\\n10. Ha ha we have heard of the rapids, but we are not\\nsuch fools as to get there. Gough.\\n11. Alas! thy sorrows fall so fast. Longfellow.\\n12. Away away and on we dash,\\nTorrents less rapid and less rash. Byron.", "height": "2963", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0288.jp2"}, "289": {"fulltext": "WORDS WITH VARIOUS USES. 273\\nIX. WORDS WITH VARIOUS USES.\\n391. Note the classification of the different uses\\nof the following words, as the variety of their uses\\nmakes them often perplexing.\\nAs.\\nI. Adverb of degree or manner.\\nSolitude is as needful to the imagination as society is\\nwholesome for the character. Lowell.\\nII. As part of a phrase conjunction.\\n1. Coordinate.\\nThere is creative reading as well as relative thinking.\\nBovee.\\n2. Subordinate.\\n1. The little birds sang as if it were\\nThe one day of summer in all the year. Lowell.\\n2. Humanity\\nHad painted winter like a traveler old,\\nAs though his weakness were disturbed by pain.\\nWordsworth.\\nIII. As part of a plirase preposition.\\nAs to the way of dishing up the meat, hungry men leave\\nthat to the cook. Spunjeon.\\nIV. As a subordinate conjunction expressing\\n1. Manner.\\nI always pray that I may die as she did. Longfellow.\\nAs.", "height": "2897", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0289.jp2"}, "290": {"fulltext": "What.\\n274 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n2. Time.\\nAs I was walking the other day through the Crystal Pal-\\nace, I came upon a toy which had taken the leisure oi live\\nyears to make. Ruskin.\\n3. Cause.\\nOf the two (stones) I would prefer the larger one, as it is\\nto be in front of a parapet quite in the old style. Scott.\\n4. Concession.\\nFar as they (our fellow-citizens) have gone, they are yet\\nwithin the protection of the Union. Webster.\\n5. Result. (Rare.)\\nThe relations are so uncertain as they require a great\\ndeal of examination. Bacon.\\n6. Introducing an appositive (modal appositive).\\nPleasure is far sweeter as a recreation than as a business.\\nHitchcock.\\n1. Introducing a parenthetical expression.\\nOpinion is the genesis, as it were, of all temporal happi-\\nness. Feltham.\\nV. Relative pronoun.\\nWe may learn by practice such things on earth as shall\\nbe of use to us in heaven. Chapin.\\n392. What.\\nI. Interrogative pronoun.\\n1. In direct questions.\\n1. What is the voice of song when the world lacks the\\near of taste Hawthorne.\\n2. What honest man would not rather be the sufferer\\nthan the defrauder Richardson.", "height": "2963", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0290.jp2"}, "291": {"fulltext": "WORDS WITH VARIOUS USES. 275\\n2. In indirect questions.\\n1. Ask what is folly of the crowd. Bailey.\\n2. We know what master laid thy keel,\\nWhat workmen wrought thy ribs of steel.\\nLongfellow.\\nII. Relative pronoun.\\n1. Simple.\\n1. We read in the form of prose what once had been a\\npoem. Disraeli.\\n2. Now a merchant may wear what boots he -pleases.\\nThackeray.\\n2. Indefinite.\\n1. Let come what come may,\\nI shall have had my day. Tennyson.\\n2. What man would be wise let him drink of the sun\\nThat bears on its bosom the record of time. O Reilly.\\nIII. As an indefinite pronoun.\\n1. I tell you what. intellectual labor, as the parsons\\ncall it, is too much. Lowell.\\nIV. With force of a conjunction.\\n1. Coordinate.\\nThus what with Avar, what with the sweat, what with the\\ngallows, and what with poverty, I am custom shrunk.\\nShakespeare.\\n2. Subordinate.\\nThere is no man so friendless but what he can rind a\\nfriend sincere enough to tell him disagreeable things.\\nLytton.\\nV. 117/// the force of an adverb of degree.\\n1. What veal good does an addition bo a fortune already\\nsufficient prove Goldsmith.", "height": "2954", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0291.jp2"}, "292": {"fulltext": "276 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nVI. In exclamatory expressions.\\nWhat exquisite accords what noble harmonies what\\ntouching pathos Longfellow.\\nVII. As an interjection.\\nWhat said I, so fine a dog without a master.\\nLongfeUoto.\\nBut. 393. But.\\nI. As a conjunction.\\n1. Coordinate.\\n1. Adversative.\\nExperience is the best schoolmaster, but the school fees\\nare heavy. Coleridge.\\n2. Copulative.\\nThe thing is not only to avoid error, but to attain im-\\nmense masses of truth. Carlyle.\\n2. Subordinate.\\n1. Result.\\nThere is no time so miserable but a man may be true.\\nShakespeare.\\n2. Demonstrative (introductory of noun clause).\\nI do not doubt but England is at present as polite a\\nnation as any in the world. Steele.\\nII. As an adverh.\\nA library is but the soul s burial ground. Beecher.\\nIII. As a preposition.\\nPleasure is nothing else but the intermission of pain.\\nSelden.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0292.jp2"}, "293": {"fulltext": "WORDS WITH VARIOUS USES. 277\\nIV. As a relative pronoun.\\nThere is not an ism but had its shrine, nor a cause\\nbut had its prophet. Hale.\\n394. Tliat. That\\nI. As a demonstrative pronoun.\\n1. We work, and that is godlike. Holland.\\n2. That genius is feeble which cannot hold its own before\\nthe masterpieces of the world. Higginson.\\nII. As a relative pronoun.\\nThere never was a bad man that had ability for good\\nservice. Beecher.\\nIII. As a subordinate conjunction.\\n1. Demonstrative (introductory of noun\\nclause).\\nAll admit that Cowper was a poet and a pioneer of a\\nnoble school. Stedman.\\n2. Purpose.\\nTreat it kindly that it may\\nWish at least with us to stay. Cowley.\\n3. Remit.\\nLaziness travels so slowly that poverty soon overtakrs\\nhim. Franklin.\\n4. Cause.\\nNow I am angry with you\\nNot that ye paint in oils, but that, grown fat\\nAnd indolent, you do not paint at all. Longfellow.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0293.jp2"}, "294": {"fulltext": "278 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nSince. 395. Since.\\nI. Subordinate conjunction.\\n1. Z ree.\\nI have written nothing since I left home except a few\\nletters and a journal now and then. Lowell.\\n2. Cause.\\nThink not thy time short in this world\\nSince the world itself is not long. Browne.\\nII. Preposition.\\nSince yesterday I have been in Alcala. Longfellow,\\nIII. Adverb.\\nI hear Butler is made since Count of the Empire.\\nHon; Us.\\nThe. 396. TJie.\\nI. Definite article.\\nThe way to mend the bad world is to create the right\\nworld. Emerson.\\nII. Adverb.\\n1. Demonstrative.\\nThe more we do, the more we can do. Hazlitt.\\n2. Relative.\\nThe more busy we are, the more leisure we have. 1 1\\nA. 397. A.\\nI. Indefinite article.\\nThere is a chord in every human heart that has a sigh in\\nit if touched aright. Ouida.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0294.jp2"}, "295": {"fulltext": "WORDS WITH VARIOUS USES. 279\\nII. As a preposition.\\n1. What time a day is it Shakespeare.\\n2. I have often wished that I had clear\\nFor life, six hundred pounds a year. Swift.\\nIII. Used with infinitives.\\n1. He burst out a-laughing. Macaulay.\\n2. My heart s in the highlands a-chasiiig the deer.\\nBurns.\\n398. According to the foregoing plan of illus-\\ntrating the different parts of speech for which the\\nsame word may be used, select or construct sen-\\ntences illustrating the different uses of the follow-\\ning words before, still, else, like, both, there, than.", "height": "2967", "width": "1983", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0295.jp2"}, "296": {"fulltext": "Part III.\\nSENTENCE STRUCTURE.\\nI. ANALYSIS.\\n399. The composition and analysis of sentences\\nhave been considered from time to time in pre-\\nceding investigations of the elements of sentence\\nstructure. The general grouping, however, of the\\nelements of a sentence is needed for a clear appre-\\nhension and a fuller grasp of the subject. (Re-\\nview p. 43 et seq.)\\nA*. SENTENCE FORMS.\\n400. Sentences by form are declarative, inter-\\nrogative, or imperative.\\n401. Where each member of a compound sen-\\ntence is the same in form, the compound sentence\\nis called a compound sentence of that form as,\\n1. Nature is good, but intellect is better. Emerson.\\n2. Awake, arise, or be forever fallen. Milton.\\n402. Note that preceding sentence (1) is a com-\\npound declarative sentence, and that sentence (2)\\nis a compound imperative sentence.\\n280", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0296.jp2"}, "297": {"fulltext": "ANALYSIS. 281\\nNote the forms of the following compound sen-\\ntences\\n1. We can refute assertions, but who can refute silence\\nDickens.\\n2. Take the poetry of life away, and \u00e2\u0096\u00a0what remains be-\\nhind Wordsworth.\\n3. Wisely improve the present it is thine. Longfellow.\\n403. Note that the foregoing sentences have Mixed\\ndifferent forms of simple sentences in the com- Sentences,\\npound sentences. Such sentences are called mixed\\nsentences.\\n404. The elements entering into the structure of g en t en ce\\na sentence are, Elements.\\n1. Subject, predicate, object.\\n2. Modifying elements of subject, predicate, object,\\nor of other modifying elements of the sentence.\\n3. Connecting elements.\\n4. Independent elements.\\n405. I. Forms op Subject.\\n1 Noun.\\nMan is the artificer of his own happiness. Thoreau.\\n2. Pronoun.\\nHe hurts me most who lavishly commends. Churchill.\\n3. Adjective.\\nThe beautiful is never plentiful Emerson.\\n4. Simple infinitive.\\n1. To die is landing on some silent shore. Garth.\\n2. To swear is neither brave, polite, nor wise. Pope.\\n3. It needs brains to be a real fool. MacdoncUd.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0297.jp2"}, "298": {"fulltext": "282 ENGLISH GKAMMAR.\\n5. G-erund.\\nReading Chaucer is like brushing through the dewy grass\\nat sunrise. Lowell.\\n6. Noun clause.\\n1. That Scott was never himself may be admitted\\nwithout prejudice to his sensibility. Ruskin.\\n2. It does not need that a poem should be long.\\nEmerson.\\n7. Quotation.\\nOne soweth, and another reapeth is a verity that ap-\\nplies to evil as well as good. Eliot.\\nForms of 406- II. Forms of Predicate.\\nPredicate. j\\n1. Ignorance never settles a question. BeaconsfieUL\\n2. Life is arched with changing skies. Winter.\\nII. Verb ivith\\n1. Noun.\\nThe true art of memory is the art of attention. Johnson.\\n2. Pronoun.\\nWho and what are you Longfellow.\\n3. Adjective.\\nChildren are the keys of Paradise they alone are good\\nand wise. Stoddard.\\n4. Adverb.\\nIt is there, it is there, my child. Ilemans.\\n5. Prepositional phrase.\\nMy days are in the yellow leaf. Byron.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0298.jp2"}, "299": {"fulltext": "Object.\\nANALYSIS. 283\\n6. Infinitive.\\n1. Simple.\\nThe manly part is to do with might and main what yon\\ncan do. Emerson.\\n2. Gerund.\\nKnowledge is the knowing that we cannot know.\\nEmerson.\\n7. Clause.\\nThe essence of an artist is that he should be articulate.\\nSwinburne.\\n407. III. Forms of Object. Porms of\\n1. Noun.\\nThe pen has shaken nations. Tupper.\\n2. Pronoun.\\nOnly that is poetry which cleanses and mends me.\\nEmerson.\\n3. Adjective.\\nThe beautiful attracts the beautiful. Hunt.\\n4. Infinitive with or without a subject.\\n1. Simple.\\n1. I take all knowledge to be my province. Bacon.\\n2. Creation is great and cannot be understood. Arnold.\\n3. I love to lose myself in other men s minds. Lamb.\\n2. Gerund.\\n1. I hear the wind among the trees\\nPlaying celestial symphonies. Longfellow.\\n2. I call him free who fears doing wrong. Robertson.\\n5. X ini clause.\\nThe world desires to know what you have done, nut how\\nyou did it. Lewes,", "height": "2897", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0299.jp2"}, "300": {"fulltext": "284 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n6. Quotation.\\nKeats spoke for all time when he said, A thing of beauty\\nis a joy forever. Thackeray.\\nForms of Q0 IV- Forms of Subject Modifiers.\\nSubject i Noun (or equivalent) in apposition.\\n1. That endless book, the newspaper, is our national\\nglory. Beecher.\\n2. The almighty dollar, that great object of universal de-\\nvotion throughout our land, seems to have no genuine devo-\\ntees in these peculiar villages. Irving.\\n2. Noun or pronoun in possessive case.\\n1. A nation s character is the sum of its splendid deeds.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094day.\\n2. One s piety is best* displayed in his pursuits. Alcott.\\n3. Adjective.\\nA happy life is not made up of negations. Landor.\\n4. Adjective plirase.\\nA man proud of belonging to a genuine national stock\\nwas virtually told that America had no right to be a\\nnation at all. Stephen.\\n5. Adjective clause.\\nThe picture that approaches sculpture nearest is the best\\npicture. Longfellow.\\n6. Prepositional phrase.\\nThe manhood of poetry is the drama. Hare.\\n7. Participle.\\nThe man living to amuse himself should be counted\\nfalse to his trust. Charming.\\n8. Infinitive.\\nThe way to procure insults is to submit to them. Ilazlitt.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0300.jp2"}, "301": {"fulltext": "ANALYSTS. 285\\nNote. The forms of object modifiers are the same\\nas those of subject modifiers.\\nSelect or construct sentences illustrating the differ-\\nent forms of object modifiers.\\n409. V. Forms of Predicate Modifiers. Porms of\\n1 Arlvprh Predicate\\n1. Adverb. Modifiers.\\nA lie always needs a truth for a handle to it. Beecher.\\n2. Adverb phrase.\\nThe law teaches us here and there and now and then.\\nBurke.\\n3. Adverbial objective.\\nMay you live all the days of your life. Sioift.\\n4. Indirect object.\\nGive the devil his due. Dryden.\\n5. Adverbial noun phrase.\\nThey grew in beauty side by side. Hemans.\\n6. Participle.\\nAs winds come lightly whispering from the west,\\nKissing not roughly the deep, blue and serene. Byron.\\n7. Absolute construction.\\nSuccess surely comes with conscience in the long run,\\nother things being equal. Beecher.\\n8. Infinitive.\\nKnowledge exists to be imparted. Emerson.\\n9. Prepositional phrase.\\nI believe virtue shows quite as well in rags and patchec\\nas she does in purple and fine linen. Dickens.", "height": "2929", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0301.jp2"}, "302": {"fulltext": "286 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\n10. Adverbial clause.\\nShine out, fair sun, till I have bought a glass,\\nThat I may see my shadow as I pass. /Shakespeare.\\nB. CLAUSES.\\n410. I. Noun Clauses.\\n1. Form.\\n1. Clauses introduced by demonstrative con-\\njunctions, that, but that, hut, etc.\\n2. Indirect questions.\\n1. Introduced by interrogative pronouns, who,\\nwhich, what.\\n2. Introduced by interrogative adverbs, how, how\\nmuch, why, where, whether, etc.\\n2. Use.\\n1. As subject.\\nIt is a secret worth knowing that lawyers rarely go to law.\\n2. As object. -OnmA\\n1. Trouble teaches how much there is in manhood.\\nBeecher.\\n2. They know that virtue is its own reward. Oay.\\n3. We wondered whether the saltness of the Dead Sea was\\nnot Lot s wife in solution. Curtis.\\n3. In predicate.\\nAnd my desire is that you may accept the inscrip-\\ntion of these volumes. Mrs. Browning.\\n4. As an appositive.\\nThe current opinion prevails that the study of Greek and\\nLatin is loss of time. Swift.\\n5. With a preposition.\\nThe good is always the road to what is true. JIamerton.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0302.jp2"}, "303": {"fulltext": "ANALYSTS. 287\\n411. II. Adjective Clauses.\\n1. Form.\\n1. Relative pronoun clauses introduced by iv ho,\\nwhich, that, what, but, as, etc.\\n2. Relative adverb clauses introduced by when,\\nwhere, ivhence, ivhy, etc.\\n2. Used to modify the meaning of\\n1. Subject.\\n1. The only vice that cannot be forgiven is hypocrisy.\\nHazlitt.\\n2. There is no time in life when books do not influence a\\nman. JBesant.\\n2. Object.\\n1. The heart has eyes that the brain knows nothing of.\\nParTchurst.\\n2. The child trusts because it finds no reason in itself\\nwhy it should not. Holland.\\n3. Noun in predicate.\\nLife is a plant that grows out of death. Beecher.\\n4. Modifying elements of sentence.\\n1. Society is like a lawn where every roughness is\\nsmoothed, every bramble eradicated, and where the eye is\\ndelighted by the smiling verdure of a velvet surface. Jrriinj.\\n2. Learning hath gained most by those books by which\\nthe printers have lost. Fuller.\\n3. Without words and the truth of things that is in\\nthem, what are we lluni.\\n4. Not a soldier discharged his farewell shot,\\nO er the grave where our hero we buried. Wulfe.", "height": "2952", "width": "1968", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0303.jp2"}, "304": {"fulltext": "288 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n412. III. Adverbial Clauses.\\n1. Form,.\\nIntroduced by relative adverbs or subordinate conjunc-\\ntions.\\n2. Use.\\nUsed to modify,\\n1. Verbs or verbals.\\n2. Adverbs.\\n3. Adjectives.\\n3. Kinds.\\n1. Time.\\nWe sell our birthright whenever we sell our liberty for any\\nplace of gold or honor. Whipple,\\n2. Place.\\nThe blood will follow where the knife is driven,\\nThe flesh will quiver where the pincers tear. Young.\\n3. Manner.\\nHe mouths a sentence as curs mouth a bone. Churchill.\\n4. Degree.\\nThe greater a man is, the less he is disposed to show his\\ngreatness. (Manning.\\n5. Comparison.\\nA man merits no more respect than he exacts. Hazlitt.\\n6. Cause.\\nWe are happy now because God wills it. Lowell.\\n7. Purpose.\\nLet us not run out of the path of duty lest we run into the\\nway of danger. Hill.", "height": "2966", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0304.jp2"}, "305": {"fulltext": "ANALYSIS. 289\\n8. Result.\\nHe was SO generally civil that nobody thanked him for it.\\nJohnson\\n9. Condition.\\nNo education deserves the name unless it develops thought.\\nA _ Whipple.\\n10. Concession.\\nAlthough it be a history-\\nHomely and rude, I will relate it. Wordsworth.\\n413. Uses of Infinitives.\\nI. To help form verb phrases.\\n1. Nothing can be truer than fairy wisdom. Jerrold.\\n2. All skill ought to be exerted for universal good.\\nJohnson.\\n3. Ingenuity and cleverness are to be rewarded by state\\nprizes. Thackeray.\\n4. If I were to see a man with such a face, I should love\\nhim dearly. Hawthorne.\\nII. As subject of verb.\\n1. To shoot at crows is powder flung away. Gay.\\n2. It is a good thing to lengthen to the last a sunny\\nmood. Loir ell.\\n3. It is not easy for a man to speak of his own works.\\nDickens.\\n4. But reading a Kempis is like saying one s prayers in\\na crypt. Eggleston.\\nIII. As direct object of transitive verb or an\\neouiralrnt.\\n1. Without subject objective.\\n1. Men wish to be practically instructed. Cariyle.\\n2. Only an inventor knows how to borrow. Knu won.", "height": "2949", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0305.jp2"}, "306": {"fulltext": "290 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\n2. With subject objective.\\n1. Never suffer youth to be an excuse for Inadequacy.\\nHaydon.\\n3. As a predicate complement. (With copu-\\nlative verbs.)\\nTo live in hearts we leave behind is not to die. ampbell.\\n4. A* an appositive.\\nSuccess has but one fashion, to lose nothing once gained.\\n5. As an adjective modijier. Stedman.\\nThe scenes to come were far better than the past.\\n6. As an adverbial modifier. -Hawthorne.\\n1. Virtue alone is sufficient to make a man great, glorious,\\nand happy. Franklin.\\n2. Speech is to persuade, to convert, to comfort. Emerson.\\n7. With preposition to form prepositional phrase.\\nThe secret of being loved is in being lovely, and the secret\\nof being lovely is in being unselfish. Holland.\\n8. Li absolute constructions. (Parenthetical.)\\nYou are a curious little fellow, to be sure, and wish a\\ngreat many things that you will never get. /Stevenson.\\n9. In exclamatory expressions.\\n1. What travel in Spain and not be robbed\\nLongfellow.\\n2. Ah to build to build Id.\\n414. Uses of Participles.\\nI. To help form verb phrases.\\n1. Labor was appointed at the creation. Mann.\\n2. But the leaves are beginning to fade in an hour.\\nWatts.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0306.jp2"}, "307": {"fulltext": "ANALYSTS. 291\\n3. Each little Indian sleepyhead\\nIs being kissed and put to bed. Stevenson.\\nII. Used ivith verb in adverbial relations.\\nHope springs exulting on triumphant wing. Burns.\\nIII. Used as modifier of\\n1. Subject.\\nEach is strong relying on his own, and each is betrayed\\nwhen he seeks in himself the courage of others. Emerson.\\n2. Object.\\nYouth beholds happiness gleaming in the prospect.\\nColeridge.\\n3. Predicate complement.\\nHumor is gravity concealed behind the jest. Weiss.\\nIV. Other elements of sentence.\\n1. But he lay like a warrior taking his rest,\\nWith his martial cloak around him. Wolfe.\\n2. Everywhere a second spring puts forth between sum-\\nmer gone and winter nearing. Allen.\\n415. Participles and infinitives are frequently\\nused instead of clause forms, and thus abridge or\\nshorten constructions.\\n416. These verbal forms when so used may take\\nthe regular connective of the clause thai they are\\nused to abridge as,\\n1. No one can teach admirably if not loving liis task.\\nAlcott.\\n2. I had my theory of where to seek for her remains.\\nStevi iixcii.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0307.jp2"}, "308": {"fulltext": "292 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\n3 We see, though ordered for the best,\\nPermitted laurels grace the lawless brow. Dryden.\\n4. Music when combined with a pleasurable idea is\\npoetry. Poe.\\n5. Books as containing the finest records of human wit\\nmust always enter into our notions of culture. Id.\\n417. Connecting Elements.\\nConnecting elements may consist of\\n1. Conjunctions,\\n2. Relative pronouns,\\n3. Relative adverbs,\\n4. Prepositions.\\nThe discussion of connectives has been considered\\nso definitely in the preceding pages that a further dis-\\ncussion seems needless.\\n418. Independent Elements.\\nI. Address.\\n1. Homer, thy song men liken to the sea,\\nWith all the notes of music in its tone. Lang.\\n2. Wonderful and awful are thy silent halls,\\nOh, kingdom of the past! Lowell\\n3. Oh, Holy Night, from thee I learn to bear\\nWhat man has borne before. LongfeU w.\\nII. Exclamatory expressions.\\n1. Bless thee! Bottom! bless thee! thou art translated.\\nShakesp are.\\n2. The sea the sea the open sea\\nThe blue, the fresh, the ever free! Barry Cornwall", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0308.jp2"}, "309": {"fulltext": "ANALYSIS. 293\\nIII. Parenthetical expressions.\\nA few murmurs, mother we grumble a little now and\\nthen, to be sure. Goldsmith.\\nIV. Absolute constructions.\\nI found myself in a lofty, antique hall, the roof supported\\nby old English joists of old English oak. Irving.\\nV. Absolute words.\\n1. Why, a hero is as much as one should say a hero\\nLongfellow.\\n2. Now, who will buy my apples Carleton.\\n3. Well, now, look at our villa. Browning.\\nIn the following sentences name and explain the\\nclauses, their form, use, etc., and also the uses of all\\ninfinitives and participles\\n1. If ever household affections and love are graceful\\nthings, they are graceful in the poor. Dickens.\\n2. Liberty is worth whatever the best civilization is\\nworth. Giles.\\n3. We are as much informed of a writer s genius by what\\nhe selects as by what he originates. Emerson.\\n4. Wherever there is music there is a throng of listeners.\\nBryant.\\n5. There is an unhappiness so great that the very fear of\\nit is an alloy to happiness. Trollope.\\n6. Men possessed with an idea cannot be reasoned with.\\nFroude.\\n7. A man s tyranny is measured only by his power to\\nabuse. Piatt.\\n8. What to attribute the sacred sanctities of God and\\nnature to the massacres of the Indian scalping knife\\nChatham.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0309.jp2"}, "310": {"fulltext": "294 ENGLISH GUAM MA It.\\n9. It is neither wise nor honest to detract from beauty\\nas a quality. Wallace.\\n10. The body of all true religion consists, to be suit-, in\\nobedience to the will of the Sovereign of the world. Burke.\\n11. It has been finely said that nothing is intolerable\\nwhich is necessary. Emerson.\\n12. Such are the men, such are the races, which have\\ndone much to settle and build up the United States.\\nLodge.\\n13. If cities were built by the sound of music, then some\\nedifices would seem to be constructed by grave, solemn\\ntones. Hawthorne.\\n14. A life that is worth writing at all is worth writing\\nminutely. Longfellow.\\n15. Why does one man s yawning make another man\\nyawn Burton.\\n16. Duty is the path that all may tread. Morris.\\n11, He who performs his duty in a state of great power\\nmust needs incur the utter enmity of many and the high\\ndispleasure of more. Atterbury.\\n18. It was a miracle to see an old man silent, since\\ntalking is the disease of age. Jonson.\\n19. He who meanly admires a mean thing is a snob.\\nperhaps that is a safe definition of the character.\\nThackeray.\\n20. I know not where His islands lift\\nTheir fronded palms in air. Whittier.\\n21. Fashion is a potency in art making it hard to judge\\nbetween the temporary and the lasting. Stedman.\\n22. All his faults are such that one loves him still the\\nbetter for them. Goldsmith.\\n23. I will fore think what I will promise, that I may\\npromise but what I do. Warwick.\\n24. Your work, I say again, is noble work in so far as\\nits ends and aims are noble. Longfellow.", "height": "2967", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0310.jp2"}, "311": {"fulltext": "ANALYSIS. 295\\n25. The lecture as it stands was, as I have just said,\\nthrown together out of the materials I had by me. Busk in.\\n2G. Better far to die in the old harness than to try to put\\non another. Holland.\\n27 The best part of knowledge is that which tells us\\nwhere knowledge leaves off and ignorance begins. Holmes.\\n28. The worst way of being intimate is by scribbling.\\nJohnson.\\n29. .You know I say just what I think. Longfellow.\\n30. Dangers by being despised grow great. Burke.\\n31. You were bidden to a bridal dance and found your-\\nselves walking in a funeral procession. Hawthorne.\\n32. No act, however long, is safe that does not match a\\nthought that is still longer. Parkhurst.\\n33. Literature, like a gypsy, to be picturesque, should be\\na little ragged. Jerrold.\\n34. Man is a material creature, slow to think, and dull to\\nperceive connections. Stevenson.\\n35. You have only to watch over ill-natured people to\\nresolve to be unlike them. Buxton.\\n36. If we were to live here always with no other care\\nthan how to feed, clothe, and house ourselves, life woidd\\nbe a sorry business. Smith.\\n37. The reason why so few marriages are happy is be-\\ncause young ladies spend their time in making nets, not\\nmaking cages. Swift.\\n38. Life is a rich strain of music suggesting a realm too\\nfair to be. Curtis.\\n39. Learning, to be of much use, must have a tendency\\nto spend itself among the common people. Burke.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0311.jp2"}, "312": {"fulltext": "Paet IV.\\nSYNTAX.\\nSyntax. 419 Syntax is that part of grammar which\\ntreats of the relations that words in the sentence\\nhave to one another.\\nSyntax is from the Latin syntaxis systematic ar-\\nrangement.\\nConstrue- 42 The way in which one part of speech is\\ntion. related to the rest of the sentence is its con-\\nstruction.\\nRules of 421 Statements of the different constructions in\\nSyntax, the sentences are rules of syntax.\\nAlthough the rules of syntax have been more or less\\nexplained, stated, and illustrated in the foregoing work,\\nyet the more general rules of syntax are restated in\\nform of empiric statements, that the general principles\\nmay be viewed together.\\nRULES OF SYNTAX.\\n422. I. A noun or pronoun used as the subject of\\na verb is in the nominative ease.\\nVariety is the mother of enjoyment. Beaconsfield.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0312.jp2"}, "313": {"fulltext": "RULES OF SYNTAX. 297\\nII. A noun used as the name of a person or thing\\naddressed is in the nominative case.\\nDivinest Autumn who may paint thee best,\\nForever changeful o er the changeful globe\\nStoddard.\\nIII. A noun or pronoun used with a participle in an\\nabsolute construction is in the nominative case.\\nThe next day being Sunday, and the new church not yet\\nbeing opened, he kept his room. Allen.\\nNote. In absolute constructions the participle is\\nsometimes omitted when it can readily be inferred as,\\nThou away, the very birds are mute. Shakespeare.\\nIV. The subject of an infinitive is in the objective\\ncase.\\nEngland expects every man to do his duty. Nelson.\\nV. A noun or pronoun used as the direct object of\\nan action is in the objective case.\\nNote 1. Verbs or verbals of asking, teaching, and\\nthe like, admit of two objects, one of the person and the\\nother of the thing.\\nAsk me no questions. Goldsmith.\\nThe object of the thing may be an infinitive phrase\\nor clause.\\nI ask not proud Philosophy\\nTo teach me what thou art. Campbell.\\nWhen the object of the person becomes the subject\\nof the passive form, the object of the thing is still\\nretained as object of the passive form of the verb as,\\n1 was asked no questions.", "height": "2959", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0313.jp2"}, "314": {"fulltext": "298 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nQuestions is the retained object of the passive verb,\\nasked.\\nNote 2. Verbs or verbals of calling, choosing,\\nmaking, regarding, showing, and the like, admit of a\\nsecondary object of the same person or thing as,\\nRousseau calls the human voice the warder of the mind.\\nWillis.\\n1. The secondary object may be an adjective agree-\\ning with noun implied.\\nGood humor makes all things tolerable. Beecker.\\n2. In the passive form of the verb the secondary\\nobject becomes a predicate noun as,\\nWashington is called the father of his country.\\nVI. A noun or pronoun used as the indirect object\\nof an action is in the objective case.\\nThe preposition to or for is commonly used with the\\nindirect object.\\nWith verbs of giving, sending, telling, the indirect\\nobject is generally used without the proposition to or\\nfor.\\nIn the best books great men talk to us and give us their\\nmost precious thoughts. Channing.\\nVII. A noun used to express the adverbial relations\\nof time, price, space, and the like, is in the objective\\ncase.\\n1. Lost, yesterday, somewhere between sunrise and sun-\\nset, two golden hours, each set with sixty diamond minutes.\\nMann.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0314.jp2"}, "315": {"fulltext": "RULES OF SYNTAX. 299\\n2. Ye mariners of England\\nThat guard our native seas\\nWhose flag has braved a thousand years,\\nThe battle and the breeze. Campbell.\\nVIII. A noun or pronoun used with a preposition is\\nin the objective case.\\nJune falls asleep upon her bier of flowers. Larcom.\\nIX. A noun or pronoun used to denote ownership,\\nauthorship, or similar relation, is in the possessive case.\\n1. Vain was the chief s, the sage s pride.\\nThey had no poet and they died. Pope.\\n2. They lard their lean books with the fat of others\\nworks. Barton.\\nX. A predicate noun or pronoun agrees in case with\\nthe subject whose meaning it describes or defines.\\nExperience is the best schoolmaster. Coleridge.\\nXI. An appositive agrees in case with the noun or\\npronoun whose meaning it describes or defines.\\nTime, the prime minister of death,\\nThere s naught can bribe his honest will. Marvell.\\nXII. A verb agrees with its subject in number and\\nperson.\\nAll truths are not to be told. Herbert.\\nNote 1. A verb with two or more singular sub-\\njects connected by an alternative conjunction agrees\\nwith them in the singular number.\\nNor age, nor business, nor distress can erase this dear\\nimage from my Imagination. Steele.", "height": "2966", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0315.jp2"}, "316": {"fulltext": "300 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nNote 2. A verb with two or more singular sub-\\njects connected with a copulative conjunction generally\\nagrees with them in the plural number.\\nTruth and fiction are so aptly mixed,\\nThat all seenis uniform and of a piece. Roscommon.\\nNote 3. A verb having two or more singular sub-\\njects connected by a copulative conjunction may agree\\nwith them in the singular number when the subjects\\nrefer to the same, or to different views of the same,\\nperson or thing, or when two or more things are to be\\nregarded as singular in idea.\\n1. A laggard in love and a dastard in war\\nWas to wed the fair Ellen of brave Lochinvar. Scott.\\n2. The peace and good order of society was not promoted\\nby the feudal system. Ilallam.\\n3. Friendship and esteem, founded on the merit of the\\nobject, is the most certain basis to build a lasting happiness\\nupon. Arnold.\\nNote 4. When two or more singular subjects of\\ndifferent persons are connected by an alternative con-\\njunction, the verb usually agrees in person with the\\nnearest subject except when the nearest subject is the\\npersonal pronoun of the first person, singular, when\\nthe rule is usually reversed.\\nHe or you are at fault.\\nYou or he is at fault.\\nHe or I is at fault.\\nYou or I are at fault.\\nXIII. A pronoun agrees with its antecedent in\\ngender, number, and person.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0316.jp2"}, "317": {"fulltext": "RULES OF SYNTAX. 301\\n1. He who sows courtesy reaps friendship\\nAnd he who plants kindness gathers love. Basil\\n2. You who forget your own friends, meanly to follow\\nafter those of a higher degree, are a snob. Thackeray.\\n3. Proper respect for some persons is best preserved by\\navoiding their neighborhood. Curtis.\\n4. Woman was formed to be admired; man to be ad-\\nmirable. His are the glories of the sun at noonday hers\\nthe softened splendors of the midnight moon. Sidney.\\nXIV. An adjective is used to modify the meaning of\\na noun or pronoun.\\n1. American patriotism must be a household virtue.\\nBeecher.\\n2. Virtue is bold, and goodness never fearful.\\nShakespeare.\\nXV. An adverb is used to modify the meaning of a\\nverb or verbal, an adjective or adverb.\\n1. Our domestic affections are the most salutary basis of\\nall good government. Beacons field.\\n2. A peace too eagerly sought is not always the sooner\\nobtained. Burke.\\nXVI. A preposition is used with a noun, pronoun,\\nor an equivalent construction to form a phrase express-\\ning adverbial, adjective, or substantive relations.\\nThe duty of labor is written on a man s body, in the stout\\nmuscle of the arm and the delicate machinery of the hand.\\nParker.\\nXVII. A conjunction is used to join together sen-\\ntences or parts of the same sentence.\\n1. Increased means and increased leisure are the two\\ncivilizers of man. Beaconsfield.\\n2. Her step is music, and her voice is song. Bailey.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0317.jp2"}, "318": {"fulltext": "Part V.\\nSENTENCES FOE ANALYSIS.\\nAnalyze the following passages, giving the struc-\\nture and syntax of each word:\\n1. It is the slovenliness of men and women which, for the\\nmost part, makes their lives so unsatisfactory. They do not\\nsit at the loom with keen eye and deft finger; but they\\nwork listlessly and without a sedulous care to piece together,\\nas they best may, the broken threads. We are apt to give\\nup work too soon, to suppose that a single breakage lias\\nruined the cloth. The men who get on in the world are not\\ndaunted by one nor a thousand breakages.\\nThe Saturday Rem to.\\n2. Happiness in this world, when it comes, comes inciden-\\ntally. Make it an object of pursuit, and it leads us a wild-\\ngoose chase, and is never attained. Follow some other\\nobject, and very possibly we may find that we have caught\\nhappiness without dreaming of it but likely enough it is\\ngone the moment we say to ourselves, Here it is like t In-\\nchest of gold treasure-seekers find. Nathaniel Hawthorne.\\n3. The beauty of the hoar frost is nothing by itself, noth-\\ning on naked rock or mountain, nothing in the streets of the\\ncity, and out at sea it only is visible on the ship s cordage,\\nif by accident it may whiten it for awhile; but on sylvan\\nlandscapes it settles like a fairy decoration. No human\\nwork is delicate enough to be compared with such delicacy\\n302", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0318.jp2"}, "319": {"fulltext": "SENTENCES FOR ANALYSIS. 303\\nas this, no human artificer, in silver or in ivory, ever wrought\\nsuch visible magic as these millions of tiny spears that\\nthrust out points of unimaginable fineness from the lightest\\nspray s utmost extremity. The perfect beauty of this adorn-\\nment is visible only on the thinnest and lightest; on the\\ndark, thin twigs of the birch that bend under the weight of a\\nrobin, or on the slender, long sprays of the bird-cherry tree\\nthat the little birds love so well. Philip Gilbert Homerton.\\n4. L Exvoi.\\nWhen earth s last picture is painted, and the tubes are\\ntwisted and dried,\\nWhen the oldest colors have faded, and the youngest critic\\nhas died,\\nWe shall rest, and, faith, we shall need it lie down for an\\n\u00c2\u00a3eon or two,\\nTill the Master of All Good Workmen shall set us to work\\nanew\\nAnd those that were good shall be happy they shall sit in\\na golden chair\\nThey shall splash at a ten-league canvas with brushes of\\ncomet s hair\\nThey shall find real saints to draw from Magdalen, Peter,\\nand Paul\\nThey shall work for an age at a sitting, and never be tired\\nat all\\nAnd only the Master shall praise us, and only the Master\\nshall blame;\\nAnd no one shall work for money, and no one shall work\\nfor fame\\nBut each for the joy of working, and each, in his separate\\nstar,\\nShall draw the Thing as he sees It for the God of Tilings\\nas They Are. Rudyafd Kipling.", "height": "2961", "width": "1901", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0319.jp2"}, "320": {"fulltext": "304 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\n5. Thou Ship of State.\\nThou too, sail on, ship of State\\nSail on, Union, strong and great\\nHumanity, with all its fears,\\nWith all the hopes of future years,\\nIs hanging breathless on thy fate\\nWe know what Master laid thy keel,\\nWhat workmen wrought thy ribs of steel,\\nWho made each mast, and sail, and rope,\\nWhat anvils rang, what hammers beat,\\nIn what a forge, and what a heat,\\nWere shaped the anchors of thy hope.\\nFear not each sudden sound and shock\\nTis of the wave, and not the rock\\nTis but the flapping of the sail,\\nAnd not a rent made by the gale.\\nIn spite of rock and tempest s roar,\\nIn spite of false lights on the shore,\\nSail on, nor fear to breast the sea\\nOur hearts, our hopes, are all with thee\\nOur hearts, our hopes, our prayers, our tears,\\nOur faith triumphant o er our fears,\\nAre all with thee are all with thee!\\nHenry W. Longfellow.\\nThe Love of Country.\\nBreathes there a man with soul so dead,\\nWho never to himself hath said,\\nThis is my own, my native land!\\nWhose heart hath ne er within him burned\\nAs home his footsteps he hath turned\\nFrom wandering on a foreign strand?\\nIf such there breathe, go, mark him well;\\nFor him no minstrel raptures swell", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0320.jp2"}, "321": {"fulltext": "SENTENCES FOR ANALYSIS. 305\\nHigh though his titles, proud his name,\\nBoundless his wealth as wish can claim,\\nDespite those titles, power, and pelf,\\nThe wretch, concentered all in self,\\nLiving, shall forfeit fair renown,\\nAnd, doubly dying, shall go down\\nTo the vile dust from whence he sprung,\\nUnwept, mihonored, and unsung. Sir Walter Scott.\\nOld Ironsides.\\nAy, tear her tattered ensign down\\nLong has it waved on high,\\nAnd many an eye has danced to see\\nThat banner in the sky\\nBeneath it rung the battle shout,\\nAnd burst the cannon s roar\\nThe meteor of the ocean air\\nShall sweep the clouds no more\\nHer deck, once red with heroes blood,\\nWhere knelt the vanquished foe,\\nWhen winds were hurrying o er the flood,\\nAnd waves were white below,\\nNo more shall feel the victor s tread,\\nOr know the conquered knee\\nThe harpies of the shore shall pluck\\nThe eagle of the sea\\nbetter that her shattered hulk\\nShould sink beneath the wave\\nHer thunders shook the mighty deep.\\nAnd there should be her grave\\nNail to the mast her holy flag,\\nSet every threadbare sail,\\nAnd give her to the god of storms,\\nThe lightning and the gale\\nOliver WendeU II lin s.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0321.jp2"}, "322": {"fulltext": "306 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nGo down where the wavelets are kissing the shore,\\nAnd ask of them why do they sigh\\nThe poets have asked them a thousand times o er.\\nBut they re kissing the shore as they kissed it before,\\nAnd they re sighing to-day, and they ll sigh evermore.\\nAsk them what ails them they will not reply,\\nBut they ll sigh on forever and never tell why\\nWhy does your poetry sound like a sigh\\nThe waves will not answer you, neither shall I.\\nAbram J. Ryt i n\\n9. Two elements underlie all Teutonic character tin-\\ndeep power of love and the grand power of will. The\\none is seen in the intense national spirit of the race, in\\nthe sacredness of domestic ties, in the reverence for a\\nSupreme Being. The other has been the fruitful germ of\\nfree acting and free thinking, of civil right and religious\\nliberty; the force which, through willing hearts and plod-\\nding brains, has scaled the loftiest heights of speculation or\\nfathomed the lowest depths of research.\\nHave you read this poem of Arndt s, What is the\\nGerman Fatherland? Arrogant French diplomacy little\\nknew the storm it was gathering to burst upon its own head.\\nIt planned the disruption of a people, but inspired a song\\nwhich bound it in cords the wildest martial fury could not\\nsnap. How all the later history breathes and pulsates with\\nthe unity of race How the word, Fatherland, is twined\\nabout the very tendrils of the German heart\\nArthur 8. Hoyt.\\n10. The ear, the voice, the fancy teeming with combina-\\ntions, the imagination fervent with picture and emotion,\\nthat came from Caucasus, and which we have preserved\\nunpolluted, have endowed us with almost the exclusive\\nprivilege of music; that science of harmonious sounds which\\nthe ancients recognized as most divine, and deified in the\\nperson of their most beautiful creation. I speak not of the", "height": "2977", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0322.jp2"}, "323": {"fulltext": "SENTENCES FOR ANALYSIS. 307\\npast though were I to enter into the history of the lords of\\nmelody, you would find in it the annals of Hebrew genius.\\nBut at this moment, even, musical Europe is ours. There is\\nnot a company of singers, not an orchestra in a single capi-\\ntal, that is not crowded with our children, under the feigned\\nnames which they adopt to conciliate the dark aversion\\nwhich your posterity will some day disclaim with shame\\nand disgust. Almost every great composer, skilled musician,\\nalmost every voice that ravishes you with its transporting\\nstrains, spring from our tribes. The catalogue is too vast\\nto enumerate; too illustrious to dwell for a moment on\\nsecondary names, however eminent. Enough for us that the\\nthree great creative minds to whose exquisite inventions all\\nnations at this moment yield Rossini, Meyerbeer, Mendels-\\nsohn, are of Hebrew race and little do your men of fash-\\nion, your muscadins of Paris and your dandies of London,\\nas they thrill into raptures at the notes of a Pasta or Grisi,\\nlittle do they suspect that they are offering homage to the\\nsweet singers of Israel. Earl of Beaconsjield.\\n11. What a place to be in is an old library It seems as\\nthough the souls of all the writers, that have bequeathed\\ntheir labors to these Bodleians, were reposing here as in\\nsome dormitory or middle state. I do not want to handle,\\nto profane the leaves, their winding sheets. I could as soon\\ndislodge a shade. I seem to inhale learning, walking amid\\ntheir foliage, and the odor of their old moth-scented cover-\\nings is fragrant as the first bloom of those sciential apples\\nwhich grew amid the happy orchard. Charles Lamb.\\n12. The highest compliment which his countrymen\\nthought they could pay to the first Scipio was to call him\\na walking stick, for such is the signification of his name.\\nIt was given for the filial zeal with which he used to help\\nhis old father about, serving his decrepit age instead of a\\nstall Leigh II ant.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0323.jp2"}, "324": {"fulltext": "308 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\n13. We read, in old stories, of enchanters who drew\\ngardens out of snow, and of tents no bigger than a nutshell,\\nwhich open out over a whole army. Of a like nature is the\\nmagic of a book, a casket from which you may draw out\\nat will bowers to sit under and affectionate beauties to sit\\nby, and have trees, flowers, and an exquisite friend, all at\\none spell. Id.\\n14. There lies upon the other side of the wide Atlantic a\\nbeautiful island, famous in story and in song. Its area is\\nnot so great as that of the State of Louisiana, while its pop-\\nulation is almost half that of the Union. It has given to the\\nworld more than its share of genius and of greatness. It\\nhas been prolific in statesmen, warriors, and poets. Its brave\\nand generous sons have fought successfully all battles but\\ntheir own. In wit and humor it has no equal while its\\nharp, like its history, moves to tears by its sweet but melan-\\ncholy pathos. S. S. Prentiss.\\n15. My lords, you are impatient for the sacrifice. The\\nblood which you seek is not congealed by the artificial\\nterrors which surround your victim it circulates warmly\\nand unruffled through the channels which God created for\\nnoble purposes, but which you are bent to destroy for pur-\\nposes so grievous that they cry to heaven Be yet patient\\nI have but a few words more to say. I am going to my\\nsilent grave my lamp of life is nearly extinguished my\\nrace is run the grave opens to receive me, and I sink into\\nits bosom.\\nI have but one request to ask at my departure from this\\nworld; it is the charity of its silence. Let no man write\\nmy epitaph for, as no one who knows my motives dares\\nnow vindicate them, let not prejudice or ignorance asperse\\nthem. Let them and me repose in obscurity and peace, and\\nmy tomb remain uninscribed, until other times and other\\nmen can do justice to my character. AVhen my country", "height": "2980", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0324.jp2"}, "325": {"fulltext": "SENTENCES FOR ANALYSIS. 309\\nshall take her place among the nations of the earth, then,\\nand not till then, let my epitaph be written.\\nRobert Emmet.\\n16. It was a fine sunny morning when the thrilling cry\\nof land! was given from the masthead. I question\\nwhether Columbus, when he discovered the New World,\\nfelt a more delicious throng of sensations than rush into\\nan American s bosom when he first comes in sight of\\nEurope. There is a volume of associations in the very\\nname. It is the land of promise, teeming with everything\\nof which his childhood has heard, or on which his studious\\nyears have pondered.\\nFrom that time until the period of arrival, it was all\\nfeverish excitement. The ships of war, that prowled like\\nguardian giants around the coast the headlands of Ireland\\nstretching out into the channel; the Welsh mountains,\\ntowering into the clouds, all were objects of intense\\ninterest. As we sailed up the Mersey, I reconnoitered the\\nshores with a telescope. My eye dwelt with delight on\\nneat cottages, with their trim shrubberies and green grass\\nplots. I saw the moldering ruins of an abbey overrun\\nwith ivy, and the taper spire of a village church rising from\\nthe brow of a neighboring hill all were characteristic of\\nEngland. Washington Irving.\\n17. I was one day talking with Charles Sumner upon\\nsome public question, and, as our conversation warmed, I\\nsaid to him, Yes, but you forget the other side. He\\nbrought his clinched hand down upon the table till it rang\\nagain, and his voice shook the room as he thundered in\\nreply, There is no other side There spoke the Puritan.\\nThere flamed the unconquerable spirit which swept the\\nStuarts out of England, liberalized the British Constitution,\\nplanted the republic in America, freed the slaves, and made\\nthe Union a national bond of equal liberty.", "height": "2966", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0325.jp2"}, "326": {"fulltext": "310 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nIf the Puritans snuffled in prayer, they smote in fight.\\nIf they sang through their noses, the hymn they chanted\\nwas liberty. If they aimed at a divine monarchy, they\\nhave founded the freest, most enlightened, most powerful\\nEepublic in history.\\nBy their fruits, not by their roots, ye shall know them.\\nUnder the matted damp leaves in the April woods of New-\\nEngland, straggling and burrowing and stretching far in\\ndarkness and in cold, you shall find tough, hard, fibrous\\nroots. But the flower they bear is the loveliest and sweet-\\nest of all flowers in the year. The root is black and rough\\nand unsightly. But the flower is the Mayflower. The root\\nof Puritanism may have been gloomy bigotry, but the\\nflower was Liberty and its fruit. Geo rye William Curd s.\\n18. Broadly considered, the eloquence of Daniel O Cmi-\\nnell has never been equaled in modern times. Do you\\nthink I am partial? I will vouch John Randolph, of\\nRoanoke, the Virginia slaveholder, who hated an Irishman\\nalmost as much as he hated a Yankee, himself an orator\\nof no mean level. Hearing O Connell, he exclaimed: This\\nis the man, these are the lips, the most eloquent that speak\\nEnglish in my clay. I think he was right. I remember\\nthe solemnity of Webster, the grace of Everett, the rhetoric\\nof Choate. I know the eloquence that lay hid in the iron\\nlogic of Calhoun. I have melted beneath the magnetism of\\nSeargent S. Prentiss, of Mississippi, who wielded a power\\nfew men ever had. But I think all of them together never\\nsurpassed, and no one of them ever equaled, O Connell.\\nWendell Phillips.\\n19. Ours is and always has been a government controlled\\nby lawyers. In this De Toqueville recognized its greatest\\nclaim to stability and expansion. The profession has con-\\ntributed seventeen of the twenty-one presidents of the\\nUnited States and rilled cabinets and councils. Its radical-", "height": "2984", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0326.jp2"}, "327": {"fulltext": "SENTENCES EOR ANALYSTS. 311\\nism has always tended to the preservation of liberty, the\\nmaintenance of order, and the protection of property.\\nLawyers can be agitators without being demagogues.\\nThey have codified the laws, brushed away the subtleties of\\npractice, abolished those fictions of law and equity which\\ndefeated justice; and yet liberties are always so enlarged\\nas to preserve essential rights. No other profession or pur-\\nsuit has behind it exemplars and a history like the law.\\nIts teachers have been the foes of anarchy, misrule, and\\ntyranny, and its principles form the foundation of govern-\\nments and the palladium of rights.\\nCall the roll, and you summon God s chosen ministers\\nof civilization and reform. It was not Pericles, but Solon\\nand his statutes, who made possible Grecian power and\\nprogress. It was not her legions, but her twelve tables,\\nwhich made Rome the mistress of the world. It was not\\nthe defeat of the Moslem hordes, but the discovery of the\\nPandects, which preserved Europe. It was not the Norman\\nconqueror, but the common law, which evolved constitu-\\ntional freedom out of chaos, revolution, and despotism.\\nChauncey M. Depew.\\n20. A thoughtful mind, when it sees a nation s flag, sees\\nnot the flag, but the nation itself. AVhen the French tri-\\ncolor rolls out to the wind, we see France. When the new-\\nfound Italian flag is unfurled, we see unified Italy. When\\nthe united crosses of St. Andrew and St. George, on a fiery\\nground, set forth the banner of old England, we see not the\\ncloth merely; there rises up before the mind the idea of\\nthat great monarchy.\\nThis nation has a banner, too; and wherever this flag\\ncomes, and men behold it, they see in its sacred emblazonry\\nno ramping lion and no fierce eagle, no embattled castles 01\\nInsignia of imperial authority; they see the symbols of\\nlight. It is the banner of dawn. It means liberty; and t he\\ngalley slave, the poor, oppressed conscript, the trodden-", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0327.jp2"}, "328": {"fulltext": "312 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\ndown creature of foreign despotism, sees in the American\\nflag the very promise of God.\\nIf one, then, asks me the meaning of our flag, I say to\\nhim: It means just what Concord and Lexington meant,\\nwhat Bunker Hill meant. It means the whole glorious\\nRevolutionary War. It means all that the Declaration of\\nIndependence meant. It means all that the Constitution\\nof our people, organizing for justice, for liberty, and for\\nhappiness, meant. Henry Ward Beecher.\\n21. Far to the south lies the fairest and richest domain\\nof this earth. There by night the cotton whitens beneath\\nthe stars, and by day the wheat locks the sunshine in its\\nbearded sheaf. There are mountains stored with exhaust-\\nless treasures, forests, vast and primeval, and rivers that,\\ntumbling or loitering, run wanton to the sea. But why is\\nit, though the sectional line be now but a mist that the\\nbreath may dispel, fewer men of the North have crossed it\\nover to the South than when it was crimson with the best\\nblood of the Republic, or even when the slaveholder stood\\nguard every inch of its way? There can be but one answer.\\nIt is the very problem we are now to consider. My people,\\nyour brothers in the South brothers in blood, in destiny,\\nin all that is best in our past and future are so beset with\\nthis problem that their very existence depends upon its\\nright solution.\\nI thank God as heartily as you do that human slavery is\\ngone forever from the American soil. But the freedman\\nremains. With him a problem without precedent or paral-\\nlel. Note its appalling conditions. Two utterly dissimilar\\nraces on the same soil with equal civil and political rights\\nalmost equal in numbers, but terribly unequal in intelli-\\ngence and responsibility each pledged against fusion\\none for a century in servitude to the other, and freed at last\\nby a desolating war the experiment sought by neither,", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0328.jp2"}, "329": {"fulltext": "SENTENCES FOR ANALYSIS. 313\\nbut approached by both with doubt, these are the con-\\nditions. Henry W. Grady.\\n22. I see the lives for which I lay down my life, peace-\\nful, useful, prosperous, and happy, in that England which\\nI shall see no more. I see her with a child upon her bosom,\\nwho bears my name. I see her father, aged and bent, but\\notherwise restored and at peace. I see the good old man,\\nso long their friend, enriching them with all he has, and\\npassing tranquilly to his reward.\\nI see that I hold a sanctuary in their hearts, and in the\\nhearts of their descendants generations hence. I see an\\nold woman weeping for me on the anniversary of this day.\\nI see her and her husband, their course done, lying side by\\nside in their last earthly bed, and I know that each was not\\nmore honored and held sacred in the other s soul than I\\nwas in the souls of both.\\nI see that child who bore my name, a man, winning his\\nway up in that path of life which once was mine winning\\nit so well, that my name is made illustrious there by the\\nlight of his. I see the blots I threw upon it faded away.\\nIt is a far, far better thing that I do, than I have ever\\ndone. It is a far, far better rest that I go to, than I have\\never known. Charles Dickens.\\n23. They moved right on like soldiers in their ranks,\\nstopping at nothing and straggling for nothing; they car-\\nried a broad furrow or wheal all across the country, black\\nand loathsome, while it was as green and smiling on each\\nside of them and in front as it had been before they came.\\nBefore them, in the language of the prophets, was a para-\\ndise, and behind them a desert. They are daunted by noth-\\ning; they surmount walls and hedges, and enter enclosed\\ngardens or inhabited houses. A rare and experimental\\nvineyard has been planted in a sheltered grove. The high\\nwinds of Africa will not commonly allow the light trellis", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0329.jp2"}, "330": {"fulltext": "314 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nor the slim pole; but here the lofty poplar of Campania\\nhas been possible, on which the vine plant mounts so many\\nyards into the air, that the poor grape gatherers bargain for\\na funeral pile and a tomb as one of the conditions of theii\\nengagement. The locusts have done what the winds and\\nlightning could not do, and the whole promise of the vin-\\ntage, leaves and all, is gone, and the oleander stems are had\\nbare. John Henry Newman.\\n24. Take one day; share it into sections; to each section\\nappropriate its task leave no stray, unemployed quarter of\\nan hour, ten minutes, five minutes include all do each\\npiece of business in its turn with method, with rigid regu-\\nlarity. The day will close almost before you are aware it\\nhas begun and you will be indebted to no one for helping\\nyou to get rid of one vacant moment you had to seek no\\none s company, consolation, sympathy, forbearance you\\nhave lived, in short, as an independent being ought to do.\\nCharlotte Bronte.\\n25. All the triumphs of truth and genius over prejudice\\nand power, in every country and in every age, have been\\nthe triumphs of Athens. Wherever a few great minds have\\nmade a stand against violence and fraud, in the cause of\\nliberty and reason, there has been her spirit in the midst of\\nthem; inspiring, encouraging, consoling by the lonely lamp\\nof Erasmus; by the restless bed of Pascal; in the tribune\\nof Mirabeau; in the cell of Galileo; on the scaffold of\\nSidney. But who shall estimate her influence on private\\nhappiness Who shall say how many thousands have been\\nmade wiser, happier, and better, by those pursuits in which\\nshe has taught mankind to engage; to how many the studies\\nwhich took their rise from her have been wealth in poverty,\\nliberty in bondage, health in sickness, society in\\nsolitude? Her power is indeed manifested at the bar. in\\nthe senate, in the held of battle, in the schools of philos-", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0330.jp2"}, "331": {"fulltext": "SENTENCES FOR ANALYSIS. 315\\nopliy. But these are not her glory. Wherever literature\\nconsoles sorrow, or assuages pain, wherever it brings glad-\\nness to eyes which fail with wakefulness and tears, and\\nache for the dark house and the long sleep, there is\\nexhibited, in its noblest form, the immortal influence of\\nAthens. And when those who have rivaled her great-\\nness shall have shared her fate; when civilization and\\nknowledge shall have fixed their abode in distant conti-\\nnents when the scepter shall have passed away from Eng-\\nland; when, perhaps, travelers from distant regions shall\\nin vain labor to decipher on some moldering pedestal the\\nname of our proudest chief; shall hear savage hymns\\nchanted to some misshapen idol, over the ruined dome of\\nour proudest temple; and shall see a single naked fisher-\\nman wash his nets in the river of the ten thousand masts\\nher influence and her glory will still survive, fresh in\\neternal youth, exempt from mutability and decay, immortal\\nas the intellectual principle from which they derived their\\norigin, and over which they exercised their control.\\nThomas Babington Macaulay.", "height": "2897", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0331.jp2"}, "332": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2940", "width": "1902", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0332.jp2"}, "333": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX I.\\nHISTORICAL OUTLINE SKETCH OP THE\\nENGLISH LANGUAGE.\\nLanguages are the pedigree of nations. Dr. Johnson.\\nA change of language invariably betokens a change in\\nthe social constitution of a country. Madame de Stael.\\nWhen first we hear of Britain it is inhabited by a Celts,\\npeople called Celts, speaking a language called Celtic.\\nThis early Celtic speech, in more or less modernized Celtic.\\nforms, is still used among the descendants of the Celts\\nin Wales, in the highlands of Scotland, the Isle of\\nMan, and in some parts of Ireland and Brittany.\\nThese Celts, we are told, were rude in appearance,\\nsavage in practices, and crude in the arts of civilization,\\nbut they revered their priestly rulers, were devoted to\\ntheir native land, and had a passion for poetry, color,\\nand rhythmic music.\\nFifty-five years before the Christian era, Julius Roman\\nCaesar led his conquering Roman legions into Britain, Invasion,\\nmet the warlike but untrained Celts, and became their\\npartial conqueror and their first historian.\\nNeither Julius Caesar, however, nor any of his Roman\\nsuccessors, were ever able to conquer the whole of the\\nisland of Britain.\\nAfter suffering repeated defeats at the hands of the Roman\\nRomans, some of the Celts withdrew to mountain fast- Rule.\\n817", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0333.jp2"}, "334": {"fulltext": "318 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nnesses and wooded heights, and carried on a marauding\\nwarfare throughout the centuries of Roman rule in\\nBritain. Others of the Celts submitted to the Roman\\nconquerors, became their servants and teamed many of\\nthe civilizing arts of their masters. The Romans, as\\ncivilizers, did much in Britain. They reared fortifica-\\ntions, founded cities, constructed a system of military\\nroads, established schools and courts of justice, de-\\nveloped agriculture, and gave an impetus to trade and\\ncommerce. The stability of Roman rule in Britain was\\ncrippled by frequent and savage attacks by the Celts of\\nthe mountains. It also suffered much from the preda-\\ntory inroads of Saxon marauders and other German\\npirates. And when, finally, governmental authority\\nhad become weakened throughout the Roman Empire,\\nby growing factional strife in Rome, Roman rule in\\nBritain was relinquished, and the Roman legions were\\nwithdrawn from the island (410 A.D.).\\nAgainst the Celts, enervated by Roman customs and\\nimpoverished by Roman tribute, and now unprotected\\nby Roman arms, three tribes of Germans crossed over\\ninto Britain and settled on the richest lands of the\\nisland.\\nJutes. The J u tes of Jutland were the 1 first to cross. They\\nwent as the invited allies of the Celts of the south\\nagainst the Celts of the north, and remained as settlers\\non the plains of Kent (449 a.d.).\\nSaxons. The Saxons, attracted by the fertile fields of Britain,\\nset out in frequent bands from Holstein and Friesland,\\nand settled as conquerors on the rich land of the south\\nand southwestern part of the island (477 a.d.).\\nAngles. The Angles, also allured by the rich lands of Britain\\nand by the successes of the Jutes ami Saxons on the", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0334.jp2"}, "335": {"fulltext": "SKETCH OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 319\\nisland, sallied forth in large numbers from Sleswiek,\\nand with lire and sword and battle-ax took possession\\nof lands interior from the eastern coast (527 a.d.).\\nIt took these German tribes about two hundred Struggle\\nyears to tear from the Celts in bitter warfare that for\\npart of the island formerly held under Roman rule, Supremacy,\\nand bring the Celts into subjection. They tried to\\ncrash out the Celtic spirit and suppress the Celtic\\nspeech. Only in part were they successful, for some\\nof the Celtic speech and much of the Celtic spirit re-\\nmained as a legacy to the conquerors.\\nIt took another two hundred years of cruel and Civil Strife\\nrelentless civil strife among these German tribes to among\\nblot out the boundaries of their petty realms, and bring ^man\\nabout a union from which was formed a new kingdom\\ncalled Angle-land or England.\\nThe kingdom thus established did not long enjoy Damgu\\nthe fruits of peace, for bands of Danish pirates (North- Inroads\\nmen) in considerable numbers infested the eastern and\\noust of England, plundered the villages, and in fre- Supremacy.\\nquent and successful engagements threatened the very\\nlife of the kingdom. For about two hundred years\\nthese pirates of the north carried on a warfare of plun-\\nder, and constantly enlarged their settlements on the\\neastern coast. Danish kings sat on the English throne\\nfor twenty-six years before they were finally driven\\nout (1042 A.i\\nWhile the Danes were carrying on their predatory\\nwarfare in England, other Wands of Northmen were\\nmaking repeated piratical descents into Gaul, until\\nfinally, having been granted a portion of land in the\\nnortheastern part ol Gaul, they settled there as peaceful Normans.\\nsubjects of France (918 A.D.). These barbaric North-", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0335.jp2"}, "336": {"fulltext": "Celtic.\\n320 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nmen soon learned the language and customs of Prance,\\nadopted its religion, and caught the French spirit of\\nactivity, learning, refinement, and culture. These\\nNorthmen of Gaul came to be known as Normans.\\nUnder their leader, William, Duke of Normandy,\\nthese Normans invaded England, conquered the Eng-\\nlish in a single battle, and their leader, known as\\nWilliam the Conqueror, was crowned king of England\\n(1066 a.d.). Norman kings sat on the English throne\\nfor nearly a century (1154 a.d.), after which time\\nEnglish sovereigns again ruled in England.\\nThe Normans did not wage an exterminating war\\nagainst the Saxons. The conquerors sought rather to\\nwin the Saxons to Norman rule and Norman service.\\nNorman manners and customs were introduced. Norman\\ncourts and churches were established, and the Norman\\nlanguage was proclaimed the language of England.\\nFrom the foregoing brief historical outline may be\\nnoted the following dominant influences and elements\\nentering into the formation of the English language.\\nI. Celtic.\\nAlthough the verbal remains of Celtic speech are not\\nnumerous, but are found mostly in a few domestic and\\ndescriptive words, and in the significant names of the\\nstreams and rivers, hills and mountains.- gorges, cata-\\nracts, vales, and inland waters that still dot the map of\\nthat section which was the home of the early Uritish\\nCelts, yet the spirit of Celtic speech has had a strong\\nand abiding influence on English thought, and lias\\ngiven a grace and picturesqueness to English language\\nand literature.", "height": "2977", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0336.jp2"}, "337": {"fulltext": "SKETCH OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE.\\n321\\nII. Latin.\\nThe Latin language has brought the greatest verbal\\nwealth to the treasury of the English language, and lias\\nemployed in the process of time three distinct agencies.\\n1. The armies of Rome, as a result of conquest, left in\\nBritain a few Latin roots and much of Latin spirit, influence,\\nand manners.\\n2. The Church of Rome introduced Christianity into\\nBritain in the early centuries of the Christian era, and\\nnot only gave a direction to British thought, but planted\\nseveral hundred Latin words and roots in the native tongue\\nthrough the influence of a Latin liturgy and church service.\\n3. The literature of Rome, which was used as a means of\\ninstruction and culture before an English literature had\\nbeen produced, and the widespread study of Latin authors\\nafter the revival of learning, added a wealth of words and\\nroots to the English.\\nIII. Germanic.\\nThe different dialects of the German tribes that set-\\ntled in England are commonly grouped under the\\nname Anglo-Saxon. This Anglo-Saxon language, rich\\nin inflectional endings, and modified more or less by\\nthe Celtic and Latin influences of the native speech,\\nbecame the trunk or stem out of which the English\\nlanguage was to grow.\\nIV. Danish.\\nThe Danish influence on the English language con-\\nsists, for the most part, in the remains of Danish speech\\nstill found in many names of places on the eastern\\ncoast of England, especially those names of towns\\neliding ill by, as DeiV-y, RugAy, DanZ-y. The same\\nLatin.\\nGermanic.\\nDanish.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0337.jp2"}, "338": {"fulltext": "322 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nword, is seen in the compound word //-laws, orig-\\ninally meaning town laws. The verb form are and the\\npreposition of, used with the objective case as an equiv-\\nalent of the Anglo-Saxon possessive ease, arc of Danish\\norigin.\\nNorman. V. Norman.\\nThe influence of the Norman French on the English\\nlanguage was in reality the indirect influence of the\\nLatin, as the Norman-French was a Latinized tongue.\\nThe Normans, as conquerors in England, made the\\nNorman speech the language of camp and court, of\\nchurch and cloister. The words of learning and lux-\\nury, of homage and honor, of war and chivalry, of the\\nchase and tournament, were Norman. Throughout the\\nperiod of Norman rule in England the Anglo-Saxon\\nremained the language of the common people. Be-\\ntween the two languages, the Norman, the language of\\nthe aristocracy, and the Anglo-Saxon, a bitter, relent-\\nless Avar was waged for supremacy. The A.nglo-Saxon\\nfinally gained the mastery, l^ this linguistic struggle\\nbetween the Anglo-Saxons and the Danes and Nor-\\nmans, most of the inflectional forms of the Anglo-Saxon\\ntongue were lost. These modified forms of the Anglo-\\nSaxon language, enriched by scions of Norman-French,\\nbecame the so-called old English Language. That old\\nEnglish language, enriched by words and derivatives\\nfrom all the cultured languages of history, is the Eng-\\nlish language of to-day.\\nThe English language in its development was largely\\nthe creation of violence, and in the white heat of conflict\\nwas its firmest welding done. It is truly a composite\\nlanguage, made up of many languages blended into one.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0338.jp2"}, "339": {"fulltext": "Celtic.\\nLatin.\\nSKETCH OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 323\\nBeside the languages already specified more than\\ntwenty other languages have yielded verbal tribute to\\nthe all-devouring English language.\\nEvery country of the globe seems to have brought some\\nof its verbal manufactures to the intellectual market of\\nEngland. Max Midler.\\nAmong the languages that have brought the greatest\\nnumber of roots are the following, with characteristic\\nwords\\nT. Celtic; as, babe, basket, clan, bard, plaid, cart,\\nfun, cradle, cabin, glen, bucket, gown.\\nII. Latin; as, altar, shrine, creed, pagan, port,\\nstreet, bailiff, font, abjure, carbon, cardinal, announce.\\nIII. Scandinavian as, bark, tackle, bulge, club, Scandi-\\nfreckle, frith, luncheon, lurch, squall, keel, sister, navian.\\nhusband.\\nIV. Norman-French,; as, baron, chivalry, dower, Norman-\\narray, herald, homage, fee, suit forest, venison, chase, Trench.\\nsport.\\nV. Greek; as, telegraph, crystal, myrrh, autocrat, ree k\\ngeology, anatomy, crystal, school, aeronaut, sympathy,\\nmicroscope, spheroid.\\nVI. French; as, bouquet, brusque, croquet, valet, Trench,\\nbonnet, crochet, parole, connoisseur, crayon, bonbon,\\nblonde, boudoir.\\nVII. Spanish as, alcove, almond, cargo, cigar, cork, g nin s i,\\nmerino, molasses, mosquito, mulatto, vanilla, garble,\\njade, javelin.", "height": "2961", "width": "1907", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0339.jp2"}, "340": {"fulltext": "324\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nItalian.\\nPortuguese.\\nModern\\nGerman.\\nDutch.\\nHebrew.\\nArabic.\\nPersian.\\nHindu.\\nTurkish.\\nMalay.\\nChinese.\\nVIII. Italian; as, brigand, ballad, alto, carnival,\\nbanquet, cartoon, cannon, canteen, conceit, opera,\\nsoprano, tenor.\\nIX. Portuguese as, caste, cocoa, commodore, fetish,\\nlasso, mandarin, marmalade, molasses, porcelain, palaver,\\ntank, veranda.\\nX. Modern German; as, poodle, waltz, meerschaum,\\nbismuth, swindle, quartz, zinc, gneiss, feldspar, shale,\\nfuchsia.\\nXI. Dutcli as, brandy, golf, knapsack, landscape,\\nmeasles, mumps, duck, wagon, yacht, gas, skipper.\\nXII. Swiss; as, dismal, glimpse, haggle, mart,\\nfetlock.\\nXIII. Hebrew; as, abbey, amen, jubilee, seraph,\\nSabbath, cinnamon, cherub, hallelujah, leviathan, ho-\\nsanna, cabal, sapphire.\\nXIV. Arabic; as, alchemy, alcohol, chemistry, cot-\\nton, rice, tariff, algebra, coffee, camphor, sofa, shrub,\\nsyrup.\\nXV. Persian as, chess, sash, lemon, emerald, shawl,\\nbazaar, orange, balcony, turban, lilac, awning, musk.\\nXVI. Hindu; as, buggy, calico, chintz, coolie,\\njungle, nabob, loot, muslin, shampoo, sugar.\\nXVII. Turkish; as, candy, divan, horde, simmer,\\nbey, bosh, khan, seraglio.\\nXVIIT. Malay; as, bamboo, bantam, gingham,\\nmango, sago, orang-outang, gong, ruin, rattan.\\nXIX. Chinese; as, china, silk, serge, satin, tea,\\ntyphoon, nankeen.", "height": "2977", "width": "1902", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0340.jp2"}, "341": {"fulltext": "SKETCH OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 325\\nXX. Slavonic; as, czar, sable, slave, ukase, calash, Slavonic,\\ndrosky, argosy, polka.\\nXXI. North American Indian as, hominy, moccasin, North\\nmoose, opossum, raccoon, skunk, wigwam, squaw, warn- American\\nIndian,\\npum, tomahawk.\\nXXII. West Indian as, cannibal, canoe, hammock, West\\nmaize, potato, tobacco, hurricane.\\nbound to one another by certain relationships and\\ngrouped into families. The most important of these\\nlinguistic family groups is the Indo -Germanic (Indo-\\nEuropean), which includes all the prominent languages\\nthat have been or are used in India and Western\\nEurope.\\nThe following classification will show the principal\\nancient and modern ramifications of this family\\nIndo-Gekmaxic Group.\\nI. Aryan.\\n1. Indian, including the Early Sanskrit and the\\nmodern Indian dialects.\\n2. Iranian, including the old Persian and Avestan\\nand the modern Persian.\\nII. Hellenic, including the Ionic, Boric, j Jolic,\\nNorth /rest Greek, Arcadian, Cyprian, Elean, and Pam-\\nphylian dialects of Ancient Greek, the Albanian and\\nthe various dialects of Modem Greek.\\nIII. Italic, including the Latin-Faliscan and Oscan-\\nUmbrian dialects of the Ancient Latin. nd the Romance\\nIndian.", "height": "2913", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0341.jp2"}, "342": {"fulltext": "326 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nLanguages which sprung from the Latin, as the Italian,\\nFrench, Spanish, Portuguese, Roumanese, Wdllachian, and\\nProvencal.\\nIV. Celtic.\\n1. Gaelic, including the Irish Erse), the Scotch\\nGaelic, and Manx.\\n2. Britannic, including the Armorican, Cornish, and\\nV. Germanic\\n1. North Germanic, including the Danish, Swedish,\\nIcelandic, and Norwegian.\\n2. .EW Germanic, including iw*/ Gothic and fPead\\nGothic.\\n3. TFestf Germanic, including the old and modern\\nGerman and the Anglo-Frisian i.e. the Saxon Frisian.\\nFlemish, and English.\\nVI. Balto-Slavic.\\n1. Baltic, including Lithuanian, Lettic, and 0Jd\\nPrussian.\\n2. Slavic, including Bulgarian, Serbo-Croatian, Rus-\\nsian, West-Slavic, Slovenian, Polislt.", "height": "2967", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0342.jp2"}, "343": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX II.\\nWORD FORMATION.\\nIn the foregoing pages words have been viewed as\\nelements of thought or as parts of a sentence. The\\nthought or sentence has been considered the unit form.\\nThe forms of words have been regarded only as aids\\nin determining the relations of words to one another in\\nthe sentence. Words in their formation are in them-\\nselves regarded as unit forms. A word is not usually\\nthe sign of a simple idea, but more frequently is the\\nsign of several ideas grouped into one idea.\\nThe simple primitive form of a word is called its Koot.\\nroot. The root is the fundamental part of a word, and\\nexpresses its general meaning.\\nThe stem of a word is the part to which the inflec- Stem,\\ntional endings are added, and in form is either the same\\nas the root, or is the root some modification or change,\\nas calle is the stem of the root call.\\nPhilologists tell us that roots when traced to their\\nprimitive forms are found to be monosyllabic hence\\nin its earliest stages the original language of the Indo-\\nGermanic group of languages must have been a mono-\\nsyllabic language.\\nMany forms, originally independent words, have lost\\nmore or less of their primitive power, and are now\\nmerely significant particles used to define, restrict, r", "height": "2929", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0343.jp2"}, "344": {"fulltext": "328 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nvary the meaning of the words and stems to which they\\nare joined.\\nBase. The base of a word is the word or stem to which a\\nsignificant particle is added to form a new stem or\\nword as, world-fy, be-numb, con-^Ww-ance, nn-inter-\\nest- mg.\\nBase is from the Latin basis a foundation.\\nAdjunct. The adjunct of a word is a form or word annexed to\\nthe base of a word as, hope-/)//, steam-boat, kins-man.\\nAdjunct is from the Latin adjunct us that joined to.\\nAffix. n a ffi x ls a significant particle annexed to the base\\nof a word as, love-??/, cow-tract.\\nAffix is from the Latin affixus that fastened to.\\nPrefix. A prefix is an affix placed before the base of a word\\nexchange, 6a-ped, 60-seech.\\nPrefix is from the Latin prarfixus that fastened on\\nin front.\\nSuffix. suffix is an affix placed after the base of a word\\nas, stream-Zet, act-or, cheei-ful-ness.\\nSuffix is from the Latin suffixus that fastened on,\\nunder, or after.\\nPrimitive A primitive or prime word is a word in its simplest\\nWord. form as, he, man, bo//.\\nPrimitive is from the Latin primitivus first.\\nDerivative derivative word is a primitive word 4- an affix or\\nWord. affixes as, guile-less, epi-dem-ic.\\nDerivative is from the Latin derivatus that drawn\\nfrom.\\nCompound compound word is two or more words united into\\nWord, one word; as, freeman, son-in-law, good-night.", "height": "2967", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0344.jp2"}, "345": {"fulltext": "WORD FORMATION. 329\\nPREFIXES.\\nSome English prefixes may be used as independent\\nwords, hence have a separate meaning.\\nSuch are called Separable prefixes. Prefixes.\\nPrefixes that cannot be used as independent words T\\nnix 77 Inseparable\\nand have a separate meaning are called Inseparable p re fi X es.\\nprefixes.\\nThe following lists of prefixes comprise those most\\ncommonly used in the language.\\nI. English Prefixes.\\nI. Separable.\\n1. After as, afterthought, afternoon, aftermath.\\n2. All; as, allspice, all-hail, alone.\\n3. In (em, en); as, inclose, inlay, inmost, instead,\\ninstep, embody, enlist.\\n4. Off (of); as, offset, often.\\n5. On as, onset, onslaught.\\n6. Out as, outcry, outdo, outlook, outlaw, outrage.\\n7. Over; as, overawe, overflow, overcoat, oversight.\\n8. Under; as, undertake, undergo, underbrush,\\nundertone, undercurrent, undermost.\\n9. Up; as, uproot, uplift, upturn, upstart, upside,\\nupward.\\nIT. Inseparable.\\n1. A m as, abed, afire, abide, arise, ablaze, be-\\ndeck, bedaub.\\n2. Be by; as, before, because, behind, beneath.\\n3. For ss away; as. forbid, forget, forsake.", "height": "2945", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0345.jp2"}, "346": {"fulltext": "330 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n4. Fore before; as, forefather, forefinger, forego,\\nforeknow, foretell.\\n5. Mis wrong as, mislead, misguide, miscall,\\nmiscount.\\n6. With opposition; as, withstand, withdraw.\\nE.i i in pies for Practice.\\nAlways, uproar, mislead, upland, forswear, offhand,\\nbecome, engage, overshoe, undertone, upon, withhold,\\nafterwards, income, besides, outward, misdeed, forsooth,\\nundersell, overcome, onward, underneath, await, mis-\\ntake, outcast.\\nII. Latin Prefixes.\\n1. Ah (a, abs) from, away from; as, abscond,\\nabsence, abstain.\\n2. Ad (ac, af, ag, al, an, ap, ar, as, at)= to as, ad-\\nmit, acclaim, affect, aggravate, ally, annex, apprise,\\narrest, assent, attract.\\n3. Amb (am) about as, ambitious, ambiguous,\\namputate.\\n4. Ante before as, anteroom, antenuptial.\\n5. Bis (bi twice as, biscuit, bisect, biweekly.\\n6. Circum, circa around as. circumspect, circuit,\\ncircumvent, circulate.\\n7. Com (co, col, con, GOT) wiih; as-, compound,\\ncooperate, colloquy, congeal, connect, correspond.\\n8. Contra (contro, counter) against; as, contra-\\ndict, controvert, counterclaim.\\n9. JDe down, from as, delude, deduct, depart.\\n10. Dis (di, dif apart, asunder; as, dismember,\\ndivorce, difficult.", "height": "2967", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0346.jp2"}, "347": {"fulltext": "WORD FORMATION. 331\\n11. Ex (e, ef) out of, from; as, exalt, evade, efface.\\n12. Extra beyond as, extravagant, extraordinary.\\n13. In (em, en, il, im in, into; as, embellish, en-\\ncompass, illuminate, imbibe.\\n14. In (ig, il, im, ir)=wot; as, intact, illegal, im-\\nmature, ignoble, irregular.\\n15. Inter (intro) between, within; as, intermis-\\nsion, introduce.\\n10. Male (maiX) ill, badly; as, malevolent, mal-\\npractice.\\n17. No)i not; as, non-conductor.\\n18. Ob (oc, of, op) against as, objective, occur,\\noffend, opponent.\\n19. Pene (pen) almost as, peninsula.\\n20. Per (par, pel) through; as, perceive, pardon,\\npellucid.\\n21. Post after as, postpone, posterity, postscript.\\n22. Pre before; as, prelude, prejudice, premature.\\n23. Pro forth, forward; as, promote, prompt,\\nproject.\\n24. i (red) 5ae again; as, record, recover,\\nredeem.\\n25. Retro backward as, retract, retrospection.\\n2G. $e (sed) apart as, secede, seclude, sedition.\\n27. Semi\u00e2\u0080\u0094 half; as, semiannual, semicircle.\\n28. AV (sue, sud, suf, sum, sup, sur, sus under;\\nas, subject, succumb, sudden, suffuse, summon, support,\\nsurrogate, suspend.\\n2 Super above as, superabundant, supervise.\\nTrans beyond^ through; as, transport, trans-\\nparent.", "height": "2967", "width": "1905", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0347.jp2"}, "348": {"fulltext": "332 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n31. Uni (xm) one as, unify, unison, unique,\\nunite.\\n32. Vice in place of; as, vice-president, vice-consul.\\nExamples for Practice.\\nCollate, postscript, dissuade, proceed, succumb, sur-\\nfeit, vice-regent, abstract, interject, obstacle, conflict,\\ncounteract, exhale, retroversion, semilunar, suppress,\\nsuperfine, imicycle, accord, allege, convert, amble,\\ndesist, non-productive, office, emit, biennial, aggrandize,\\narraign, assist, transcend, review, illusion, coeval,\\ncontravene.\\nIII. Greek Prefixes.\\n1. A (an) without as, aneroid, atheist, anarchy,\\nanaesthetic.\\n2. Am phi on both sides; as, amphibious, amphi-\\ntheater.\\n3. Ann up, again as, analysis, anatomy, anagram.\\n4. Anti against; as, antipathy, antidote.\\n5. Apo \u00e2\u0080\u0094away from; as, apology, apothegm, apo-\\nplexy.\\n6. Arch (archi)= chief; as, archbishop, architect,\\narchipelago.\\n7. Auto self as, autocrat, autograph, automaton.\\n8. Cata (cat, cath)= down as, catacomb, catalogue,\\ncatechism, cathedral.\\n9. Din through as, diameter, diagram, diaphanous.\\n10. Dis twice; as, dissyllable, dilemma, diph-\\nthong.\\n11. Dy% ill as, dyspepsia, dysentery.\\n12. Ec (ex) out, forth; as, eccentric, ecstasy,\\nexodus, exotic.", "height": "2967", "width": "1902", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0348.jp2"}, "349": {"fulltext": "WORD FORMATION. 333\\n13. En (el, em)= in; as, enthusiasm, ellipse,\\nemphasis.\\n11. Epi upon; as, epidemic, epitaph, epitome.\\n15. En (ev)= well; as, eulogy, euphony, evangel.\\n16. Hemi half; as, hemisphere, hemistitch.\\n17. Hyper over, above as, hyperbole, hypercritical,\\nhyperbola.\\n18. Hypo (hyp) under as, hypothesis, hypocrisy,\\nhypotenuse, hyphen.\\n19. Meta (met) after, over as, metaphor, meta-\\nphysics.\\n20. Mono (mon) single, alone; as, monologue,\\nmonotone, monopoly, monarch.\\n21. Ortho right as, orthodox, orthoepy, orthog-\\nraphy.\\n22. Pan all as, pantomime, panorama, panoply.\\n23. Para (par) besides as, paradox, parasite,\\nparody.\\n21. Peri round as, period, perimeter, perios-\\nteum.\\n25. Pro before as, problem, prologue, prognosis.\\n20. Pros towards; as, prosody, proselyte.\\n27. Syn (syl, sym, sys)= with as, synopsis, sympa-\\nthy, syllable.\\nExamples for Practice.\\nEmboss, metaphrase, paralysis, symbol, epidermis,\\namphibiology, archfiend, catarrh, diatribe, employ,\\neucharist, paroxysm, perimeter, apathy, anathema,\\nautoharp, cataract, diacritical, catacomb, catholic,\\napostle, anecdote, system, hyperborean, epithet.", "height": "2945", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0349.jp2"}, "350": {"fulltext": "331 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nSUFFIXES.\\nThe following suffiixes are those most commonly used\\nin the language\\nI. English Suffixes.\\nI. English Suffixes to Nouns.\\n1. ard, art habitual as in, coward, drunkard,\\nbraggart.\\n2. craft skill; as in, woodcraft, witchcraft, honk-\\ncraft.\\n3. d, t, th, form abstract nouns as in, deed. Hood,\\nrift, mirth, wealth.\\n4. dom realm; as in, kingdom, Christendom, free-\\ndom.\\n5. en (a diminutive); as in, chicken, kitten (cat\\n6. er denoting agent as in, player, baker, leader.\\n7. hood, denoting state, rank, person as in, man-\\nhood, brotherhood, childhood.\\n8. ie (a diminutive); as in, birdie, kittie (eat).\\n9. kin (a diminutive); as lambkin, napkin.\\n10. ling (a diminutive); as in, duckling, hireling,\\ngosling (goose).\\nII. ne%%, denoting state or quality as in, weakness,\\nweariness, darkness.\\n12. ock (a diminutive); as in, hillock, bullock.\\n13. red, denoting mode or fashion as in, hatred,\\nkindred.\\n11. ship, denoting shape, state, or form as in. lord-\\nship, friendship, township.\\n15. stead, denoting place as in, bedstead, homestead.\\n1G. ster, denoting agent as in, teamster, maltster.", "height": "2977", "width": "1902", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0350.jp2"}, "351": {"fulltext": "WORD FORMATION. 335\\nII. English Suffixes to Adjectives.\\n17. ed or d, ending- for past participle as in, gifted,\\ntalented, deep-dyed.\\n18. en, denoting material; as in, golden, wooden,\\nbrazen.\\n19. em, denoting quarter as in, eastern, northern.\\n20. fold, denoting multiplication as in, twofold\\nthreefold.\\n21. fid full; as in, wilful, sinful, helpful.\\n22. less loose from, without; as in, heartless, fearless.\\n23. like (l.v)= like; as in, childlike, warlike, manly.\\n24. some like as in, winsome, irksome.\\n25. teen ten (added to); as in, fourteen, sixteen,\\nfifteen (fiveteen).\\n2(3. ty ten (times); as in, thirty, forty, ninety.\\n27. th, denoting relation to as in, fourth, seventh.\\n28. ward, denoting direction; as in, eastward, sea-\\nward.\\n29. y or cy abounding in as in, juicy, clayey,\\ndusty, blood)\\nIII. English Suffixes to Adverbs.\\n30. ere, denoting place in as in, here, there, where.\\n31. es or .s old possessive ending, sometimes becom-\\ning or se; as in, besides, needs, sometimes, else, once,\\nhence.\\n32. Iy, softened form of like; as in. badly, only\\no i n 1 gladly.\\n33. ling, long, denoting direction as in, darkling,\\nsidelong, headlong.\\n34. ther, denoting place to: as in. hither, thither.\\n35. ward, wards, denoting direction; as in. hither-\\nward, backwards, downwards.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0351.jp2"}, "352": {"fulltext": "336 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nmanner, mode; as in, lengthwise, other-\\nwise, endwise.\\nIV. English Suffixes to Verbs.\\n37. en, forms causative verbs from nouns and adjec-\\ntives; as in, lighten (to cause to light), sweeten, broaden,\\nfreshen.\\n38. er, r, gives a frequentative or intensive force to\\nthe original verb, or forms frequentative or intensive\\nverbs out of adjectives as in, wander (wend), glimmer\\n(gleam), flutter (flit), lower.\\n39. k has a frequentative force; as in, talk (tell),\\nhark (hear), stalk (steal).\\n40. le, I, has a frequentative or a diminutive force\\nas in, drizzle, grapple, dwindle, waddle.\\n41. se has a causative force; as in, curse, cleanse.\\nExamples for Practice.\\nDearth, sapling, knighthood, fourfold, womanly,\\nhomeward, muddy, likewise, theft, goodness, fellow-\\nship, blindness, needful, godly, weaken, dukedom,\\nnestling, spoonful, ghostlike, thence, dazzle, maiden,\\nworkmanship, bodkin, peerless, gladsome, whence,\\nsparkle, writer, lifted, mirthless, seventeen, safely,\\nhighly, chickie, paddock, western, babyhood, matt ink,\\nseventy, whether.\\nII. Latin Suffixes.\\nThe most important suffixes of Latin origin are the\\nfollowing:\\n1. age, forming either abstract or collective nouns\\nas in, courage, homage, vassalage, foliage.", "height": "2967", "width": "1902", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0352.jp2"}, "353": {"fulltext": "WORD FORMATION. 337\\n2. an, ain, ane connected with; as in, artisan,\\nchaplain, mundane.\\n3. al belonging to as in, filial, regal.\\n4. ant, ent, denoting agent; as in, assistant, account-\\nant, agent, rodent.\\n5. ance, ancy, ence, ency, forming abstract nouns as\\nin, distance, constancy, diligence, consistency.\\n6. art/, ry, er place for as in, aviary, granary,\\nvestry, saucer.\\n7. ary, ier, eer, er one who as in, secretary, briga-\\ndier, mountaineer, mariner.\\n8. ate one who as in, advocate, curate.\\n9. el, le, I (diminutives); as in, seal from segillum\\na little figure libel, a little book castle, a little\\nfortification angle, a little corner.\\n10. et, ette, let (diminutive); as in, turret, rosette,\\nbooklet.\\n11. ice, ise, ess that which; as in, justice, merchan-\\ndise, distress.\\n12. idle, cle, ule, cule (diminutive); as in, particle,\\nvesicle, animalcule, tubercle.\\n13. ine related to; as in, divine, canine.\\n14. ion, forming abstract noun; as in, opinion, action.\\n15. ment, denoting condition, state, or act as in,\\ndocument, instrument, ornament.\\n16. mo ity, forming abstract nouns; as in, testimony,\\nmat liinony, acrimony.\\n17. or y place where; as in, armory, dormitory.\\n18. or, er one who as in, actor, teacher.\\n19. tn .i\\\\ denoting female agent as in, executrix,\\ntestatrix.\\n20. tmle, denoting condition; as in, altitude, forti-\\ntude, beatitude.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0353.jp2"}, "354": {"fulltext": "3o8 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n21. ty, denoting state or quality; as in, cruelty.\\n22. ure, denoting action, or result of action as in,\\npicture, creature.\\n23. y, denoting condition or faculty as in, misery,\\nmemory, victory.\\nExamples for Practice.\\nStudent, floral, prudence, waiter, eaglet, compassion,\\nparsimony, doctor, latitude, family, parentage, carnal,\\nagency, private, addition, ejectment, ceremony, preacher,\\nbeatitude, misery, pillage, vacancy, engineer, lancet,\\nevasion, monument, conservatory, sailor, fracture, syl-\\nvan, abundance, financier, streamlet, equine, ornament,\\nrefectory, administratrix, fortitude.\\nIII. Greek Suffixes.\\n1. ac of or pertaining to; as in, elegiac, demoniac.\\n2. it; ic8 of or belonging to; as in, logic, music,\\noptics, homiletics.\\n3. i%k (diminutive) as in, asterisk, obelisk.\\n4. ist, st one who as in, philologist, iconoclast,\\ntheist.\\n5. ize, ise, forms factitive verbs as in, agonize, bap-\\ntize, criticise.\\n6. /M,m, passive ending suffix; as in, dogma, baptism.\\n7. sis, action as in, emphasis, analysis.\\n8. t, te, agent as in, comet, apostate.\\n9. ter, tre instrument or place; as in. metre, thea-\\nter, center.\\n10. \\\\j, forms abstract nouns as in, philosophy, mon-\\narchy.", "height": "2977", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0354.jp2"}, "355": {"fulltext": "WORD FORMATION. 339\\nExamples for Practice.\\nNecromancy, schism, physics, eulogist, stigmatize,\\ndilemma, hypocrisy, melancholy, arithmetic, egotism,\\nsophist, genesis, diorama, poet, apathy, analysis, planet,\\ncardiac, cubic, annalist.\\nThe following roots and stems with derivative words\\nare given for the purpose of familiarizing the pupil with\\nleading roots, and of furnishing material for practice\\nI. Latin Boots.\\nAg, ac do; action, agent.\\nAngul a corner angle, triangle, quadrangle.\\nAnn a year annual, biennial, anniversary.\\nAqu water aqueous, aquatic, aquarium.\\nBell war bellicose, rebel, belligerent.\\nBrev short; brevity, brief, abbreviate.\\nCap, capt, cep take captive, accept, capacity.\\nCam \u00e2\u0080\u0094flesh; carnal, carnival, carnation.\\nCav hollow cave, concave, cavity.\\nCent a hundred; century, centurion, cent.\\nCiv a citizen; civic, civilian, civil.\\nClar clear declare, clarion, clarify.\\nClin bend; incline, decline, recline.\\nCor a heart cordial, discord, record.\\nCoron a crown coronet, coroner, coronation.\\nCorp a body corporation, incorporate, corpse.\\nOral believe; credit, creed, credibility.\\nCub lie down; incubate, cubit, recumbent.\\nGulp afault culprit, inculpate, culpable.\\nCur a care curator, accurate, secure.\\nBe Q-od; Deity, deify, divine.\\nBic, diet say dictate, verdict, dictionary.", "height": "2967", "width": "1903", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0355.jp2"}, "356": {"fulltext": "340 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nLuc, duct lead; educate, produce, induct.\\nFacfact make factor, manufacture, faction.\\nFerr bear; suffer, infer, transfer, differ.\\nFin end finish, infinite, infinitive.\\nFleet, flex bend inflect, flexible, inflexion.\\nFlu flow fluid, influx, affluent.\\nFort strong fortress, fortify.\\nFrang break frangible, fragment, infringe.\\nFrater brother fraternal, fratricide.\\nFug flee; refuge, fugitive, subterfuge.\\nHub have; habit, habitable, prohibit.\\nImper command; imperative, imperial.\\nJac, jee, ject throw; object, subject, inject.\\nLeg, Jeet gather, read; legend, legible, collect.\\nLeg send; legate, legacy, delegate.\\nLeg law; legal, legislate, legitimate.\\nLiber free liberal, liberate, liberty.\\nLiber book library, librarian.\\nLig bind ligament, religion.\\nLiter letter literary, literal, literature.\\nLoc \u00e2\u0080\u0094place; local, dislocate, locomotive.\\nLuc light; lucid, elucidate, pellucid.\\nLud play elude, ludicrous, interlude.\\nLumen light luminous, luminary, illumine.\\nLun moon; binary, lunacy, sublunary.\\nManu hand manual, manufacture, manuscript.\\nMater mother maternal, matricide, matron.\\nManor mindful memory, commemorate.\\nMent mind mental, demented.\\nMitt, miss send remittance, mission, commit.\\nMort death; mortality, immortal.\\nJVeet, vex tie; connect, annex.\\nNoct night nocturnal, equinoctial.", "height": "2977", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0356.jp2"}, "357": {"fulltext": "WORD FORMATION. 341\\nNov =new novel, innovate.\\nOr pray orator, oration, peroration.\\nPater father paternal, patrimony.\\nPet, -petit seek; petition, petulant, appetite.\\nPoen punishment penal, penitence, repent.\\nPon, pout place deponent, position, impost.\\nPort carry export, transport, deportment.\\nPrim first primary, primate, primitive.\\nRap, rapt seize; rapine, rapture.\\nRog, rogat ask prorogue, interrogate.\\nSci know; science, conscience, omniscient.\\nScrib, script write; inscribe, transcribe, scribble.\\nSec cut bisect, section, intersect.\\nSpec, sped see inspect, specimen, circumspection.\\nStru, struct build; construe, structure.\\nTJn one unite, union.\\nUrb city urbane, suburbs.\\nYen come venture, advent, convene.\\nVer true aver, verdict, revert.\\nVerb word; verb, verbal, proverb.\\nVid, vis see provide, vision, visit.\\nVolo, volut roll revolve, evolution, volume.\\nII. Greek Roots.\\nAgon nfesf agony, antagonist.\\nAll another; allopathy, allegory.\\nAngel messenger angel, evangel, archangel.\\nAnthrop man anthropology, misanthrope.\\nArch rule monarch, archbishop, archetype.\\nAuto self; autocrat, autobiography, autograph.\\nBi life biography, biology.\\nChron time; chronology, chronic, chronometer.", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0357.jp2"}, "358": {"fulltext": "342 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nDem people democrat, epidemic.\\nGam marriage; bigamy, monogamist.\\nGe earth; geology, geometry.\\nGenu \u00e2\u0080\u0094produce; genesis, genealogy, oxygen.\\nGraph write; telegraph, graphic, biography.\\nHeli sun; heliograph, heliotype.\\nHod way method, period, exodus.\\nHud ivater hydraulic, hydrophobia, hydrogen.\\nKlin bend; clinical, clematis, climax.\\nKosm order cosmogony, cosmetic.\\nKuhl circle cyclone, cyclometer, cycle.\\nLog word logic, mineralogy, physiology.\\nMetr measure; meter, metronome, barometer.\\nMon alone monograph, monopoly, monotone.\\nOnom name; synonym, patron}iiiic.\\nPath suffering pathology, sympathy.\\nPan all pantheism, panoply.\\nPher bear; periphery, phosphorus.\\nPhil love; philosophy, philharmonic.\\nPhon sound; phonic, phonetic, euphony.\\nPhot light; photometer, photography.\\nPhus nature; physics, physician.\\nPole make poet, poetic, pharmacopoeia.\\nPolu many polysyllabic, polygamy.\\nProto first; prototype, protoplasm.\\nRhe flow rhetoric, catarrh, rheumatism.\\nSkope me; microscope, spectroscope.\\nTele distant; telegraph, telephone.\\nTemn out anatomy, lithotomy.\\nThe God; theist, theology, enthusiast.\\nTrep turn trophy, tropic, heliotrope.", "height": "2977", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0358.jp2"}, "359": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX III.\\nPROSODY.\\nProse words in their best order; poetry the best\\nwords in their best order. Coleridge.\\nPoetry is the presentment, in musical form, to the imagi-\\nnation of noble grounds for the noble emotions. Raskin.\\nVerse is the form in which poetry commonly appears.\\nVerse is from the Latin versus a turning, and is\\nso called because when the writer has written the cer-\\ntain number of syllables constituting the verse (line)\\nhe turns, as it were, to begin another verse.\\nProsody is that part of Grammar which treats of the\\nlaws of verse.\\nProsody is from the Greek prosodia time or accent.\\nProsody in its meaning now includes all the laws of\\nverse formation.\\nAccent is the prominence in utterance given to a\\nparticular syllable in a word of more than one syllable\\nor to a particular monosyllabic word of a group of\\nmonosyllabic words.\\nIn individual words this prominence is given largely\\nby the change in tone of the accented syllable.\\nPronounce the following words and note that the\\naccented syllables have a different tone from the un-\\naccented syllables\\niU3\\nAccent.", "height": "2967", "width": "1906", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0359.jp2"}, "360": {"fulltext": "344 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\ngoodness, intone, revulsion, instantly, coincide, ex-\\nceedingly, notwithstanding.\\nIn connected discourse, the prominence is given by\\ncombining change of tone with stress of utterance.\\nLongfellow s home was in Cambridge.\\nWhere is he He is here.\\nKhythm. Rhythm is the regular recurrence of accented and\\nunaccented syllables.\\nRhythm is from the Greek rhythmos measured\\nmovement.\\nMETER.\\nMeter. Meter is the measure of the kind and number of feel\\nin a verse.\\nMeter is from the Greek met ran rule or measure.\\nA foot is the unit measure of verse, and consists of\\none accented and one or two unaccented syllables.\\nLet over a syllable indicate an accented syllable,\\nand x over a syllable indicate an unaccented syllable\\nX X\\nas, refuse, coming.\\nScanning is the dividing of a verse into its metrical\\nunits, feet.\\nThe kinds of feet most used in English are the dis-\\nsyllabic and the trisyllabic.\\nThe dissyllabic feet are the trochee and the it mint*.\\nThe trisyllabic feet are the dactyl and the anapest.\\nThese terms are borrowed from the classical lan-\\nguages and are retained because there are no English\\nequivalents for them.", "height": "2980", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0360.jp2"}, "361": {"fulltext": "PKOSODY.\\n345\\nIt must be remembered, however, that English verse\\nis distinctly different from classical verse. English\\nrhythm is based on the regular recurrence of accented\\nand unaccented syllables, while classical verse is based\\non the regular recurrence of syllables with long and\\nshort vowels. The one is based on syllabic accent and\\nthe other on syllabic length of vowels.\\nThe trochee consists of one accented syllable followed Trochee,\\nX X\\nby an unaccented one as, backward, joyful.\\nTrochee is from the Greek trochos a running, and\\nwas so called because of the sprightly movement it\\nimparted to the verse.\\nThe iambus consists of one unaccented syllable fol- iambus.\\nX X\\nlowed by an accented one as, impel, return.\\nIambus is from the Greek iambos a lampoon, and\\nwas so called because this poetic foot was much used\\nby early satiric writers.\\nThe dactyl consists of one accented syllable followed\\nXX XX\\nby two unaccented ones as, misery, ancestor.\\nDactyl is from the Greek dad ylos a linger, and was\\nso called because, like the linger that has one long joint\\nand two short ones, this foot in classic verse consisted\\nof one long syllable and two short ones.\\nDactyl.\\nThe anapest consists of two unaccented syllables\\nXX XX\\nfollowed by an accented one; as. intercept, disarray.\\nAnapest is from the Greek anapaistos struck back,\\nand was so called because it was the opposite of the\\ndactyl in metrical arrangement.\\nAnapest.", "height": "2977", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0361.jp2"}, "362": {"fulltext": "346 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nVerses are named from their meter, i.e. the kind and\\nnumber of feet in a verse.\\n1. Kind of feet. A verse composed of trochees is a\\nTrochaic verse; of iambuses, an Iambic; of dactyls, a\\nDactylic and of anapests, an Anapestic.\\n2. Number of feet. A verse composed of one foot\\nis a Monometer verse; of two feet, Dimeter; of three\\nfeet, Trimeter; of four feet, Tetrameter of live feet,\\nPentameter; of six feet, Hexameter.\\nA Trochaic Trimeter a verse made up of three\\ntrochaic feet.\\nA Dactylic Dimeter a verse made up of two dac-\\ntylic feet.\\nIf a verse has one more syllable than the regular\\nmeasure, it is called Hypermeter, if one syllable\\nless, Catalectic,\\nI. Trochaic Verse.\\nX t X X X\\nBut to see her was to love her 4 T s\\nX X X X\\nLove but her, and love for|ever. 4 T s\\nlinens.\\nArt is long, and time is Heeling, 4 T s\\nX X X\\nAnd our hearts, though strong and brave, 4 T s\\nStill like muffled drums are J beating 4 T s\\nI X X X\\nFuneral marches to the grave. 4 T s\\nLongfellow.", "height": "2929", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0362.jp2"}, "363": {"fulltext": "PROSODY. 347\\nII. Iambic Vebsb.\\nAbide with me fast falls the evjentide. 5 I s\\nThe dark|ness deep|ens Lord, with me abide. 5 I s\\nLyte.\\nWhat mort|al knows, 2 I s\\nWhence come the tint and od|or of the rose 5 I s\\nWhat prob|ing deep 2 I s\\nHas ev|er solved the mystjery of sleep =5 I s\\nAldrich.\\nX X X I X I\\nOr light or dark, or short or tall, 4 I s\\nX X X I X\\nShe sets a spring to snare them all 4 I s\\nx x x i x\\nAll s one to her above her fan 4 I s\\nX X X X\\nShe d make sweet eyes at CaJ iban. 4 I s\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Aldrich.\\nSome feel|ings are to mort|als giv|en, 4 I s -f\\nWith less of earth in them than heav en.= 4 I s -f\\nScott.\\nIIT. Dactylic Vbbse.\\nX X X X\\nBird of the amber beak, =2 D s\\nBird of the golden wing! 2 D s\\nStedman.", "height": "2967", "width": "1904", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0363.jp2"}, "364": {"fulltext": "348 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nXX XX\\nTheirs not to make reply, 2 D s\\nX X X X\\nTheirs not to j reason why, L D s\\nXX XX\\nTheirs but to do and die. =21 s\\nTi n a if son.\\nr xx xx x x\\nNow with a sprightlier springiness, 3 D s\\nBounding in triplicate syllables. 3 D s\\nXX XX\\nBird of the wilderness, 2 1 s\\nX X XX\\nBlithesome and cumberless, 2 1 s\\nXX XX XX\\nLight be thy matin o er moorland and lea 3 D s\\nEmblem of happiness, 2 D s\\nX X X X\\nBlest is thy dwelling place, 2 D s\\nXX XX X X\\nto a|bide in the desert with thee. =3 D s\\nIV. Anapestic Verse.\\nXX XX XX XX\\nAt the close of the day, when the ham let is still, 1 A s\\nAnd the mort|als the sweets of forget fulness prove,\\n4 A s\\nX X XX XX XX\\nAnd when naught but the tor] rent is heard n the hill, j\\n4 A s\\nX X XX XX /XX\\nAnd there s naught but the nightingale s song in I he grove.\\nBeatHe. 4 A s", "height": "2950", "width": "1902", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0364.jp2"}, "365": {"fulltext": "PROSODY. 349\\nXX XX XX XX\\nAnd the tear that is wiped with a lit|tle address 4 A s\\nMay be followed perhaps by a smile. 3 A s\\nCowper.\\nV. Mixed Verse.\\nA verse made up of different kinds of feet is called\\na mixed verse.\\nX X X\\nThe mos|sy marb|les rest 3 I s\\nXX X X\\nOn the lips that he had pressed 1 A and 2 I s\\nX X\\nIn their bloom. 1 A\\nHolm i s.\\nXX XX X X\\nAnd the mold|ering dust that years have made\\n2 A s and 2 I s\\nX X X X\\nIs a mer|ry meal for him. 1 A and 2 I s\\nDickens.\\nVI. Blank Verse.\\nX X X X\\nAs un|to the bow the cord is,\\nSo mi to the man is woman\\nX X X X\\nThough she bends him, j she obeys him,\\nThough she draws him. I yd she j follows,\\nI seless eaeh withoul the I other.\\nLongfellow.", "height": "2961", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0365.jp2"}, "366": {"fulltext": "Khym\\n350 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nRHYME.\\nRhyme, or rime, is the correspondence of sounds at\\nthe ends of verses.\\nRhyme is from the Anglo-Saxon rim number.\\nElements of Rhyme.\\nElements. Four elements enter into a perfect rhyme.\\n1. The vowel sounds of the rhyming syllables must\\nbe the same as, lair-fair, beat-meet.\\n2. The final consonant sounds must be the same as,\\nlend\u00e2\u0080\u0094 send, backs-tax (ks).\\n3. The preceding consonant sounds must be differ-\\nent as, tendsend, binding\u00e2\u0080\u0094 finding.\\n4. The rhyming syllables must be accented alike\\nas, blinking-thinking, excel-repel.\\nKinds.\\nKinds of Rhyme.\\nSingle. 1- Single Rhymes (male rhymes) are words of one\\nsyllable rhyming together as,\\nMaid of Athens, ere we part,\\nGive, oh, give me back my heart! B ir m.\\n2. Double Rhymes (female rhymes) arc words, the\\nlast two syllables of which rhyme together as,\\nBe still, sad heart and cease repining\\nBehind the clouds is the sun still shining. Longfellow.\\n3. Triple Rhymes are words, the last three corre-\\nsponding syllables of which rhyme together\\nOne more unfortunate,\\nWeary of breath,\\nRashly importunate.\\nGone to her death. Hood.", "height": "2977", "width": "1910", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0366.jp2"}, "367": {"fulltext": "PROSODY. 351\\nRhyming syllables occur regularly at the end of\\nverses, but sometimes the last syllable of a verse rhymes\\nwith a syllable in the middle of the same verse as,\\nThen gently scan your brother man,\\nStill gentler sister woman;\\nThough they may gang a kennin wrang,\\nTo step aside is human. Bums.\\nBlank verse is unrhymed verses. It is usually em-\\nployed in epic and dramatic productions.\\nTHE C7ESURA. 02esura\\nThe caesura is a rest or pause in some part of a verse.\\nIt is regularly used in long verses and is frequently in\\nshort ones.\\nIts use enables the poet to give musical variety to\\nhis verse by varying tbe position of the caesura. Some-\\ntimes in the longer verses there are two caesuras in the\\nsame verse as,\\nWe speak of friends and their fortunes.\\nAnd of what they did and said,\\nTill the dead alone seem living,\\nAnd the living alone seem dead. Longfellow.\\nNo mower was there to startle the birds\\nWith the noisy whet of his reeking scythe:\\nThe quail, like a cow-hoy calling his herds,\\nWhistled to tell that his heart was blithe. Read.\\nBut pleasures are like poppies spread\\nYou seize the flower, its bloom is shed. Hums.\\nTell them, dear, thai if eyes were made Eor seeing.\\nThen Beauty II is its own excuse Eor being. Emerson.\\nWho bids me Hope, and iii that charming word\\nlias peace and transport to my soul restored. Lyttleton,", "height": "2967", "width": "1936", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0367.jp2"}, "368": {"fulltext": "352\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nStanza.\\nCouplet.\\nTriplet.\\nQuatrain.\\nlive Verse\\nStanza.\\nSTANZA.\\nA stanza often incorrectly called a verse is a\\ndivision of a poem consisting of two or more verses.\\nStanza is from the old Italian stantia a resting place.\\nThe following are the more common stanzas\\nI. A stanza of two verses (distich or couplet).\\nMaud Muller on a summer s day\\nRaked the meadow sweet with hay. Wlrittier.\\nSee also Tennyson s Locksley Hall.\\nII. A stanza of three verses (triplet).\\nI wandered forth; the sun and air\\nI saw bestowed with equal care\\nOn good and evil, foul and fair. Whit tier.\\nSee also Tennyson s The Two Voices.\\nIII. A stanza of four verses (quatrain).\\nI count not the hours I spend\\nIn wandering hy the sea\\nThe forest is my loyal friend,\\nA Delphic shrine to me. Emerson.\\nSee also Gray s Elegy in a Country Church-yard.\\nIV. A stanza of five verses.\\nKindlier to me the place of birth\\nThat first my tottering footsteps trod;\\nThere may be fairer spots on earth.\\nBut all their glories are not worth\\nThe virtue of the native sod. Lmrcll.\\nSee also Shelley s Ode to a Skylark and Whittier s\\nThe Over-Heart.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0368.jp2"}, "369": {"fulltext": "PROSODY.\\n353\\nV. A stanza of six verses (sextant).\\nA weapon that comes down as still\\nAs snowflakes fall upon the sod\\nBut executes a freeman s will,\\nAs lightning does the will of God\\nAnd from its force, nor doors nor locks\\nCan shield you; tis the ballot box. Pierpont.\\nSee also Byron s The Isles of Greece.\\nVI. A stanza of seven verses.\\nIn peace, Love tunes the shepherd s reed;\\nIn war, he mounts the warrior s steed\\nIn halls, in gay attire is seen\\nIn hamlets, dances on the green.\\nLove rules the court, the camp, the grave,\\nAnd men below and saints above;\\nFor love is heaven, and heaven is love. Scott.\\nSee also Bret Harte s A Grayport Legend.\\nSextant.\\nSeven Verse\\nStanza.\\nVII. The stanza of eight verses (ottava rima\\nRome my country city of the soul\\nThe orphans of the heart must turn to thee,\\nLone mother of dead empires! and control\\nIn their shut breasts their petty misery.\\nWhat are our woes and sufferance? nnc and see\\nThe cypress, hear the owl, and plod your way\\ner steps of broken thrones and temples, j e\\nWhere agonies are evils of a day\\nA world is at our feet as fragile as our clay. Byron.\\nThe foregoing is the heroic stanza of the Italians.\\nSec also Beattie s Moraine Sounds.\\nOttava\\nRima,", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0369.jp2"}, "370": {"fulltext": "354\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nSpenserian\\nStanza.\\nSonnet.\\nVIII. The stanza of nine verses.\\nA pleasing land of drowsyhead it was,\\nOf dreams that were before the half-shut eye;\\nAnd of gay castles in the clouds that pass,\\nForever flashing round a summer sky\\nThere eke the soft delights, that witchingly\\nInstill a wanton sweetness through the heart,\\nAnd the calm pleasures always hover d nigh\\nBut whate er smacked of noyance or unrest,\\nWas far, far off expelled from this delicious rest.\\nThomson.\\nSee also Byron s Childe Harold.\\nThe foregoing stanza is sometimes called the Spen-\\nserian stanza because it was first used by Spenser in\\nThe Faerie Queen.\\nFor examples of longer stanzas, see Moore s Oft in\\nthe Stilly Night, and Campbell s The Lust Man.\\nThe Sonnet is regarded by some authors as a stanza,\\nbut it is, in reality, a short poem of fourteen verses,\\ncontaining two rhyming divisions, one of eight (octave)\\nand the other of six verses (sestette). In the octave\\nthe first verse rhymes with the fourth, fifth, and eighth\\nverses, and the second verse rhymes with the third,\\nsixth, and seventh verses. In the sextette the first verse\\nusually rhymes with the fourth, the second with the\\nfifth, and the third with the sixth verse.\\nCanto. A canto is a division of a narrative poem.\\nSee Scott s Lady of the Lake, and Byron s Childe\\nHarold s Pilgrimagfe.\\nEefrain. A refrain, is the repetition of a word or words at the\\nend of stanzas.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0370.jp2"}, "371": {"fulltext": "PROSODY. 355\\nSee Longfellow s Excelsior, and The Chamber\\nover the Gate.\\nHymns are usually in the form of quatrains, and Hymns\\nthose most commonly used are\\n1. Long Meter (L. M.), a quatrain of iambic tetram-\\neters.\\n2. Comma)) Meter (C. M.), a quatrain consisting of\\niambic tetrameters in the first and third verses, and\\niambic trimeters in the second and fourth verses.\\n3. Short Meter (S. M.), a quatrain consisting of\\niambic trimeters in the first, second, and fourth verses,\\nand an iambic tetrameter in the third verse.\\nOther hymn meters are usually designated by the\\nnumber of syllables in the verses as, 7s 6s 8s, 7s,\\n4s; lis; 10s; 8s 6s; lis 10s; 7s, 8s, 6s.\\nExamples foe Peactice.\\nTell the kind of stanza, kind of verse, locate the\\ncaesura, and give the kind and number of feel in each\\nverse of the following selections\\n1. Can the poets, in the rapture\\nf their tinrsi dreams.\\nTaint the lily of the valley\\nFairer than she seems Saxe.\\n2. Bonnie little burnie,\\nWinding through the grass,\\nTime shall never waste thee\\nOr drain thy sparkling glass. Mackay.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0371.jp2"}, "372": {"fulltext": "356 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n3. Sing again the song you sung,\\nWhen we were together young\\nWhen there were but you and I\\nUnderneath the summer sky. Curtis.\\n4. And if I should live to be\\nThe last leaf upon the tree\\nIn the spring,\\nLet them smile, as I do now,\\nAt the old forsaken bough\\nWhere I cling. Holmes.\\n5. The busy shuttle comes and goes\\nAcross the rhymes, and deftly weaves\\nA tissue out of autumn leaves,\\nWith here a shuttle, there a rose. Ablrich.\\n6. Fades the light\\nAnd afar\\nGoeth day, cometh night,\\nAnd a star\\nLeadeth all,\\nSpeedeth all,\\nTo their rest. Bret Harte.\\n7. On the wild-rose tree\\nMany buds there be,\\nYet each sunny hour\\nHath but one fair flower. R. W. Gilder.\\n8. Flow on, thou shining river.\\nBut ere thou reach the sea.\\nSeek Ella s bower and give her\\nThe wreath I fling to thee. Moore.\\n9. Lead, kindly light, amid the encircling gloom,\\nLead thou me on.\\nThe night is dark and I am far from home,\\nLead thou me on. Newman.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0372.jp2"}, "373": {"fulltext": "PROSODY. 357\\n10. One more unfortunate\\nWeary of breath,\\nRashly importunate,\\nGone to her death\\nTake her up tenderly,\\nLift her with care,\\nFashioned so slenderly,\\nYoung and so fair. JLxnl.\\n11. Then why pause with indecision\\nWhen bright angels in thy vision\\nBeckon thee to fields Elysian? Longfellow.\\n1 2. The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,\\nThe lowing herd winds slowly o er the lea,\\nThe plowman homeward plods his weary way,\\nAnd leaves the world to darkness and to me. Gray.\\n13. What is life when love is flown\\nWe breathe, indeed, we groan, we sigh,\\nAnd seem to live, and yet we die\\nThere is no life alone. Stoddard.\\n14. To her bier\\nComes the year\\nNot with weeping and distress as mortals do,\\nBut to guide her way to it,\\nAll the trees have torches lit. Larcom.\\n15. Ring out old shapes of foul disease,\\nRing out the narrowing lust of gold\\nKing out the thousand wars of old,\\nKing in the thousand years of peace. T nnyson,\\nl(i. Know ye the hind where the cypress and myrtle\\nAre emblems of deeds that are done in their clime;\\nWhere bhe rage of ili vulture, the love of the turtle.\\nNow melt into sorrow, now madden to Crime?\\nByron.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0373.jp2"}, "374": {"fulltext": "358 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\n17. For of all sail words of tongue or pen,\\nThe saddest are these It might have been\\nWhittier\\n18. Lord of the universe shield us and guide us,\\nTrusting thee always, through shadow and sun!\\nThou hast united us, who shall divide us\\nKeep us, O keep us, the many in one!\\nUp with our banner bright,\\nSprinkled with starry light,\\nSpread its fair emblems from mountain to shore,\\nWhile through the sounding sky,\\nLoud rings the Nation s cry,\\nUnion and Liberty! One evermore. Holmes.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0374.jp2"}, "375": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX IV.\\nNOTES FOR TEACHERS.\\nTo children at their entrance upon any sort of knowledge\\neverything of itself is difficult, and the great use and skill\\nof a teacher is to make all as easy as he can. John Locke.\\nA teacher should, above all things, first induce a desire\\nin the pupil for the acquisition he wishes to impart.\\nHorace Mann.\\nHow shall he give kindling in whose own inward man\\nthere is no live coal, but all is burnt out to a dead gram-\\nmatical cinder? Tliomas Carlyle.\\nThere is no teaching until the pupil is brought into the\\nsame state or principle in which you are; a transfusion\\ntakes place he is you and you are he; there is teaching.\\nlialjifi Waldo Emerson.\\nAttempt to teach the young but little at a time; this\\nwill be easier to impart, easier to receive, and surer to be\\nretained. Hosea Ballou.\\nBeware of routine; it is fatal in teaching.\\nJacques Matter.\\nThe work in the foregoing pages has not been ar-\\nranged into ready-made lessons, to which all pupils\\nmust be fitted, as it has seemed wiser to relegate to the\\nteachers of the different grades the problem of how\\nbest to lit the daily lessons to the capacities of their", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0375.jp2"}, "376": {"fulltext": "360 ENGLISH GRAMMAR\\npupils. In the arrangement of daily lessons the author\\nwould suggest to teachers that, at the beginning of the\\nwork, there will be a greater danger of having tin-\\nlessons too long than too short. HasteD slowly at\\nthe outset if you would hasten rapidly as you mar the\\nend. No subject is difficult after its essentials are well\\nmastered. Review frequently. Encourage pupils to\\nsearch for fresh illustrative sentences in review work.\\nMuch of success in teaching grammar depends n\\nthe enthusiastic mental attitude of the teacher. The\\nteacher must be filled with the subject, not merely w itli\\nits skeleton of rules and forms, but, as well, with the\\nvital glow and color as revealed in its strength and\\nbeauty when applied to literature.\\nThe subject of Word Building has been put in the\\nappendices rather than at any definite place in the body\\nof the work. From experience in the classroom the\\nauthor is fully convinced that the best results are\\nreached when the work is at least extended throughout\\nthe course in grammar, as length of time is an impor-\\ntant factor in enabling pupils to grow into the appre-\\nhension and application of word formation. The subject\\nshould be introduced at such times and in such amounts\\nas the teacher shall determine to be most effective in\\nenabling pupils to obtain its ready mastery.\\nThe remaining appendices are not to lie studied at\\nthe completion of the general work of the book, but at\\nsuch opportune times in the course of the work as the\\nteacher shall decide.\\nThe literary illustrations given throughout the book\\nare not to be regarded as sufficient for analysis or illus-\\ntration, but the teacher should have the rules and\\nprinciples which have been learned constantly applied", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0376.jp2"}, "377": {"fulltext": "NOTES FOR TEACH KRS. 361\\nto literature, as grammar, in the spirit of its investiga-\\ntion, leads into the subject of literature.\\nNote 1. Some prefer to regard principal and sub-\\nordinate sentences as principal and subordinate clauses.\\nSuch a use of terms emphasizes the function rather than\\nthe form. When form alone is considered it seems\\nbetter to refer the term clause to the sentence use and\\nnot to sentence formation.\\nNote 2. A great amount of practice should be\\ngiven pupils in this phase of the work. Reading books\\nshould be employed, and many pages required to be\\nexpressed in this visual form. The work should include\\nlong sentences, having subordinate sentences dependent\\nupon principal or upon subordinate sentences. This\\nvisual expression should be expressed as much as\\npossible in one continuous plane, and not broken, as\\nwas necessary in sentence 1, page 49.\\nNote 2 a. This should be considered at the end of\\nPlural Number of Nouns, page 77.\\nIn the English language are many foreign nouns\\nwhose foreign plurals have been adopted as English\\nplurals. The tendency, however, is to form the plural\\nof foreign nouns in the usual English way as dogmas,\\nFormulas, indexes, memorandums.\\nThe following comprise the more common foreign\\nwords with their foreign plurals.\\nSl\\\\..i I \\\\l:. Pi. IK M\\naxis axes\\nanalysis analyses\\namanuensis amanuenses", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0377.jp2"}, "378": {"fulltext": "302\\nENGLISH GRAMMAR\\nSingular.\\nerratum\\nanimalculum\\nspecies\\napparatus\\nhypothesis\\nfocus\\nbeau\\ncherub\\ngenus\\nvertex\\nphenomenon\\ncrisis\\nmiasma\\nindex\\nbandit\\nradix\\nstimulus\\nparenthesis\\nseries\\nlarva\\neffluvium\\nvirtuoso\\nformula\\nterminus\\nseraph\\nbasis\\nthesis\\nstigma\\ndictum\\nPlural.\\nerrata\\nanimalcula\\nspecies\\napparatus\\nhypotheses\\nfoci\\nbeaux\\ncherubim\\ngenera\\nvertices\\nphenomena\\ncrises\\nmiasmata\\nindices\\nbanditti\\nradices\\nstimuli\\nparentheses\\nseries\\nlarvae\\neffluvia\\nvirtuosi\\nformulae\\ntermini\\nseraphim\\nbases\\ntheses\\nstigmata\\ndicta\\nNote 3. The term neuter gender, which means\\nneither gender, should not be given under gender-\\nnouns, as a noun cannot have no gender and at the\\nsame time be a noun of a given kind of gender.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0378.jp2"}, "379": {"fulltext": "NOTES FOR TEACHERS. 363\\nNote 4. The term nominative is taken from the\\nLatin nominativus, the naming ease, which was so called\\nbecause its relation in Latin was the subjective relation,\\nor a relation explanatory thereof.\\nInasmuch as three English cases have to express all\\nthe relations that were expressed in Latin by six eases,\\nit is obvious that the technieal ease-term of the Latin\\nmust have a wider application in English and embody\\nmore relations. So varied are the relations expressed\\nby the nominative and objective cases in English, that\\na formulated summary of their relations is the only\\npractical definition which can be given.\\nNote 5. Some pronouns are used in both noun and\\nadjective uses. From the consideration of these uses\\nof pronouns a great diversity of opinion has arisen,\\nwhich has resulted in marked differences in the treat-\\nment and classification of pronouns. Inasmuch as the\\nreference idea in the pronoun is never lost, and rarely\\nmodified, when used with a noun, it seems best to teach\\npronouns as pronouns, whether used in noun or in adjec-\\ntive relations. The possessive case of pronouns, like\\nthe possessive case of nouns, should not be considered\\nan adjective relation, although it may be equivalent to it.\\nNote 6. Person is not. properly speaking, a prop-\\nerty of nouns, for every noun having grammatical rela-\\ntion in the sentence designates only the relation of the\\nperson spoken of. It has sometimes been assumed that\\na ooun in apposition defining the meaning of a pronoun\\ntakes the same personal relation as the pronoun. In\\nsuch an assumption due consideration is qo1 given t\\nthe fact that a noun being used as a name is Limited by\\nits definition to erne personal relation viz.. the person", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0379.jp2"}, "380": {"fulltext": "364 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nor thing named; while a pronoun, being a reference\\nword, has no such limitation.\\nNote 7. The neuter pronoun is generally known as\\na personal pronoun of the third person, neuter. If\\ngender is based on sex, it follows that the neuter pro-\\nnoun cannot be used as a reference word when relating\\nto sex.\\nNote 8. It is sometimes claimed that a supple-\\nmentary relative pronoun is, in reality, a coordinate\\nconnective, and with its antecedent clause forms a\\ncompound sentence. It is an equivalent of such i \u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0096\u00a0in-\\nstruction, but a relative of any kind by its very nature\\nis always a subordinate connective, and introduces a\\nsubordinate sentence.\\nNote 9. As the verbs in the formation of potent ial\\nverb phrases retain or, to a great extent, do not lose\\ntheir original or notional verb meanings which, as aux-\\niliaries of mode, they must needs do, it is not entirely\\nevident that such a modal classification is essentially\\nlogical. Nor is it clear that the mere distinguishing\\nof these verb forms and the simple reference of them to\\na mode, based on general uses and forms, can produce\\nas definite knowledge of their meanings and uses as can\\nbe reached through continually viewing these verba\\nand their uses in the light of their original and act pi i red\\nmeanings.\\nNote 10. The relative pronouns and adverbs are\\nall derived from demonstratives. It will be seen, there-\\nfore, that a demonstrative in the full construction should\\naccompany the antecedent. We also find the antece-", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0380.jp2"}, "381": {"fulltext": "NOTES FOR TEACHERS.\\n305\\ndent sometimes repeated in the relative clause. The\\nrelative, therefore, in the full construction, connects two\\ndifferent cases of the same noun. The antecedent of\\nthe relative, as we have seen, is often omitted, espe-\\ncially the antecedent of relative adverbs, when emphasis\\nis not required.\\nList of Correlatives.\\nDem.\\nBel.\\nInterrog.\\nCompound Indef.\\nhe, she, it,\\nwho,\\nwho? which?\\nwhoever,\\nthis, that, the,\\nwhich,\\nwhat\\nwhichever,\\na, any,\\nthat,\\nwhosoever, etc.\\nsuch, so,\\nas,\\nhow\\nthen,\\nwhen,\\nwhen\\nin that case, then,\\nif,\\nif (indirect\\ntherefore.\\nbecause.\\nquestion\\nNote 11. In the earlier periods of languages the\\nprepositions appear as simple local adverbs used to\\nemphasize the meaning of the verb they were called\\nprepositions because they were placed before the verb\\n(Latin praeposiio) and often compounded with it.\\nAt that period the case ending indicated the relation\\nof the noun to the verb. These prefixes which arc still\\nseen in many pure English words, as well as frequently\\nin words derived from other languages, were sometimes\\nseparated from the verbs by tmesis, but still retained\\ntheir original force. As the development of language\\nweni on, these adverbs gradually came to In placed\\nbefore cases of nouns to emphasize the relation indi-\\ncated by the ease eliding. W lull case endings for the\\nmost pari disappeared, although placed after the verb,\\nthe\\\\ still retained the name preposition and became the\\nrelation words.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0381.jp2"}, "382": {"fulltext": "366 ENGLISH GRAMMAR.\\nThey did not, however, lose their adverbial force,\\nwhich is still seen\\n(a) In their use as prefixes both separable and\\ninseparable.\\n(7 In their general use, showing adverbial rela-\\ntions in all languages.\\n(c) In their common use as pure adverbs.\\nNote 12. The general relations expressed by the\\nprepositions are\\nI. Adverbial, when the first term is a verb, adjective,\\nor adverb and show:\\n1. Indirect object.\\n2. Place to which.\\n3. Place in which.\\n4. Place from which.\\n5. Source, origin, separation.\\n0. Means or instrument, agent.\\n7. Cause or reason.\\n8. Name, specification, price, time.\\nII. Adjective, when first term is a noun or pro-\\nnoun\\n1. Quality. 2. Possession.\\nThese relations may be grouped in various ways, but\\nall depend upon the meaning of the preposition.\\nPrepositions will present no difficulty to the learner\\nas soon as the habit is formed of disposing of them in\\nthis manner, but, on the other hand, will add greatly\\nto the interest of the pupils.\\nIt will be readily evident to the pupils that the\\npreposition has more to do with the verb than with\\nthe noun.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0382.jp2"}, "383": {"fulltext": "INDEX.\\nThe references are to paragraph numbers unless otherwise specified.\\nApp., appendix.\\nA, origin of, 180.\\nHow used, 180.\\nAn before 187.\\nPosition of, 190, 191.\\nRepetition of, 192.\\nUses of, 398.\\nAbstract noun, 19.\\nAccent, App. III.\\nActive voice), 213.\\nAdjective pronouns, see Inde,\\npronouns.\\nAdjectives, 46, 173.\\nSubstantive, 48.\\nPhrases, 63.\\nPredicate, 175.\\nAttributive, 176.\\nAppositive, 177.\\nDescriptive, 178.\\nQuantitive, 17\\nDemonstrative, 180.\\nIrdinal numeral, 181.\\nCardinal numeral, 182.\\nArticles, is:!.\\nComparison of, 198.\\nPreposil ions, 870.\\nClauses, in.\\nSyntax of, Rule XIV.\\nAdjunct, App. II.\\nAdverbial clauses, 112.\\nAdverbial comparison, 201.\\nAdvi rbial objt cttik ,111.\\nAdverbial phrases, 03.\\nAdverbs, 51,333.\\nClasses of, 335.\\nSimple adverbs, 339.\\nDemonstrative, 340.\\nInterrogative, 341.\\nRelative, 342.\\nDemonstrative, the, 343.\\nRelative, the, :J4;3.\\nPhrase, 351.\\nComparison of, 352, 350.\\nTn parse an adverb, 357.\\nSyntax of, Rule XV.\\nAdversative conjunctions, Ml 3.\\nAffix, App. II.\\nAgreement.\\nAppositive with noun, Rule XL,\\n110.\\nVerb with subject. Rule XII.\\nPronoun with antecedent, XIII.\\nPredicate noun with subject, 98,\\n109.\\n.1//, 135.\\nAlii rnative conjunctions, 77 2.\\nAlternative pronouns, L35.\\nAn. see A.\\nAnalysis, 72.\\nLogical, 71.\\nGrammatical, 75.\\nExpression of, 70.\\nOf sentences, 899-418.\\n.l//r/y\u00e2\u0080\u009e 7, App. III.\\nAnothi 184, note.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0383.jp2"}, "384": {"fulltext": "308\\nINDEX.\\nAntecedent, 120.\\nForm of, 147.\\nAgreement of pronoun and,\\nRule XIII.\\nOmitted, 164.\\nAny, 136.\\nApostrophe in possessive, 113.\\nAppositive, 99.\\nNominative, 100.\\nObjective, 110.\\nArticles, see Adjectives.\\nAs, uses of, 391.\\nAmjht, 136.\\nAuxiliary verbs, 204.\\nB.\\nBase, App. II.\\nBe, verb, conjugation of, 259.\\nBut, uses of, 393.\\nCcesura, App. III.\\nCaw, could.\\nConjugation of, 279.\\nDerived form, 280, 281.\\nUses of, 282.\\nCanto, App. III.\\nCase, definition of, 96.\\nNominative, 103.\\nObjective, 112.\\nPossessive, 113.\\nDouble possessive of nouns, 114.\\nDouble possessive of pronouns,\\np. 111.\\nCausal conjunctions.\\nCoordinate, 377.\\nSubordinate, 378-380.\\nTo distinguish between causal\\ncoordinate and causal subor-\\ndinate conjunctions, 383-386.\\nCertain. 136.\\nClause, definition of, 65.\\nNoun, 410.\\nAdjective, 411.\\nAd veil., 412.\\nCognate objects, 209.\\nollective nouns, 78.\\nommon nouns, 77.\\nComparative grammar, 8.\\nComparison.\\nOf adjectives, 193.\\nDegrees of, 194.\\nPositive degree of, 195.\\nComparative degree of, 196.\\nSuperlative degree of, 197.\\nIrregular, 198.\\nDefective, 199.\\nInflectional mode t 197. note.\\nAdverbial mode of. 201, cote.\\nDescending scale of. 203.\\nImplied in absolute sense, 203,\\nnote.\\nOf adverbs. 362-366.\\nComplex s ntence, 71.\\nCompound indefinite pronouns,\\n138.\\ntuii/intnid unit us.\\nPlural of. p. 7 i.\\nPossessive of, p. 91.\\nWord, App. II.\\nCompound personal pronouns,\\n128.\\nCompound sentence, 70.\\nConcessive conjunction, 380 6\\nConditional conjunction, 380:5.\\nonjugation, 245.\\nCommon form of, 246,\\nProgressive form of. -J47.\\nold. 252.\\nNew, 253.\\nOf verb, have, 258.\\nof verb, be, 259.\\nOf verb. jfcnOW, 1 206.\\nConjunctions,\\nCoordinate, 66.\\nClasses of, 377.\\nSubordinate, 60.\\nClasses of. 378.\\nPhrase, .71.\\nCorrelative, 376.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0384.jp2"}, "385": {"fulltext": "INDEX.\\n309\\nSyntax of, Rule XVII.\\nTo parse a, 387.\\nConjunctive pronoun, see Relative\\npronoun.\\nConstruction of sentence, 118.\\nCopulative conjunction, \u00e2\u0080\u00a2ill: 1.\\nCopulative verb, -il, 211.\\nCould, see Can.\\nCouplet, App. III.\\nDactyl, App. III.\\nZ)are (verb), 323.\\nDeclnnttice sentence, 20.\\nDeclension, 117.\\nOf nouns, 117. note.\\nOf personal pronouns, p. 105.\\nOf interrogative pronouns, 139.\\nOf relative pronouns, 151.\\nDefective verbs, 250.\\nDefinite article, see Adjectives.\\nDegrees, see omparison.\\nDemonstrative pronouns, 132.\\nDependent sentence, see Subordi-\\nnate sentence.\\nDerivative word, App. II.\\nDe8criptiv adjective, 175.\\nDescriptive grammar, 10.\\nDiagramming, 76.\\nDirect object objective, 104.\\nDistributive pronouns, 130.\\nverb), 328.\\nDmililr jiossessive, see Case.\\nA 7,, 135.\\n/\u00e2\u0080\u00a2.7///r,-. i:;i, note, 377 :2.\\n/run n/s Of srn/i /mv, 404.\\nEmphatic or ii t usivc pronouns.\\n180.\\nA plural affix, p. 72.\\nFeminine atlix, 90, note.\\nEnglish grammar, 1 1.\\nProvince of, L2.\\nEnglish language,\\nA .s.s, feminine affix, 91.\\nEvery, 135.\\nExclamatory sentence, 2- 3.\\nF.\\nFeminine, see Gender.\\nForeign gender minus, p. GO.\\nFor plurals, App. IV.\\nFormation of plural number,\\np. 71.\\nFnturr perfect tense.\\nFuture tense.\\nFormation, p. 203.\\nUse, 226.\\nFormation, p. 204.\\nUse, 229.\\nG.\\nGender.\\nDefinition of, 83.\\nKinds of, 84, 80.\\nfind,, -less nouns, see Neuter\\nNouns.\\nGerund.\\nDefinition of, 236.\\nDistinguished, 244.\\nGrammar.\\nDefinition of, G.\\nKinds of, 8-10.\\nEnglish, 11.\\nProvince of, 12.\\nUtiles of, 14.\\nRules change, i\\nIambus, App. III.\\nTmpt rative.\\nSentence, 22.\\nMode, 221.\\nTmpt rsonal vt rb, 210.\\nIndefinite article, Bee adjective.\\nIndefinite pronouns.\\nSimple. L38.\\nCompound, 1G0.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0385.jp2"}, "386": {"fulltext": "370\\n[NDEX.\\nIndefinite relative pronouns, 166.\\nIndependent elements, 418.\\nIndicative mode, 216.\\nIndirect obj( i objective, 105.\\nIndirect question, 143.\\nInfinitives.\\nDefinition of, 39, 240.\\nForms of, 241.\\nUses of, 413.\\nInflection, 110.\\nInterjection.\\nDefinition of, 55.\\nPhrase, 389.\\nInterrogative.\\nSentence, 21.\\nPronouns, 139.\\nIntransitive verbs, 207.\\nIrregular verbs, 255.\\nspecial uses of, p. 109.\\nIt f, origin, p. 108.\\nL.\\nLanguage, 1.\\nSpoken, 3.\\nWritten, 4.\\nEnglish, 5.\\nLearning of, 13.\\nUnit of, 16.\\nLike, 372.\\nLogical sentence, 20.\\nSubject of, 24.\\nPredicate of, 25.\\nM.\\nMapping out a sentence, see\\nDiagramming.\\nMay.\\nMeaning and uses of, 274, 275.\\nMeter, App. III.\\nMethinks, 324.\\nMight, 276, 277.\\nMode.\\nDefiniti f, _ l\\nIndicative, 210.\\nSubjunctive, 217.\\nimperative, 221.\\nMust, 284.\\nN.\\nNaught, 130.\\nNear, 370.\\nNeed, 325.\\nNeither, 134. note.\\nNeuter noun, 87.\\nNominative.\\nSubject, 97.\\nPredicate, us.\\nAppositive, 100.\\nVocative, KM.\\nAbsolute, 1H2.\\ninflection of. 1 17.\\nNone, 136, Note.\\nhi a.\\nDefinition of, 29.\\nPredicate, 38.\\nCommon, 77.\\nCollective, 78.\\nAbstract, 79.\\nProper, 80.\\nNeuter, 87.\\nParsing of. 119.\\nClauses, 410.\\nSyntax of, 422.\\nNumber.\\nDefinition of. u:\\\\. 231.\\nSingular, 04.\\nPlural. It.\\nSpecial uses. 127.\\no.\\nObject.\\n\u00c2\u00bbf verb, 34.\\nCognate, 209.\\nSecondary, 298.\\nForms of, 4n7.\\nObjective.\\nDirect object, 104.\\nIndirect object, 105.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0386.jp2"}, "387": {"fulltext": "INDEX.\\n371\\nAppositive, 110.\\nAdverbial, 111.\\nOmission of\\nAntecedent, 104.\\nRelative pronoun, 105.\\nOne, 134.\\nOther, 134, note.\\nOttiva rima, App. III.\\nOught, 320.\\n0\u00c2\u00abrs, 107.\\nP.\\nParsing.\\nNouns, 119.\\nIndefinite pronouns, p. 124.\\nInterrogative pronouns, 145.\\nRelative pronouns, 172.\\nVerb, 240.\\nAdverb, 357.\\nPreposition, 372.\\nConjunction, 387.\\nParticiple, 47, 239.\\nUses of, 414.\\nForm of, 259, II.\\nSometimes omitted in absolute\\nconstructions, 422, 111., note.\\nParts of speech, 28.\\nNouns, 2!\\nVerb. 30.\\nPronoun, 42.\\nAdjective, 40.\\nAdverb, 61.\\nPreposition, 53.\\nConjunction, 54.\\nConstruction used as\\nPhrase, 02.\\nllause, 65.\\nPassive (voice), 214.\\nFormation of, 204.\\nPerson, 12:;, 230.\\nAgreement verb with subject\\nin, Rule XII.\\nIn nouns and pronouns, App.\\nlv.. note\\nPrepositional, 100.\\nSubject, 107.\\nPredicate, 109.\\nFirst, 125.\\nSecond, 120.\\nThird, 127.\\nPersonal pronoun, 124.\\nAgrees with its antecedent, Rule\\nXIII.\\nDeclension of, p. 105.\\nOrigin of, p. 105.\\nPossessive forms of. p. 107.\\nSpecial uses of plural of, p. 109.\\nIdiomatic uses of possessive of,\\np. 110.\\nCompounds, 128.\\nPersonification, 82. p. 108.\\nJ It ruse, 02.\\nVerb, 32.\\nKinds of, 03, 64.\\nPotential verb, 269, 319.\\nPlural, see Number.\\nPositive degree, see Comparison.\\nPossessive.\\nWith two objects, p. 92.\\nWithout modified noun, p. 92,\\nnote.\\nSign sometimes omitted, p. 92,\\nnote.\\nDouble, of pronouns, p. Ill,\\nnote.\\nOf nouns. 11.\\ntrigin of s, 1 13, note.\\nDouble, of nouns, 11 1.\\nPotential rb phrases, 269.\\nPredicatt\\nDefinition of, 25.\\nLogical, 27.\\nForms of, 406.\\nForms of. modifiers, 409.\\nPrefixes, App. II.\\nEnglish, App. II.\\nLatin, App. II.\\nGreek, App. II.\\nI n position.\\nDefinition of. 858.\\nEvolution of, 360.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0387.jp2"}, "388": {"fulltext": "372\\nINDEX.\\nClasses of, 363.\\nForm of, 364.\\nPhrase, 368.\\nAdjective, 370.\\nPcarsing a, 373.\\nPresent, tense.\\nSign of, p. 204.\\nExpression of, 223, note.\\nUses of, 224.\\nPrimitive word, App. II.\\nPronouns.\\nDefinition of, 42.\\nAntecedent of, 120.\\nPersonal, 124.\\nEmphatic, 130.\\nIntensive, 130.\\nReflexive, 131.\\nDemonstrative, 132.\\nIndefinite, 133.\\nAlternative, 135.\\nCompound indefinite, 138.\\nInterrogative, 139.\\nNotes on, 142.\\nRelative, 146.\\nIndefinite Relative, 166.\\nProper nouns, see Nouns.\\nProsody, App. III.\\nPurpose.\\nConjunctions of, 380 7.\\nQuantitive adjectives, 179.\\nQuatrain, App. III.\\nQuestions.\\nDirect, p. 125.\\nIndirect, 143.\\nQuotations.\\nAs part of speech, p. 43.\\nAs subject, 405 7.\\nAs object, 407 6.\\nRedundant (verb), 251.\\nReflexive pronouns, see Pronouns.\\nRefrain, App. III.\\nRegular verb i, 254.\\nHi lative pronouns.\\nDefinition of, 14\\nAntecedent of, 147.\\nRestrictive, 148.\\nSupplementary, 149.\\nList of, 151.\\nDeclension of, 151.\\nAntecedent, omitted, 164.\\nOmission of, 165.\\nSyntax of, 171.\\nTo parse a, 1 72.\\nResult, conjunction of, 380\\nRhyme, App. III.\\nRhythm, App. III.\\nRoot. App. II.\\nSentence.\\nDefinition of, 17.\\nDeclarative, 20.\\nInterrogative, 21.\\nImperative, 22.\\nExclamatory, 23.\\nLogical, 26.\\nGrammatical, 27.\\nSubordinate, 57, 67.\\nPrincipal, 66.\\nSimple, 69.\\nCompound, 70.\\nComplex, 71.\\nConstruction of, 118.\\nAnalysis of, 399-418.\\nMixed, 403.\\nElements of, 404.\\nSeparable prefixes, App. II.\\nSeveral, 136.\\nSextant, App. III.\\nShall, 288, 289.\\nShmdd.-2 M K\\nSince, 401.\\nSome, 136.\\nSomebody else s, p. 124.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0388.jp2"}, "389": {"fulltext": "INDEX.\\n373\\nSonnet, App. III.\\nSpenserian stanza, App. III.\\nStanza, App. III.\\nStem, App. II.\\nSubjeet.\\nDefinition of, 24.\\nLogical, 26.\\nGrammatical, 27.\\nForms of, 405.\\nSyntax of, 422 1.\\nSubjunctive (mode).\\nDefinition of, 217.\\nUsed in principal sentences, 218.\\nUsed in noun clauses, 21!\\nUsed in adverbial clauses, 220.\\nGradually falling into disuse,\\n220, note.\\nSubordinate (mode).\\nConjunctions, 50, 378.\\nSentence, 57.\\nClass of, 380.\\nSuch, 130.\\nSuffix, App. II.\\nSuperlative de/jree, 196.\\nSyntax.\\nDefinition of, 419.\\nRules of. 422.\\nSynthesis, 73.\\nTenses.\\nFormation of, in indicative mode,\\npp. 203-204.\\nFormati f, in subjunctive\\nmode, pp. 204-205.\\nFormation of, in imperative\\nmode, p. 205.\\nDefinition of, 228.\\nFormation of, in passive voice,\\n264.\\ntrami t r App. 111.\\nThat, Uses of, loo.\\nThe, uses of, 102.\\nThere, 349.\\nTransitive, (verb).\\nDefinition of, 55, 200.\\nGoverns objective case, Rule V.\\nTrochee, App. III.\\nTriplet, App. III.\\nVerb.\\nDefinition of, 30.\\nI ll rase, 32.\\nTransitive. 35, 200.\\nCopulative, ::7, 211.\\nAuxiliary, 204.\\nNotional, 205.\\nImpersonal, 210.\\nVoices of, 213-214.\\nModes of, 215-221.\\nTenses of, 223-220.\\nPerson of, 230.\\nNumber of, 231.\\nVerbals, 233-244.\\nPrincipal parts of, 248.\\nDefective, 250.\\nRedundant, 251.\\nRegular, 254.\\nIrregular, 255.\\nLis! of old conjugation, 256.\\nList df irregular verbs of new\\nconjugation,\\nPotential phrases. 319.\\nParsing a. 331.\\nSyntax of. Pules V., XII.\\nPi is, App. III.\\nVoice.\\nDefinition of, 212.\\nActive. 218.\\nPassive, 214.\\nW.\\nWe, special uses of, p. 109.\\nWhat.\\nAntecedent of relative, 169.\\nNot equal i that which, ltd.\\nUses oi", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0389.jp2"}, "390": {"fulltext": "374\\nINDEX.\\nWhether, as interrogative pronoun,\\n139.\\nWhich.\\nInterrogative pronoun, 142.\\nRelative pronoun, 153.\\nWJw.\\nRelative pronoun, p. 132.\\nInterrogative pronoun, 140.\\nWhoso, 1U7.\\nWhosoever, 1G8.\\nWill, 300.\\nWould, 308.\\nY.\\nYe, use of. pp. 105-106.\\nYes or no, ^48.\\nYou, p. 105.", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0390.jp2"}, "391": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0391.jp2"}, "392": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2947", "width": "1871", "jp2-path": "englishgrammarfo00miln_0392.jp2"}}